Zebra CS6080 Product Reference Guide

CS6080

Companion Scanner

Product Reference Guide

MN-003827-01EN Rev. A

ZEBRA and the stylized Zebra head are trademarks of Zebra Technologies Corporation, registered in many jurisdictions worldwide. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

© 2020 Zebra Technologies Corporation and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

Information in this document is subject to change without notice. The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement. The software may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of those agreements.

For further information regarding legal and proprietary statements, please go to:

SOFTWARE:  www.zebra.com/linkoslegal

COPYRIGHTS:  www.zebra.com/copyright

WARRANTY:  www.zebra.com/warranty

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT: www.zebra.com/eula

Terms of Use

Proprietary Statement

This manual contains proprietary information of Zebra Technologies Corporation and its subsidiaries

(“Zebra Technologies”). It is intended solely for the information and use of parties operating and maintaining the equipment described herein. Such proprietary information may not be used, reproduced, or disclosed to any other parties for any other purpose without the express, written permission of Zebra

Technologies.

Product Improvements

Continuous improvement of products is a policy of Zebra Technologies. All specifications and designs are subject to change without notice.

Liability Disclaimer

Zebra Technologies takes steps to ensure that its published Engineering specifications and manuals are correct; however, errors do occur. Zebra Technologies reserves the right to correct any such errors and disclaims liability resulting therefrom.

Limitation of Liability

In no event shall Zebra Technologies or anyone else involved in the creation, production, or delivery of the accompanying product (including hardware and software) be liable for any damages whatsoever

(including, without limitation, consequential damages including loss of business profits, business interruption, or loss of business information) arising out of the use of, the results of use of, or inability to use such product, even if Zebra Technologies has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.

Publication Date

September 21, 2020

2

Contents

About This Document ...................................................................................................................... 21

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 21

Configurations................................................................................................................ 21

Scanners ................................................................................................................ 21

Accessories ............................................................................................................ 22

Kits.......................................................................................................................... 23

Chapter Descriptions...................................................................................................... 23

Notational Conventions.................................................................................................. 24

Icon Conventions ........................................................................................................... 25

Service Information ........................................................................................................ 26

Feedback ....................................................................................................................... 26

Getting Started.................................................................................................................................. 27

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 27

Features........................................................................................................................ 28

Cordless Front View ............................................................................................... 28

Corded Front View.................................................................................................. 28

Bottom View ........................................................................................................... 29

Unpacking the Scanner.................................................................................................. 29

Installing the Battery....................................................................................................... 29

Inserting the Battery ............................................................................................... 29

Removing the Battery ............................................................................................. 30

Installing the Corded USB Converter Cable................................................................... 30

Inserting the USB Cable ......................................................................................... 30

Removing the USB Cable....................................................................................... 30

Charging......................................................................................................................... 31

Charging via Cradle................................................................................................ 31

Connecting Cradle Cable................................................................................. 32

Charging via Charging Pad .................................................................................... 32

Charging Spare Batteries ....................................................................................... 33

Charging Temperature ........................................................................................... 34

3

Contents

Button Actions................................................................................................................ 34

123Scan and Software Tools........................................................................................................... 35

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 35

123Scan......................................................................................................................... 35

Communication with 123Scan ................................................................................ 36

123Scan Requirements .......................................................................................... 36

123Scan Information .............................................................................................. 36

Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos.................................................. 37

Data Capture ..................................................................................................................................... 38

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 38

Beeper and LED Indications .......................................................................................... 38

Digital Scanner Indications ..................................................................................... 38

LED Indicators ........................................................................................................ 40

Other LED Indicators

.......................................................................................................... 42

Scanning ....................................................................................................................... 45

Hand-Held Scanning .............................................................................................. 45

Hands-Free Scanning............................................................................................. 45

Aiming with Digital Scanner.................................................................................... 47

Decode Ranges ............................................................................................................ 48

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications .................................................... 49

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 49

Maintenance................................................................................................................... 49

Known Harmful Ingredients .................................................................................... 49

Approved Cleaners for Standard CS6080 Digital Scanners and Cradles .............. 50

Approved Disinfectant Cleaners for Healthcare Configurations of the

CS6080 Digital Scanners and Cradles ................................................................... 50

Cleaning the Digital Scanner .................................................................................. 51

Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................. 52

Dump Scanner Parameters .................................................................................... 55

Send Versions ........................................................................................................ 55

Report Software Version.................................................................................. 55

Serial Number .................................................................................................. 56

Manufacturing Information ............................................................................... 56

Technical Specifications................................................................................................ 57

Duty Cycle..................................................................................................................... 60

4

Contents

User Preferences .............................................................................................................................. 62

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 62

Scanning Sequence Examples ..................................................................................... 63

Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................... 63

User Preferences Parameter Defaults ........................................................................... 63

Parameters.................................................................................................................... 66

Default Parameters................................................................................................. 66

Parameter Barcode Scanning ................................................................................ 67

Beep After Good Decode ....................................................................................... 67

Direct Decode Indicator .......................................................................................... 68

Beeper Volume....................................................................................................... 69

Beeper Tone........................................................................................................... 70

Beeper Duration ..................................................................................................... 71

Suppress Power Up Beeps .................................................................................... 71

Decode Pager Motor .............................................................................................. 72

Decode Pager Motor Duration................................................................................ 72

Night Mode ............................................................................................................. 74

Night Mode Trigger .......................................................................................... 74

Night Mode Toggle........................................................................................... 75

Scan Button Sensitivity........................................................................................... 76

Programmable Button Sensitivity ........................................................................... 76

Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on

Button

Touch .......................................................... 77

Click o

n

Button

Touch ............................................................................................ 77

ADF Rule Selection ................................................................................................ 77

Scan Button ADF Rule Selection ..................................................................... 78

Programmable Button ADF Rule Selection...................................................... 79

Hands-Free ADF Rule Selection...................................................................... 80

Lamp Mode............................................................................................................. 81

Lamp Mode Control.......................................................................................... 81

Low Power Mode.................................................................................................... 82

Time Delay to Low Power Mode............................................................................. 83

Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim .......................................................... 85

Battery Preservation Mode ..................................................................................... 86

Hand-Held Trigger Mode ........................................................................................ 87

Hands-Free Mode................................................................................................... 89

Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern ........................................................................ 89

Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern....................................................................... 90

Picklist Mode .......................................................................................................... 92

Virtual Tether.................................................................................................................. 93

Virtual Tether Alarm Configuration ......................................................................... 93

Distance ........................................................................................................... 93

Audio vs. Visual................................................................................................ 93

5

Contents

Delay Before Virtual Alarm Activates...................................................................... 94

Virtual Tether Alarm Duration ................................................................................. 94

Stopping the Alarm........................................................................................... 95

Defeat Virtual Tether Alarm .................................................................................... 95

Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration...................................................................... 95

Virtual Tether Alarm Considerations ................................................................ 96

Continuous Barcode Read ..................................................................................... 97

Unique Barcode Reporting ..................................................................................... 97

Decode Session Timeout ....................................................................................... 98

Hands-free Decode Session Timeout..................................................................... 99

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol .......................................................... 100

Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols .................................................... 100

Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol........................................................................ 101

Mobile Phone/Display Mode................................................................................. 102

PDF Prioritization.................................................................................................. 103

PDF Prioritization Timeout.................................................................................... 104

Decoding Illumination ........................................................................................... 104

Illumination Brightness Hand-Held ....................................................................... 105

Illumination Brightness Hands-Free ..................................................................... 106

Low Light Scene Detection................................................................................... 107

Scene Detect Sensitivity....................................................................................... 108

Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Modes Only)............................................. 109

Product ID (PID) Type .......................................................................................... 110

Product ID (PID) Value ......................................................................................... 110

ECLevel ................................................................................................................ 111

Add an Enter Key ................................................................................................. 111

Transmit Code ID Character................................................................................. 111

Prefix/Suffix Values .............................................................................................. 112

Scan Data Transmission Format .......................................................................... 113

FN1 Substitution Values ....................................................................................... 115

Transmit “No Read” Message .............................................................................. 116

Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval .............................................................................. 117

securPharm Decoding .......................................................................................... 118

securPharm Output Formatting ............................................................................ 119

Sample GS1 Format ...................................................................................... 119

Sample IFA Format ........................................................................................ 120

securPharm Output Formatting Barcodes...................................................... 121

Programmable Button for Single Press ................................................................ 122

Programmable Button for Double Press............................................................... 123

6

Contents

Radio Communications.................................................................................................................. 124

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 124

Setting Parameters ...................................................................................................... 124

Scanning Sequence Examples............................................................................. 124

Errors While Scanning.......................................................................................... 125

Radio Communications Parameter Defaults................................................................ 125

Wireless Beeper Definitions......................................................................................... 126

Radio Communication Host Types............................................................................... 126

Bluetooth Classic vs. Low Energy Bluetooth ........................................................ 126

Cradle ................................................................................................................... 127

Human Interface Device (HID) Keyboard Emulation ............................................ 128

Simple Serial Interface (SSI) ................................................................................ 129

Serial Port Profile (SPP) ....................................................................................... 130

Bluetooth Technology Profile Support .................................................................. 131

Controller/Follower Set Up ................................................................................... 131

Controller........................................................................................................ 131

Follower.......................................................................................................... 131

Bluetooth Friendly Name.............................................................................................. 131

Discoverable Mode............................................................................................... 132

Wi-Fi Friendly Mode..................................................................................................... 132

Notes .................................................................................................................... 132

Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion......................................................................... 133

Wi-Fi Channel Exclusion................................................................................ 133

Radio Output Power.................................................................................................... 135

Link Supervision Timeout ..................................................................................... 136

Bluetooth Radio State ................................................................................................. 137

HID Host Parameters.................................................................................................. 138

Apple iOS Virtual Keyboard Toggle...................................................................... 138

HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay............................................................................ 139

HID CAPS Lock Override ..................................................................................... 139

HID Ignore Unknown Characters.......................................................................... 140

Emulate Keypad ................................................................................................... 140

Fast HID Keyboard ............................................................................................... 141

Quick Keypad Emulation ...................................................................................... 141

HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution ........................................................................... 142

HID Function Key Mapping................................................................................... 142

Simulated Caps Lock............................................................................................ 143

Convert Case........................................................................................................ 143

Auto-Reconnect Feature............................................................................................. 144

Auto-Reconnect Option ........................................................................................ 145

Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback..................................................................... 146

Reconnect Attempt Interval .................................................................................. 146

7

Contents

Sleep Between Attempts ...................................................................................... 148

Number of Retry Attempts .................................................................................... 149

Out of Range Indicator................................................................................................ 150

Beep on Insertion......................................................................................................... 150

Beep on <BEL>............................................................................................................ 151

Digital Scanner(s) To Cradle Support ......................................................................... 152

Pairing .................................................................................................................. 152

Pairing Modes ................................................................................................ 152

Pairing Methods.................................................................................................... 153

Press Trigger Twice to Re-connect................................................................ 153

Toggle Pairing................................................................................................ 154

Pairing Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility...................... 154

Connection Maintenance Interval ......................................................................... 155

Considerations ............................................................................................... 155

Batch Mode.................................................................................................................. 157

Modes of Operation........................................................................................ 157

Persistent Batch Storage ............................................................................................ 160

Page Button ................................................................................................................ 161

Page Options .............................................................................................................. 162

Page Mode ........................................................................................................... 162

Page State Timeout.............................................................................................. 162

Cradle Bluetooth Operation Mode................................................................................ 163

Bluetooth Security....................................................................................................... 164

Bluetooth Security Levels ..................................................................................... 164

Save Bluetooth Connection Information ............................................................... 165

FIPS Mode............................................................................................................ 166

Bluetooth Radio, Linking, and Batch Operation .......................................................... 167

Setting Up an iOS or Android Product To Work With The Digital Scanner .......... 167

HID Keyboard Emulation................................................................................ 167

Imaging Preferences ...................................................................................................................... 168

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 168

Scanning Sequence Examples ................................................................................... 169

Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................. 169

Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults.................................................................... 169

Imaging Preferences.................................................................................................... 170

Operational Modes ............................................................................................... 170

Decode Mode................................................................................................. 170

Snapshot Mode.............................................................................................. 170

Video Mode.................................................................................................... 171

Image Capture Illumination................................................................................... 172

Image Capture Autoexposure............................................................................... 172

8

Contents

Fixed Exposure..................................................................................................... 173

Fixed Gain ............................................................................................................ 173

Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode .......................................................... 174

Snapshot Mode Timeout ...................................................................................... 175

Snapshot Aiming Pattern...................................................................................... 176

Silence Operational Mode Changes..................................................................... 176

Image Cropping .................................................................................................... 177

Crop to Pixel Addresses ....................................................................................... 177

Image Size (Number of Pixels)............................................................................. 178

Image Brightness (Target White).......................................................................... 179

JPEG Image Options............................................................................................ 180

JPEG Target File Size .......................................................................................... 180

JPEG Quality and Size Value............................................................................... 181

Image Enhancement ............................................................................................ 181

Image File Format Selector .................................................................................. 182

Image Rotation ..................................................................................................... 183

Bits Per Pixel ........................................................................................................ 183

Signature Capture ................................................................................................ 184

Output File Format ......................................................................................... 184

Signature Capture File Format Selector ............................................................... 185

Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel .......................................................................... 186

Signature Capture Width ...................................................................................... 187

Signature Capture Height ..................................................................................... 187

Signature Capture JPEG Quality.......................................................................... 187

Video Mode Format Selector................................................................................ 188

Video View Finder (Corded Mode Only)............................................................... 188

Video View Finder Image Size ............................................................................. 189

Video Subsampling............................................................................................... 190

USB Interface .................................................................................................................................. 191

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 191

Connecting a USB Interface......................................................................................... 191

USB Parameter Defaults............................................................................................. 193

USB Host Parameters.................................................................................................. 194

USB Device Type ................................................................................................. 194

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking ................................................ 195

USB Keystroke Delay ........................................................................................... 196

USB CAPS Lock Override .................................................................................... 196

USB Ignore Unknown Characters ........................................................................ 197

USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 ...................................................................... 197

USB Polling Interval.............................................................................................. 198

9

Contents

USB Fast HID ....................................................................................................... 200

Emulate Keypad ................................................................................................... 200

Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero...................................................................... 201

Quick Keypad Emulation ...................................................................................... 201

USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution ......................................................................... 202

Function Key Mapping.......................................................................................... 202

Simulated Caps Lock............................................................................................ 203

Convert Case........................................................................................................ 203

USB Static CDC ................................................................................................... 204

Optional USB Parameters........................................................................................... 205

TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep........................................................................ 205

TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive ......................................................................... 205

TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive.............................................. 206

IBM Specification Version..................................................................................... 206

ASCII Character Sets for USB .................................................................................... 207

SSI Interface.................................................................................................................................... 208

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 208

Communications .......................................................................................................... 208

SSI Transactions.......................................................................................................... 209

General Data Transactions................................................................................... 209

ACK/NAK Handshaking ................................................................................. 209

Transfer of Decode Data ...................................................................................... 211

ACK/NAK Enabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data ........................................... 211

ACK/NAK Disabled and Packeted DECODE_DATA...................................... 211

ACK/NAK Disabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data .......................................... 212

Communication Summary............................................................................................ 212

ACK/NAK Option .................................................................................................. 212

Serial Response Time-out .................................................................................... 212

Retries .................................................................................................................. 212

Response Time-out, ACK/NAK Handshake ......................................................... 212

Errors.................................................................................................................... 212

Things to Remember When Using SSI Communication .............................................. 213

Encapsulation of RSM Commands/Responses over SSI ............................................ 213

Command Structure ............................................................................................. 213

Response Structure.............................................................................................. 214

Example Transaction............................................................................................ 214

Command from Host to Query Packet Size Supported by Device................. 214

Response from Device with Packet Size Information .................................... 214

Command from Host to Retrieve Diagnostic Information............................... 214

Response from Device with Diagnostic Information....................................... 215

Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters................................................................ 216

10

Contents

SSI Host Parameters ................................................................................................... 217

Software Handshaking ......................................................................................... 217

Decode Data Packet Format ................................................................................ 218

Host Serial Response Time-out............................................................................ 219

Host Character Time-out ...................................................................................... 220

Multipacket Option................................................................................................ 221

Interpacket Delay.................................................................................................. 222

Event Reporting .......................................................................................................... 223

Decode Event ....................................................................................................... 223

Boot Up Event ...................................................................................................... 224

Parameter Event................................................................................................... 224

Symbologies ................................................................................................................................... 225

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 225

Scanning Sequence Examples .................................................................................... 225

Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................. 225

Symbology Parameter Defaults ................................................................................... 226

Enable/Disable All Code Types................................................................................... 231

UPC/EAN ..................................................................................................................... 231

Enable/Disable UPC-A ......................................................................................... 231

Enable/Disable UPC-E ......................................................................................... 232

Enable/Disable UPC-E1 ....................................................................................... 232

Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8............................................................................... 233

Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13........................................................................... 233

Enable/Disable Bookland EAN ............................................................................. 234

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals................................................................ 234

User-Programmable Supplementals .................................................................... 238

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy.......................................................... 238

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format ...................................................... 239

Transmit UPC-A Check Digit ................................................................................ 240

Transmit UPC-E Check Digit ................................................................................ 240

Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit .............................................................................. 241

Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit................................................................................. 241

Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit............................................................................... 242

Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters ............................................................. 242

UPC-A Preamble .................................................................................................. 243

UPC-E Preamble .................................................................................................. 244

UPC-E1 Preamble ................................................................................................ 245

Convert UPC-E to UPC-A..................................................................................... 246

Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A................................................................................... 246

EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend............................................................................................ 247

11

Contents

Bookland ISBN Format......................................................................................... 247

UCC Coupon Extended Code .............................................................................. 248

Coupon Report ..................................................................................................... 249

ISSN EAN............................................................................................................. 249

UPC Reduced Quiet Zone.................................................................................... 250

Code 128...................................................................................................................... 250

Enable/Disable Code 128..................................................................................... 250

Set Lengths for Code 128..................................................................................... 251

Enable/Disable GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) ............................................. 253

Enable/Disable ISBT 128 ..................................................................................... 253

ISBT Concatenation ............................................................................................. 254

Check ISBT Table ................................................................................................ 255

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy ........................................................................ 255

Code 128 Security Level ...................................................................................... 257

Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone............................................................................ 258

Code 128 <FNC4> ............................................................................................... 258

Code 39....................................................................................................................... 259

Enable/Disable Code 39....................................................................................... 259

Enable/Disable Trioptic Code 39 .......................................................................... 259

Convert Code 39 to Code 32................................................................................ 260

Code 32 Prefix...................................................................................................... 260

Set Lengths for Code 39....................................................................................... 261

Code 39 Check Digit Verification.......................................................................... 262

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit.............................................................................. 262

Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion............................................................................ 263

Code 39 Security Level ........................................................................................ 264

Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone.............................................................................. 265

Code 93........................................................................................................................ 265

Enable/Disable Code 93....................................................................................... 265

Set Lengths for Code 93....................................................................................... 266

Code 11........................................................................................................................ 267

Code 11 ................................................................................................................ 267

Set Lengths for Code 11....................................................................................... 267

Code 11 Check Digit Verification.......................................................................... 269

Transmit Code 11 Check Digits............................................................................ 270

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)................................................................................................ 271

Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5......................................................................... 271

Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 ........................................................................ 271

I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification ............................................................................ 273

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit ................................................................................ 273

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 ................................................................................... 274

12

Contents

Febraban .............................................................................................................. 274

I 2 of 5 Security Level ........................................................................................... 275

I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone ................................................................................ 276

Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)................................................................................................... 277

Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5 ............................................................................. 277

Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 ............................................................................. 277

Codabar (NW - 7)........................................................................................................ 279

Enable/Disable Codabar....................................................................................... 279

Set Lengths for Codabar ...................................................................................... 279

CLSI Editing.......................................................................................................... 281

NOTIS Editing....................................................................................................... 281

Codabar Security Level ........................................................................................ 282

Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Detection......................... 283

Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification............................................................. 283

Transmit Codabar Check Digit ............................................................................. 284

MSI............................................................................................................................... 284

Enable/Disable MSI .............................................................................................. 284

Set Lengths for MSI.............................................................................................. 285

MSI Check Digits .................................................................................................. 286

Transmit MSI Check Digit(s)................................................................................. 287

MSI Check Digit Algorithm.................................................................................... 287

MSI Reduced Quiet Zone ..................................................................................... 288

Chinese 2 of 5.............................................................................................................. 288

Enable/Disable Chinese 2 of 5 ............................................................................. 288

Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................................................. 289

Enable/Disable Matrix 2 of 5................................................................................. 289

Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................ 289

Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit ...................................................................................... 290

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit ....................................................................... 291

Korean 3 of 5................................................................................................................ 291

Enable/Disable Korean 3 of 5............................................................................... 291

Inverse 1D................................................................................................................... 292

GS1 DataBar............................................................................................................... 293

GS1 DataBar Limited............................................................................................ 293

GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked ................................ 294

Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN...................................................................... 294

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check .................................................................... 295

GS1 DataBar Security Level................................................................................. 296

Composite................................................................................................................... 297

Composite CC-C .................................................................................................. 297

Composite CC-A/B ............................................................................................... 297

13

Contents

Composite TLC-39 ............................................................................................... 298

Composite Inverse................................................................................................ 298

UPC Composite Mode.......................................................................................... 299

Composite Beep Mode ......................................................................................... 300

GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes ................................ 300

2D Symbologies........................................................................................................... 301

Enable/Disable PDF417 ....................................................................................... 301

Enable/Disable MicroPDF417 .............................................................................. 301

Code 128 Emulation ............................................................................................. 302

Data Matrix ........................................................................................................... 303

GS1 Data Matrix ................................................................................................... 303

Data Matrix Inverse .............................................................................................. 304

Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only)............................................................ 305

Maxicode .............................................................................................................. 306

QR Code............................................................................................................... 306

Weblink QR ......................................................................................................... 307

GS1 QR ................................................................................................................ 307

MicroQR ............................................................................................................... 308

Aztec..................................................................................................................... 308

Aztec Inverse........................................................................................................ 309

Han Xin................................................................................................................. 310

Han Xin Inverse .................................................................................................... 310

Grid Matrix ............................................................................................................ 311

Grid Matrix Inverse ............................................................................................... 311

Grid Matrix Mirror.................................................................................................. 312

DotCode ............................................................................................................... 313

DotCode Inverse................................................................................................... 313

DotCode Mirrored ................................................................................................. 314

DotCode Prioritize ................................................................................................ 314

Postal Codes................................................................................................................ 315

US Postnet ........................................................................................................... 315

US Planet ............................................................................................................. 315

Transmit US Postal Check Digit ........................................................................... 316

UK Postal.............................................................................................................. 316

Transmit UK Postal Check Digit ........................................................................... 317

Japan Postal......................................................................................................... 317

Australia Post ....................................................................................................... 318

Australia Post Format ........................................................................................... 319

Netherlands KIX Code.......................................................................................... 320

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail .................................................................. 320

UPU FICS Postal.................................................................................................. 321

14

Contents

Mailmark ............................................................................................................... 321

Symbology-Specific Security Levels ........................................................................... 322

Redundancy Level................................................................................................ 322

Redundancy Level 1 ...................................................................................... 322

Redundancy Level 2 ...................................................................................... 322

Redundancy Level 3 ...................................................................................... 322

Redundancy Level 4 ...................................................................................... 323

Security Level ....................................................................................................... 324

1D Quiet Zone Level............................................................................................. 325

Intercharacter Gap Size........................................................................................ 326

Report Version ............................................................................................................. 326

Macro PDF Features................................................................................................... 327

Flush Macro Buffer ............................................................................................... 327

Abort Macro PDF Entry ........................................................................................ 327

Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol........................................................................... 328

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 328

Advanced Data Formatting (ADF)................................................................................ 328

Multicode Data Formatting........................................................................................... 328

MDF in Hands-Free Mode .................................................................................... 328

MDF Best Practices.............................................................................................. 330

Preferred Symbol ......................................................................................................... 331

Data Parsing (UDI Scan+, Label Parse+ and Blood Bag Parse+) ............................... 331

Scan a UDI Label using UDI Scan+ ..................................................................... 331

Scan a GS1 Label using Label Parse+................................................................. 332

Scan a Blood Bag Label using Blood Bag Parse+ ............................................... 332

OCR Programming ......................................................................................................................... 333

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 333

Setting Parameters ...................................................................................................... 333

Scanning Sequence Examples............................................................................. 334

Errors While Scanning.......................................................................................... 334

OCR Parameter Defaults ............................................................................................. 334

OCR Programming Parameters................................................................................... 335

OCR-A .................................................................................................................. 335

OCR-A Variant...................................................................................................... 336

OCR-B .................................................................................................................. 337

OCR-B Variant...................................................................................................... 338

MICR E13B........................................................................................................... 342

US Currency Serial Number ................................................................................. 343

OCR Orientation ................................................................................................... 343

15

Contents

OCR Lines ............................................................................................................ 345

OCR Minimum Characters ................................................................................... 345

OCR Maximum Characters .................................................................................. 346

OCR Subset ......................................................................................................... 346

OCR Quiet Zone................................................................................................... 347

OCR Template...................................................................................................... 347

Required Digit (9)........................................................................................... 348

Required Alpha (A)......................................................................................... 348

Optional Alphanumeric (1) ............................................................................. 348

Optional Alpha (2) .......................................................................................... 349

Alpha or Digit (3) ............................................................................................ 349

Any Including Space & Reject (4) .................................................................. 349

Any except Space & Reject (5) ...................................................................... 350

Optional Digit (7) ............................................................................................ 350

Digit or Fill (8)................................................................................................. 350

Alpha or Fill (F)............................................................................................... 351

Optional Space ( ) .......................................................................................... 351

Optional Small Special (.)............................................................................... 351

Other Template Operators ............................................................................. 351

Repeat Previous (R)....................................................................................... 355

Multiple Templates......................................................................................... 356

Template Examples ....................................................................................... 356

OCR Check Digit Modulus.................................................................................... 357

OCR Check Digit Multiplier................................................................................... 357

OCR Check Digit Validation ................................................................................. 359

None............................................................................................................... 359

Product Add Left to Right............................................................................... 359

Product Add Right to Left............................................................................... 360

Digit Add Left to Right .................................................................................... 360

Digit Add Right to Left .................................................................................... 361

Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder ................................................ 361

Digit Add Right To Left Simple Remainder .................................................... 362

Health Industry - HIBCC43............................................................................. 362

Inverse OCR......................................................................................................... 364

OCR Redundancy ................................................................................................ 365

Standard Parameter Defaults ........................................................................................................ 366

Country Codes................................................................................................................................ 377

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 377

USB, BT HID Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes)........................................... 378

16

Contents

Country Code Pages ...................................................................................................................... 393

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 393

Country Code Page Defaults ....................................................................................... 393

Country Code Page Barcodes .................................................................................... 397

CKJ Decode Control....................................................................................................................... 407

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 407

CJK Control Parameters ............................................................................................. 408

Unicode Output Control ........................................................................................ 408

CJK Output Method to Windows Host .................................................................. 409

Non-CJK UTF Barcode Output............................................................................. 412

Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters ................................................. 412

Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host........................................................ 414

Setting Up the Windows Registry Table for Unicode Universal Output................ 414

Adding CJK IME on Windows............................................................................... 414

Selecting the Simplified Chinese Input Method on the Host................................. 415

Selecting the Traditional Chinese Input Method on the Host ............................... 415

Programming Reference................................................................................................................ 417

Symbol Code Identifiers............................................................................................... 417

AIM Code Identifiers..................................................................................................... 418

Sample Barcodes............................................................................................................................ 423

UPC/EAN ..................................................................................................................... 423

UPC-A, 100% ....................................................................................................... 423

UPC-A with 2-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 423

UPC-A with 5-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 423

UPC-E .................................................................................................................. 424

UPC-E with 2-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 424

UPC-E with 5-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 425

EAN-8 ................................................................................................................... 425

EAN-13, 100%...................................................................................................... 425

EAN-13 with 2-digit Add-on .................................................................................. 425

EAN-13 with 5-digit Add-on .................................................................................. 426

Code 128...................................................................................................................... 426

GS1-128 ............................................................................................................... 426

Code 39........................................................................................................................ 426

Code 93........................................................................................................................ 427

Code 11 with 2 Check Digits........................................................................................ 427

Interleaved 2 of 5 ......................................................................................................... 427

17

Contents

MSI with 2 Check Digits ............................................................................................... 427

Chinese 2 of 5.............................................................................................................. 428

Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................................................. 428

Korean 3 of 5................................................................................................................ 428

GS1 DataBar............................................................................................................... 429

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14) .................................. 429

GS1 DataBar Truncated ....................................................................................... 429

GS1 DataBar Stacked .......................................................................................... 429

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional ................................................................ 430

GS1 DataBar Limited............................................................................................ 430

GS1 DataBar Expanded ....................................................................................... 431

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked ......................................................................... 431

2D Symbologies........................................................................................................... 431

PDF417 ................................................................................................................ 431

Data Matrix ........................................................................................................... 432

GS1 Data Matrix ................................................................................................... 433

Maxicode .............................................................................................................. 433

QR Code............................................................................................................... 433

GS1 QR ................................................................................................................ 434

MicroQR ............................................................................................................... 434

Aztec..................................................................................................................... 434

Grid Matrix ............................................................................................................ 435

Han Xin................................................................................................................. 435

Postal Codes................................................................................................................ 435

US Postnet ........................................................................................................... 435

UK Postal.............................................................................................................. 435

Japan Postal......................................................................................................... 436

Australian Post ..................................................................................................... 436

OCR ............................................................................................................................ 437

OCR-A .................................................................................................................. 437

OCR-B .................................................................................................................. 437

MICR E13B........................................................................................................... 437

US Currency ......................................................................................................... 437

Numeric Barcodes.......................................................................................................................... 438

Cancel.......................................................................................................................... 438

Numeric Barcodes........................................................................................................ 438

Alphanumeric Barcodes ................................................................................................................ 440

Cancel.......................................................................................................................... 440

18

Contents

Alphanumeric Barcodes............................................................................................... 440

ASCII Character Sets...................................................................................................................... 457

Communication Protocol Functionality........................................................................................ 467

Functionality Supported via Communication (Cable) Interface.................................... 467

Functionality Supported via Radio Communication ..................................................... 468

Signature Capture Code................................................................................................................. 469

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 469

Code Structure............................................................................................................. 469

Signature Capture Area........................................................................................ 469

CapCode Pattern Structure .................................................................................. 470

Start / Stop Patterns..................................................................................................... 470

Dimensions .................................................................................................................. 471

Data Format ................................................................................................................. 471

Additional Capabilities................................................................................................. 472

Signature Boxes........................................................................................................... 472

Non-Parameter Attributes.............................................................................................................. 473

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 473

Attributes...................................................................................................................... 473

Model Number ...................................................................................................... 473

Serial Number....................................................................................................... 473

Date of Manufacture ............................................................................................. 473

Date of First Programming ................................................................................... 474

Configuration Filename ........................................................................................ 474

Beeper/LED .......................................................................................................... 475

Parameter Defaults............................................................................................... 476

Beep on Next Bootup ........................................................................................... 476

Reboot .................................................................................................................. 476

Host Trigger Session ............................................................................................ 476

Firmware Version ................................................................................................. 477

Scankit Version..................................................................................................... 477

ScanSpeed Analytics............................................................................................ 477

ScanSpeed Analytics ..................................................................................................................... 478

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 478

19

Contents

Histogram Decode Information .................................................................................... 478

Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode........................................................................... 482

Upgrading Over Bluetooth Without A Cradle............................................................................... 485

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 485

Upgrading Without a Cradle......................................................................................... 485

Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................... 486

Index ................................................................................................................................................ 487

20

About This Document

Introduction

This guide provides information about using the CS6080 Zebra product and accessories, if applicable.

IMPORTANT:

If you have a problem with your equipment, contact Zebra Global Customer Support for your region. Contact information is available at: www.zebra.com/support .

Configurations

For additional information regarding the latest available configurations, check Solutions Pathway.

Scanners

This guide covers the following configurations:

Part Number

CS6080-SR40004VZWW

CS6080-SR40004VMWW

CS6080-SR40004VZK

CS6080-SR40004VZCN

CS6080-SRK0004VZWW

CS6080-SRK0004VZK

CS6080-SRK0004VZCN

CS6080-HC4F00BVZWW

CS6080-HC4F00BVMWW

Description

CS6080 Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,

Standard Range, Midnight Black, Vibration Motor

CS6080 Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,

Standard Range, Midnight Black, Vibration Motor, MFi

CS6080 Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,

Standard Range, Midnight Black, Vibration Motor - India, Korea, Japan

Only

CS6080 Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,

Standard Range, Midnight Black, Vibration Motor - China Only

CS6080 Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Standard Range,

Midnight Black, Vibration Motor

CS6080 Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Standard Range,

Midnight Black, Vibration Motor - India, Korea, Japan Only

CS6080 Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Standard Range,

Midnight Black, Vibration Motor - China Only

CS6080: Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,

Healthcare, FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor

CS6080: Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,

Healthcare, FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor, MFi

21

About This Document

Part Number

CS6080-HC4F00BVZK

CS6080-HC4F00BVZCN

CS6080-HCKF00BVZWW

CS6080-HCKF00BVZK

CS6080-HCKF00BVZCN

Description

CS6080: Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,

Healthcare, FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor - India, Korea, Japan Only

CS6080 Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,

Healthcare, FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor - China Only

CS6080: Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Healthcare,

FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor

CS6080: Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Healthcare,

FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor - India, Korea, Japan Only

CS6080 Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Healthcare, HC

White, Vibration Motor - China Only

Accessories

This guide covers the following configurations:

Part Number

BTRY-CS60EAB0E-04

BTRY-CS60EAB0E-04K

BTRY-CS60EABHE-0B

BTRY-CS60EABHE-0BK

CR6080-SC100F4WW

CR6080-SC100F4CN

CR6080-PC100FBWW

CR6080-PC100FBCN

CR6080-SA40004WW

CR6080-BA40004WW

CVTR-U70060C-04

CVTR-U70060C-0B

LNYD-000060W-04

CUP-GS0060C-04

CUP-GS0060C-0B

STND-GS0060C-04

STND-GS0060C-0B

STND-WS0060C-04

Description

Spare Battery, CS6080-SR

Spare Battery, CS6080-SR - India, Korea, Japan Only

Spare Battery, CS6080-HC

Spare Battery, CS6080-HC - India, Korea, Japan Only

CS6080 Cordless: Standard Cradle, Inductive, Bluetooth, Midnight

Black - 1 Slot for Scanner and 1 Slot for Spare Battery. USB-C Cradle

Cable CBL-CS6-S07-04 Sold Separately.

CS6080 Cordless: Standard Cradle, Inductive, Bluetooth, Midnight

Black - 1 Slot for Scanner and 1 Slot for Spare Battery.USB-C Cradle

Cable CBL-CS6-S07-04 Sold Separately. China Only.

CS6080 Cordless: Presentation Cradle, Inductive, Bluetooth,

Healthcare White. USB-C Cradle Cable CBL-CS6-S07-0B Sold

Separately.

CS6080 Cordless: Presentation Cradle, Inductive, Bluetooth,

Healthcare White. USB-C Cradle Cable CBL-CS6-S07-0B Sold

Separately. China Only.

CS6080 Cordless: 4-Slot Device Cradle Adapter Cup, Inductive,

Midnight Black

CS6080 Cordless: 4-Slot Battery Cradle Adapter Cup, Inductive,

Midnight Black

7 ft (2.1m) Corded USB Converter - CS6080-SR (Midnight Black)

7 ft (2.1m) Corded USB Converter - CS6080-HC (HC White)

Lanyard, Retractor, Silicon Sleeve - CS6080 Cordless (Midnight Black)

Gooseneck Cup - CS6080-SR Corded (Midnight Black)

Gooseneck Cup - CS6080-HC Corded (HC White)

Gooseneck Intellistand - CS6080-SR Corded (Midnight Black)

Gooseneck Intellistand - CS6080-HC Corded (HC White)

Gooseneck Intellistand, Weighted - CS6080-SR Corded (Midnight

Black)

22

About This Document

Part Number

STND-WS0060C-0B

CBL-CS6-S07-04

CBL-CS6-S07-0B

Description

Gooseneck Intellistand, Weighted - CS6080-HC Corded (HC White)

CS6080 Cordless Cradle Cable: USB-C (Cradle) to USB-A (Host)

Cable; 7ft. (2.1m), Straight - Midnight Black

CS6080 Cordless Cradle Cable: USB-C (Cradle) to USB-A (Host)

Cable; 7ft. (2.1m), Straight - HC White

Kits

This guide covers the following configurations:

Part Number

CR6080-SC400F4WW

CR6080-BC40004WW

CS6080-SR400004SVW

CS6080-SR40000KSVW

CS6080-SR40000TZVW

CS6080-SR40000TSVW

CS6080-HCB00004P1W

CS6080-HCB0000KSVW

CS6080-HCB0000TZVW

CS6080-HCB0000TP1W

Description

CS6080 Cordless: 4-Slot Device ShareCradle, Inductive, Midnight

Black. Includes Power Supply and DC line cord. 3-wire grounded country specific AC line cord sold separately.

CS6080 Cordless: 4-Slot Battery ShareCradle, Inductive, Midnight

Black. Includes Power Supply and DC line cord. 3-wire grounded country specific AC line cord sold separately.

CS6080-SR Black Cordless Standard Cradle KIT:

CS6080-SR40004VZWW Scanner, CR6080-SC100F4WW Cradle,

CBL-CS6-S07-04 USB-C Cable

CS6080-SR Black Corded (with Stand) KIT: CS6080-SRK0004VZWW

Scanner, STND-GS0060C-04 Stand

CS6080-SR Black Cordless (with Lanyard) KIT:

CS6080-SR40004VZWW Scanner, LNYD-000060W-04 Lanyard

CS6080-SR Black Cordless Standard Cradle (with Lanyard) KIT:

CS6080-SR40004VZWW Scanner, CR6080-SC100F4WW Cradle,

LNYD-000060W-04 Lanyard, CBL-CS6-S07-04 USB-C Cable

CS6080-HC White Cordless FIPS Presentation Cradle KIT:

CS6080-HC4F00BVZWW Scanner, CR6080-PC100FBWW Cradle,

CBL-CS6-S07-0B USB-C Cable

CS6080-HC White Corded FIPS (with Stand) KIT:

CS6080-HCKF00BVZWW Scanner, STND-GS0060C-0B Stand

CS6080-HC White Cordless FIPS (with Lanyard) KIT:

CS6080-HC4F00BVZWW Scanner, LNYD-000060W-04 Lanyard

CS6080-HC White Cordless FIPS Presentation Cradle (with Lanyard)

KIT: CS6080-HC4F00BVZWW Scanner, CR6080-PC100FBWW

Cradle, LNYD-000060W-04 Lanyard, CBL-CS6-S07-0B USB-C Cable

Chapter Descriptions

Topics covered in this guide are as follows:

•

Getting Started provides a product overview, unpacking instructions, and cable connection information.

•

123Scan and Software Tools describes the Zebra software tools available for customizing scanner operation.

•

Data Capture provides beeper and LED definitions, techniques involved in scanning barcodes, general instructions and tips about scanning, and decode ranges.

23

About This Document

•

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications provides suggested scanner maintenance, troubleshooting, technical specifications, and signal descriptions (pinouts).

•

Radio Communications provides information about the modes of operation and features available for wireless communication. This chapter also includes programming barcodes to configure the scanner.

•

User Preferences describes each user preference feature and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features.

•

Imaging Preferences describes imaging preference features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features.

•

USB Interface describes how to set up the scanner with a USB host.

•

SSI Interface describes the system requirements of the Simple Serial Interface (SSI), which provides a communications link between Zebra decoders and a serial host.

•

Symbologies describes all symbology features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features for the scanner.

•

Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol briefly describes the Zebra features available for customizing scanner operation.

•

OCR Programming describes how to set up the scanner for OCR programming.

•

Standard Parameter Defaults provides a table of all host devices and miscellaneous scanner defaults.

•

Country Codes provides barcodes for programming the country keyboard type for the USB keyboard

(HID) device.

•

Country Code Pages provides barcodes for selecting code pages for the country keyboard type.

•

CKJ Decode Control describes control parameters for Unicode/CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) barcode decode through USB HID Keyboard Emulation mode.

•

Programming Reference provides a table of AIM code identifiers, ASCII character conversions, and keyboard maps.

•

Sample Barcodes includes sample barcodes of various code types.

•

Numeric Barcodes includes the numeric barcodes to scan for parameters requiring specific numeric values.

•

Alphanumeric Barcodes includes the alphanumeric barcodes to scan for parameters requiring specific alphanumeric values.

•

ASCII Character Sets provides ASCII character value tables.

•

Communication Protocol Functionality lists supported scanner functionality by communication protocol.

•

Signature Capture Code describes CapCode, a special pattern that encloses a signature area on a document and allows the scanner to capture a signature.

•

Non-Parameter Attributes defines non-parameter attributes.

•

ScanSpeed Analytics describes the Zebra ScanSpeed Analytics software that allows the identification of barcodes that slow down processes.

•

Upgrading Over Bluetooth Without A Cradle provides information about performing upgrades on the scanner without a cradle, using 123Scan.

Notational Conventions

The following conventions are used in this document:

• Bold

text is used to highlight the following:

24

About This Document

•

Dialog box, window and screen names

•

Drop-down list and list box names

•

Check box and radio button names

•

Icons on a screen

•

Key names on a keypad

•

Button names on a screen.

•

Bullets (•) indicate:

•

Action items

•

Lists of alternatives

•

Lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential.

•

Sequential lists (e.g., those that describe step-by-step procedures) appear as numbered lists.

•

Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks ( settings.

*

) are used to denote default parameter

*

Indicates Default

*

Baud Rate 9600

Feature/Option

Icon Conventions

The documentation set is designed to give the reader more visual clues. The following graphic icons are used throughout the documentation set. These icons and their associated meanings are described below.

NOTE:

The text here indicates information that is supplemental for the user to know and that is not required to complete a task.

IMPORTANT:

The text here indicates information that is important for the user to know.

CAUTION—EYE INJURY:

Wear protective eyewear when performing certain tasks.

CAUTION—PRODUCT DAMAGE:

If the precaution is not taken, the product could be damaged.

CAUTION:

If the precaution is not heeded, the user could receive minor or moderate injury.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE:

Touching this area could result in burns.

CAUTION—ESD:

Observe proper electrostatic safety precautions.

CAUTION—ELECTRIC SHOCK:

Disconnect the printer power before performing certain procedures to avoid the risk of electric shock.

25

About This Document

WARNING:

If danger is not avoided, the user CAN be seriously injured or killed.

DANGER!

If danger is not avoided, the user WILL be seriously injured or killed.

NOTE:

This is an icon for wired networking notes.

NOTE:

This is an icon for wireless networking notes.

Service Information

If you have a problem with your equipment, contact Zebra Global Customer Support for your region.

Contact information is available at www.zebra.com/support .

When contacting support, please have the following information available:

•

Serial number of the unit

•

Model number or product name

•

Software/firmware type or version number

Zebra responds to calls by email, telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in support agreements.

If your problem cannot be solved by Zebra Customer Support, you may need to return your equipment for servicing and will be given specific directions. Zebra is not responsible for any damages incurred during shipment if the approved shipping container is not used. Shipping the units improperly can possibly void the warranty.

If you purchased your Zebra business product from a Zebra business partner, contact that business partner for support.

Feedback

If you have comments, questions, or suggestions about this guide, send an email to

[email protected]

.

26

Getting Started

Introduction

Introducing the CS6080 Companion Scanner, featuring a groundbreaking design that easily converts between corded and cordless operation, hand-held and hands-free, as your needs change. As a cordless scanner, the CS6080 is small enough to tuck in a pocket and offers the latest mobile technology including contactless charging. As a corded scanner, the CS6080 offers compact scanning for spaces with limited real-estate. Whether you purchase a corded or cordless model up front, you can change modes at any time for superior investment protection. And you get Zebra's industry-leading scanning performance and our unique DataCapture DNA and industry-preferred management tools that make it easier than ever to integrate, deploy and manage your scanners.

This guide provides basic instructions for setting up, programming, and using CS6080 scanners. The scanner is available in the following versions:

•

CS6080-SR: Standard Range

•

CS6080-HC: Healthcare

NOTE:

This guide applies to all scanner configurations, including cordless, corded, standard range and healthcare unless specifically indicated.

27

Getting Started

Features

Cordless Front View

Figure 1

Cordless Front View

Removable Battery

Programmable Button

Scan Button

Beeper

LED Indicators

Scanner Window

Corded Front View

Figure 2

Corded Front View

USB Converter

Cable

LED Indicators

Beeper

Scanner Window

Scan Button

Programmable Button

28

Getting Started

Bottom View

Figure 3

Bottom View

NFC

Release Latch

Finger Grip Recess

Unpacking the Scanner

Carefully remove all protective material from the scanner and save the shipping container for later storage and shipping. Verify that you received the following equipment:

•

CS6080

•

Lithium-Polymer battery (cordless) or USB Converter Cable (corded)

•

Quick Start Guide.

Inspect the equipment. If any equipment is missing or damaged, contact support. See Service Information on page 26 for contact information.

Installing the Battery

Use the battery to charge the cordless scanner.

Inserting the Battery

1.

Insert the battery into the scanner.

Figure 4

Inserting the Battery

2.

Press the battery into the scanner until the battery snaps into place.

NOTE:

If you purchased a corded configuration, using the corded USB Converter Cable and want to convert to a cordless configuration, using a battery, remove the corded USB Converter Cable prior to step

1.

29

Getting Started

Removing the Battery

To remove the battery, press the release and pull the battery away from the scanner.

Figure 5

Removing the Battery

Installing the Corded USB Converter Cable

Use the USB Converter Cable to connect the corded scanner to a host.

Inserting the USB Cable

1.

2.

Insert the corded USB Converter Cable into the scanner.

Connect the other end of the corded USB Converter Cable to a USB port on the host PC.

NOTE:

If you purchased a cordless configuration, using a battery and want to convert to a corded configuration, using the corded USB Converter Cable, remove the battery prior to step 1.

Figure 6

Inserting the USB Cable

Removing the USB Cable

To remove the corded USB Converter Cable, press the release and pull the cable away from the scanner.

30

Getting Started

Figure 7

Removing the USB Cable

Charging

Use a cradle or charging pad to charge the cordless scanner and use the battery charger or cradle to charge spare batteries.

Charging via Cradle

NOTE:

Only applies to cordless configurations.

1.

2.

3.

Connect the cable to the cradle with the USB-C connector.

Connect the other end of the cable to a USB port on the host PC, or to a USB power adapter plugged into an AC outlet with the USB-A connector.

Insert the CS6080 into a scanner slot to begin charging.

•

In the Standard cradle, insert the scanner upright with the battery side first.

•

In the Healthcare Presentation cradle, insert the scanner upside down with the scanner window first.

Figure 8

Charging via Cradle

Standard Healthcare Presentation

31

Getting Started

Figure 9

4-Slot Device Charging Cradle

The CS6080 begins charging. The charge status LEDs light to indicate progress. See Beeper and LED

Indications on page 38 for more information.

Connecting Cradle Cable

Figure 10

Connecting the Cradle Cable

Standard

Healthcare Presentation

Charging via Charging Pad

NOTE:

Only applies to cordless configurations.

1.

Follow the third party instructions for connecting your charging pad to power.

32

Getting Started

2.

Place the scanner on the charging pad with the buttons facing up.

The battery charging indicator LED on the scanner lights to show the charging status.

NOTE:

The CS6080 is only compatible with Qi type charging pads and charging times cannot be guaranteed when using third party accessories.

Figure 11

Charging via Charging Pad

Charging Spare Batteries

3.

4.

1.

2.

Connect the cable to the cradle with the USB-C connector.

Connect the other end of the cable to a USB port on the host PC, or to a USB power adapter plugged into an AC outlet with the USB-A connector.

Remove the spare battery slot cap.

Insert the battery into the spare battery slot to begin charging. The charge LED on the cradle lights to show the charging status.

Figure 12

Charging Spare Batteries

LED Charging Status

33

Getting Started

Figure 13

4-Slot Battery Charging Cradle

LED Charging Status

Charging Temperature

Charge batteries in temperatures from 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F). Charging is halted at temperatures above 40°C.

The scanner or accessory indicates when charging is disabled due to abnormal temperatures via its LED and/or battery icon (see

Table 2 on page 38 ).

Button Actions

To actuate the buttons, apply a finite force to the button recess.

For subsequent button actuations, remove force, and then re-apply force.

Table 1

Button Actions

Scan Button (...)

Action

Single press

Double press

Description

Trigger

Issue connection to last known address if disconnected/if connected in HID mode to an Apple device, will send show/hide keypad

Battery status

Night mode

Hold for 3 seconds

Hold until beam goes off plus 5 seconds longer

Programmable Button (-)

Single press (not in cradle) default*

Single press option 2

Single press option 3

Single press in cradle

Double press

Show/hide keypad

Programmable trigger

Toggle lamp mode (cordless only)

Toggle lamp mode (cordless only)

Drop Bluetooth connection

34

123Scan and Software

Tools

Introduction

This chapter briefly describes the Zebra software tools available for customizing scanner operation.

123Scan

123Scan is a software tool that simplifies scanner setup and more.

Intuitive enough for first time users, the 123Scan wizard guides users through a streamlined setup process. Settings are saved in a configuration file that can be printed as a single programming barcode for scanning, emailed to a smart phone for scanning from its screen, or downloaded to the scanner using a

USB cable.

Through 123Scan a user can:

•

Configure a scanner using a wizard.

•

Program the following scanner settings.

•

Speaker tone / volume settings.

•

Enable / disable symbologies.

•

Communication settings.

•

Modify data before transmission to a host using:

•

Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) - Scan one barcode per trigger press.

•

Multicode Data Formatting (MDF) - Scan many barcodes in one trigger press (select scanners).

•

Preferred Symbol - Single out one barcode on label of many (select scanners).

•

Load parameter settings to a scanner via the following.

•

Barcode scanning.

•

Scan a paper barcode.

•

Scan a barcode from a PC screen.

•

Scan a barcode from a smart phone screen.

•

Download over a USB cable.

•

Load settings to one scanner.

•

Stage up to 10 scanners simultaneously (Powered USB Hub recommended with 0.5 amp / port).

•

Validate scanner setup.

35

123Scan and Software Tools

•

View scanned data within the utility's

Data

view screen.

•

Capture an image and save to a PC within the utility's

Data

view screen.

•

Review settings using the Parameter Report.

•

Clone settings from an already deployed scanner from the

Start

screen.

•

Upgrade scanner firmware.

•

Load settings to one scanner.

•

Stage up to 10 scanners simultaneously (Powered USB Hub recommended with 0.5 amp / port).

•

View statistics such as:

•

Asset tracking information.

•

Time and usage information.

•

Barcodes scanned by symbology.

•

Battery diagnostics (select scanners).

•

Generate the following reports.

•

Barcode Report - Programming barcode, included parameter settings, and supported scanner models.

•

Parameter Report - Parameters programmed within a configuration file.

•

Inventory Report - Scanner asset tracking information.

•

Validation Report - Scanned data from the

Data

view.

•

Statistics Report - All statistics retrieved from the scanner.

For more information go to: www.zebra.com/123Scan .

Communication with 123Scan

Use a USB cable or Bluetooth connection to connect the scanner to a Windows host computer running

123Scan.

123Scan Requirements

•

Host computer running Windows XP, 7, 8, and 10

•

Scanner

•

USB cable or Bluetooth connection.

123Scan Information

For more information on123Scan, go to: www.zebra.com/123Scan .

For a 1 minute tour of 123Scan, go to: www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos .

To see a list of all of our software tools, go to: www.zebra.com/scannersoftware .

36

123Scan and Software Tools

Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos

Tackle all your scanner programming needs with our diversified set of software tools. Whether you need to simply stage a device, or develop a fully featured application with image and data capture as well as asset management, these tools help you every step of the way.

To download any of the following free tools, go to: www.zebra.com/scannersoftware .

•

123Scan configuration utility

•

SDKs

•

Scanner SDK for Windows (connection through Bluetooth, USB cable to scanner and USB cable to cradle)

•

Scanner SDK for Linux (connection through USB cable to scanner and USB cable to cradle)

•

Scanner SDK for Android (Bluetooth connection only)

•

Drivers (connection through Bluetooth, USB cable to scanner and USB cable to cradle)

•

OPOS driver

•

JPOS driver

•

USB CDC driver

•

TWAIN driver

•

Scanner Management Service (SMS) for Remote Management (connection through USB cable to scanner and USB cable to cradle)

•

Windows

•

Linux

•

How-To-Videos

NOTE:

For a list of SDK supported scanner functionality by communication protocol, see

Communication

Protocol Functionality on page 467 .

37

Data Capture

Introduction

This chapter provides beeper and LED definitions, techniques involved in scanning barcodes, general instructions and tips about scanning, and decode ranges.

Beeper and LED Indications

The digital scanner issues different beep sequences/patterns and an LED display to indicate status.

Table

2

defines beep sequences/patterns and LED displays which occur during both normal scanning and while programming the digital scanner.

Digital Scanner Indications

Table 2

Digital Scanner Beeper and LED Indications

Beeper Sequence

Standard Use

Low/medium/high beeps

Scanning

None

None

Green

LED

Green solid

No LED; green LED is turned off

Green flash Medium beep

(or as configured)

Four long low beeps Red

Five long low beeps

None

Red

Red (fast blink) on trigger press

Power up.

Presentation Mode on.

Presentation Mode off.

Indication

A barcode was successfully decoded. (See Other LED Indicators on page 42

for programming beeper sounds.)

A transmission error was detected in a scanned symbol. The data is ignored. This occurs if a unit is not properly configured. Check option setting.

Conversion or format error.

Scanner is disabled by a host command to the scanner.

Wireless Operation

Low, high, low, high

Radio Indications

Red Out of batch storage memory, unable to store new barcode.

38

Data Capture

Table 2

Digital Scanner Beeper and LED Indications (Continued)

Low

Beeper Sequence

Low, high

High, low

Long low, long high

None

Blue

Red

Red

LED

Scanner inserted into a cradle (may be disabled).

Bluetooth connection established.

Bluetooth disconnection event.

Bluetooth page timeout; remote device is out of range/not powered.

Indication

Bluetooth connection attempt was rejected by remote device.

Long low, long high, long low, long high

None

Five high

Red

Blue (blink)

Blue (blink)

Blue (fast/fast/slow) Six high

Parameter Programming

Long low/long high beeps Red

Bluetooth attempting reconnection.

Enable Beep on Reconnect Attempt (default is disable).

Paging state indication.

High/low beeps Green

Green

Input error, incorrect barcode or

Cancel

scanned, wrong entry, incorrect barcode programming sequence; remain in program mode.

Keyboard parameter selected. Enter value using barcode keypad.

Successful program exit with change in the parameter setting.

High/low/high/low beeps

ADF Programming

High/low beeps Green

Low/low beeps

High/high beeps

High/low/low beeps

Green

Green blinking

Green

Number expected. Enter another digit. Add leading zeros to the front if necessary.

Alpha expected. Enter another alphabetic character or scan the

End of Message

barcode.

ADF criteria or action is expected. Enter another criteria or action or scan the

Save Rule

barcode.

All criteria or actions cleared for current rule, continue entering rule.

Rule saved. Rule entry mode exited.

High/low/high/low beeps Green

(turns off blinking)

Long low/long high beeps Red

Low beep

Low/high/high beeps

Long low/long high/long low/long high beeps

Long low/long high/long low beeps

Green

Green

Red

Green

(turns off blinking)

Rule error. Entry error, wrong barcode scanned, or criteria/action list is too long for a rule. Re-enter criteria or action.

Deleted last saved rule. The current rule is left intact.

All rules deleted.

Out of rule memory. Erase some existing rules, then try to save rule again.

Cancel rule entry. Rule entry mode exited because of an error or the user asked to exit rule entry.

39

Data Capture

Cradle LED Indications

Table 3

Cradle LED Indications

LED

Standard Use

Green (stays on)

Radio Indications

Blue (off, then on)

Blue

Blue (fast/fast/slow)

Maintenance Indications

Red (stays on)

Red blinking

Power Up

Indication

Bluetooth connection established

Page button

Page issued

Enter boot loader

Firmware installation

Table 4

lists the conditions in which the specified host controls the System Indicator LED.

Table 4

Host Controlled Cradle LED Indications

LED

123Scan

Slow Blinking Green

Fast Blinking Red

Slow Blinking Red

Solid Green

Solid Red

SMS

Blinking Red

(Both scanner and cradle)

Scanner connected to 123Scan.

File being transferred to the scanner (parameters and firmware).

Firmware activated on the scanner, loaded into memory.

Programming completed successfully (parameters and firmware).

Error State.

Indication

Loading the SMS package to scanner.

LED Indicators

Table 5

LED Indicators

Action

Decode Indicator LED

Successful decode

On error

Battery Indicator LED

When in cradle and charging is complete

When in cradle and charging is in progress

When in cradle and there is a charging error

Description

Green

Red

Solid Green

Blinking Amber

Fast Blinking Amber

40

Data Capture

Table 5

LED Indicators

Action

When used in hand-held mode and theScan Button (...) is pressed for 3 seconds - Full Battery

When used in hand-held mode and the Scan Button (...) is pressed for 3 seconds - Mid Charge

When used in hand-held mode and the Scan Button (...) is pressed

- Low Battery

Bluetooth Indicator LED

While actively pairing

Connected

Bluetooth Error

Description

Solid Green

Solid Amber

Solid Red

Blinking Blue

Solid Blue

Steady Red for 2 seconds

41

Data Capture

Other LED Indicators

Table 6

Other LED Indicators

Action

Standard Use

Bootup

Decode

Beeper Sequence

Low, Medium, High

As configured

Hands-free Mode (Presentation

On)

Hand-held Mode

TRANSMIT_ERROR

CONVERT_ERROR

Image Capture

SNAPSHOT_START

SNAPSHOT_COMPLETE

None

None

4x Low

5x Low

Low

Low

SNAPSHOT_TIMEOUT

Parameter Programming

ENTRY_ERROR

NUMBER_EXPECTED

PARAM_ENTERED

ADF Programming

NUMBER_EXPECTED

ALPHA_EXPECTED

CRIT_ACT_EXPECTED

RULE_SAVED

High, Low

Low, High

High, Low

High, Low, High, Low

High, Low

Low, Low

High, High

High, Low, High, Low

System/Decode LED

Green

Green

Green (stays on)

Green (stays off)

Red

Red

Description

Power Up

A barcode symbol was decoded

Presentation mode on

Presentation mode off

Transmission error

Conversion or format error

Blinking green

Default Green LED mode based upon Hand-held /

Hands-free mode state

Default Green mode based upon Hand-held /

Hands-free Mode state

Snapshot mode started

Snapshot mode completed

Snapshot mode timed out

Red

Green

Green

Input error: incorrect barcode, programming sequence, or Cancel scanned.

Number expected. Enter value using numeric barcodes.

Successful program exit with change in parameter setting.

Green

Green

Blinking Green

Green (turns off blinking)

Enter another digit. Add leading zeros to the front if necessary.

Enter another alphabetic character or scan the End of Message barcode.

ADF criteria or action is expected. Enter another criterion or action, or scan the Save Rule barcode.

Rule saved. Rule entry mode exited.

42

Data Capture

Table 6

Other LED Indicators

Action

CRIT_ACT_CLEARED

Beeper Sequence

High, Low, Low

LAST_RULE_DELETED

ALL_RULES_DELETED

OUT_OF_RULE_MEM

CANCEL_RULE_ENTRY

RULE_ERROR

Macro PDF

MPDF_BUFFERED

MPDF_FILE_ID_ERROR

MPDF_OUT_OF_MEMORY

MPDF_BAD_SYMBOLOGY

MPDF_FLUSH_BUFFER

MPDF_ABORT

MPDF_FLUSH_NO_DATA

Wireless Operation

OUT_OF_MEMORY

Low

Low, High, High

Low, High, Low, High

Low, High, Low

Low, High

2x Low

2x Long Low

3x Long Low

4x Long Low

5x Long Low

Fast Warble

Low, High

Low, High, Low, High

System/Decode LED

Green

Green

Green

Red

Green (turns off blinking)

Red

Description

All criteria or actions cleared for current rule, continue entering rule.

Delete last saved rule. The current rule is left intact.

All rules are deleted.

Out of rule memory. Erase some existing rules, then try to save rule again.

Cancel rule entry. Rule entry mode exited because of an error or the user asked to exit rule entry.

Entry error, wrong barcode scanned, or criteria/action list is too long for a rule.

Re-enter criterion or action.

None

None

None

None

None

None

Red

MPDF sequence buffered.

File ID error. A barcode not in the current MPDF sequence was scanned.

Out of memory. There is not enough buffer space to store the current MPDF symbol.

Bad symbology. Scanned a 1D or 2D barcode in a

MPDF sequence, a duplicate MPDF label, a label in an incorrect order, or trying to transmit an empty or illegal MPDF field.

Flushing MPDF buffer.

Aborting MPDF sequence.

Flushing an already empty

MPDF buffer.

Red Out of batch storage memory, unable to store new barcode.

43

Data Capture

Table 6

Other LED Indicators

Action

Maintenance Indications

Enter Bootloader

Firmware Installation

Beeper Sequence

High, High

None

System/Decode LED

Steady Red

Blinking Red

Description

If a cordless scanner is connected using FIPS, when the trigger is pressed the System LED is Amber until the session ends (trigger release, session timeout, or successful decode).

44

Data Capture

Scanning

NOTE:

The scanner emits a white illumination with a green aim dot.

Hand-Held Scanning

1. Aim the digital scanner at a barcode and press the trigger to decode.

2. Press the trigger until the digital scanner beeps, indicating the barcode is successfully decoded. For more information on beeper and LED definitions, see

Beeper and LED Indications on page 38

Figure 14

Scanning in Hand-Held Mode.

Hands-Free Scanning

The scanner is in hands-free (presentation) mode when it sits in the CR6080-PC cradle. During idle conditions the scanner operates in object detection mode, where it automatically wakes up to decode a barcode presented in the field of view. In object detection mode it is normal for the illumination LEDs to be dimly lit.

To scan:

1.

Ensure all connections are secure (see appropriate host chapter).

2.

3.

Present the barcode in the scanner field of view.

Upon successful decode, the scanner beeps and the LED flashes green. (For more information about beeper and LED definitions,

Beeper and LED Indications on page 38 ).

45

Data Capture

Figure 15

Corded Scanning in Hands-Free Mode

Figure 16

Cordless Scanning in Hands-Free Mode

46

Data Capture

Aiming with Digital Scanner

When scanning, the digital scanner projects a green LED dot which allows positioning the barcode within its field of view. See

Decode Ranges on page 48

for the proper distance to achieve between the digital scanner and a barcode.

Figure 17

Aiming Dot

The digital scanner turns on its white illumination LEDs to illuminate the target barcode.

To scan a barcode, center the symbol.

Figure 18

Scanning Orientation with Aiming Dot

The digital scanner can also read a barcode presented within the aiming dot not centered. The top examples in

Figure 19 on page 47

show acceptable aiming options, while the bottom examples can not be decoded.

Figure 19

Acceptable and Incorrect Aiming

The aiming dot is smaller when the digital scanner is closer to the symbol and larger when it is farther from the symbol. Scan symbols with smaller bars or elements (mil size) closer to the digital scanner, and those with larger bars or elements (mil size) farther from the digital scanner.

The digital scanner beeps to indicate that it successfully decoded the barcode. For more information on beeper and LED definitions, see

Table 2 on page 38 .

47

Data Capture

Decode Ranges

Table 7

CS6080 Decode Ranges

Barcode Type

Code 39

Code 128

100% UPC

PDF 417

Symbol Density

5.0 mil

20.0 mil

5.0 mil

13.0 mil

6.67 mil

Near

2.4 in/6.1 cm

CS6080-SR & CS6080-HC

Typical Working Ranges

9.5 in/24.1 cm

Far

2.5 in/6.3 cm

2.8 in/7.1 cm

1.8 in/4.6 cm

2.4 in/6.1 cm

26.0 in/66.0 cm

9.0 in/22.9 cm

19.5 in/49.5 cm

8.0 in/20.3 cm

Data Matrix

QR Code

10.0 mil

15.0 mil

20.0 mil

2.9 in/7.4 cm

1.2 in/3.0 cm

1.2 in/3.0 cm

8.5 in/21.5 cm

11.5 in/29.2 cm

14.0 in/35.6 cm

48

Maintenance,

Troubleshooting, and

Technical Specifications

Introduction

This chapter provides suggested digital scanner maintenance, troubleshooting, technical specifications, and signal descriptions (pin-outs).

Maintenance

IMPORTANT:

Use pre-moistened wipes and do not allow liquid cleaner to pool.

1

Ensure the following items are addressed when using sodium hypochlorite (bleach) based cleaners:

•

For scanner only. Do not use on cradle.

•

Always follow the manufacturer’s recommended instructions: use gloves during application and remove the residue afterwards with a damp cloth to avoid prolonged skin contact while handling the scanner.

•

Due to the powerful oxidizing nature of sodium hypochlorite, the metal surfaces, including electrical contacts on the scanner, are prone to oxidation (corrosion) when exposed to this chemical in the liquid form (including wipes) and should be avoided. In the event that these type of disinfectants come in contact with metal on the scanner, prompt removal with a dampened cloth after the cleaning step is critical.

IMPORTANT:

To avoid damage to the device, use only approved cleaning and disinfecting agents listed below. The use of non-approved cleaning or disinfecting agents may void the warranty.

Known Harmful Ingredients

The following chemicals are known to damage the plastics on Zebra scanners and should not come in contact with the device:

•

Acetone

•

Ammonia solutions

•

Aqueous or alcoholic alkaline solutions

•

Aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons

•

Benzene

•

Carbolic acid

•

Compounds of amines or ammonia

49

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

•

Ethanolamine

•

Ethers

•

Ketones

•

TB-lysoform

•

Toluene

•

Trichloroethylene.

Approved Cleaners for Standard CS6080 Digital Scanners and Cradles

•

Isopropyl alcohol 70% (including wipes)

•

10% Bleach (Sodium Hypochlorite 0.55%) and water solution

1 (see Important note above)

•

3% Hydrogen Peroxide and 97% water solution

•

Mild dish soap

Approved Disinfectant Cleaners for Healthcare Configurations of the CS6080

Digital Scanners and Cradles

IMPORTANT:

* = Scanner only. Do not use on cradle.

Only use cleaning agents from the following list, following the manufacturer’s instructions:

•

3% Hydrogen Peroxide and 97% Water solution

•

10% Bleach (Sodium Hypochlorite 0.55%) and 90% Water Solution

•

91% Isopropyl Alcohol and 9% Water Solution

•

Azowipe

•

Clorox Dispatch Hospital Cleaner Disinfectant Towels with Bleach

•

Clorox Formula 409 Glass and Surface Cleaner

•

Clorox Healthcare Bleach Germicidal Wipes

•

Clorox Healthcare Hydrogen Peroxide Wipes

•

Clorox Healthcare Multi-Surface Quat Alcohol Wipes

•

Diversey D10 Concentrate Detergent Sanitizer

•

Diversey Dimension 256 Neutral Disinfectant Cleaner

•

Diversey Oxivir Tb Wipes

•

Diversey Virex II 256 One-Step Disinfectant Cleaner

•

Metrex CaviCide

•

Metrex CaviCide1

•

Medipal Alcohol Wipes

•

Metrex CaviWipes

•

Metrex CaviWipes1

•

PDI Easy Screen® Cleaning Wipe

50

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

•

PDI Sani-Cloth AF3 Germicidal Disposable Wipe

•

PDI Sani-Cloth Bleach Germicidal Disposable Wipe

•

PDI Sani-Cloth HB Sani-Germicidal Disposable Wipe

•

PDI Sani-Cloth Plus Germicidal Disposable Cloth

•

PDI Super Sani-Cloth Germicidal Wipe

•

Progressive Products Wipes Plus

•

Sani Professional Disinfecting Multi-Surface Wipes

•

Sani-Hands® Instant Hand Sanitizing Wipes

•

SC Johnson Windex Original Glass Cleaner with Ammonia-D

•

Sterets Alcowipe

•

Steris Coverage Plus Germicidal Surface Wipes

•

Veridien Viraguard

Cleaning the Digital Scanner

Routinely cleaning the exit window is required. A dirty window may affect scanning accuracy. Do not allow any abrasive material to touch the window.

To clean the scanner:

1.

2.

3.

4.

Dampen a soft cloth with one of the approved cleaning agents listed above or use pre-moistened wipes.

Gently wipe all surfaces, including the front, back, sides, top and bottom. Never apply liquid directly to the scanner. Be careful not to let liquid pool around the scanner window, trigger, cable connector or any other area on the device.

Be sure to clean the trigger and in between the trigger and the housing (use a cotton-tipped applicator to reach tight or inaccessible areas).

Do not spray water or other cleaning liquids directly into the exit window.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Wipe the scanner exit window with a lens tissue or other material suitable for cleaning optical material such as eyeglasses.

Immediately dry the scanner window after cleaning with a soft non-abrasive cloth to prevent streaking.

Allow the unit to air dry before use.

Scanner connectors:

a.

Dip the cotton portion of a cotton-tipped applicator in isopropyl alcohol.

b.

c.

d.

Rub the cotton portion of the cotton-tipped applicator back-and-forth across the connector on the

Zebra scanner at least 3 times. Do not leave any cotton residue on the connector.

Use the cotton-tipped applicator dipped in alcohol to remove any grease and dirt near the connector area.

Use a dry cotton tipped applicator and rub the cotton portion of the cotton-tipped applicator back-and-forth across the connectors at least 3 times. Do not leave any cotton residue on the connectors.

51

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Troubleshooting

Table 8

Troubleshooting

Problem

The aiming dot does not appear when pressing the trigger.

Digital scanner emits aiming dot, but does not decode the barcode.

Possible Causes

No power to the digital scanner.

Incorrect host interface cable is used.

Connect the correct host interface cable.

Interface/power cables are loose.

Re-connect cables.

Digital scanner is disabled.

Possible Solutions

If the configuration requires a power supply, re-connect the power supply.

Aiming pattern is disabled.

For USB IBM hand-held, IBM table-top, and OPOS modes, enable the digital scanner via the host interface. Otherwise, see the technical person in charge of scanning.

Enable the aiming pattern. See

Hand-Held Decode

Aiming Pattern on page 89 .

Digital scanner

is not programmed for the correct barcode type.

Barcode symbol is unreadable.

The aiming dot is not correctly placed on the symbol.

Distance between digital scanner and barcode is incorrect.

Program the digital scanner to read that type of barcode. See

Symbologies on page 225

Scan test symbols of the same barcode type to determine if the barcode is defaced.

.

Move the symbol so that the aiming dot is within the

field of view (see Aiming with Digital Scanner on page 47 ).

Move the scanner closer to or further from the barcode. See

Decode Ranges on page 48

.

52

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Table 8

Troubleshooting (Continued)

Problem

Digital scanner decodes barcode, but does not transmit the data to the host.

Imager comes on, but scanner does not decode the barcode.

Host displays scanned data incorrectly.

Digital scanner is not programmed for the correct host type.

Possible Causes

Interface cable is loose.

Cradle is not programmed for the correct host type.

Digital scanner

is not paired to host connected interface.

Cradle has lost connection to the host.

If the digital scanner emits four long low beeps, a transmission error occurred.

This occurs if a unit is not properly configured or connected to the wrong host type.

If the digital scanner emits 5 low beeps, a conversion or format error occurred.

If the digital scanner emits low/high/low beeps, it detected an invalid ADF rule.

Scanner is not programmed correctly.

Barcode may be defaced.

Scanner is not the proper distance from the barcode.

Digital scanner

is not programmed to work with the host.

Possible Solutions

Scan the appropriate host type programming barcode. See the chapter corresponding to the host type.

Re-connect the cable.

Check digital scanner host parameters or edit options.

Pair digital scanner to the cradle by scanning the

PAIR

barcode on the cradle.

In this exact order: disconnect power supply; disconnect host cable; wait three seconds; reconnect host cable; reconnect power supply; reestablish pairing.

Set the scanner's communication parameters to match the host's setting.

Configure the digital scanner's conversion parameters properly.

Program the correct ADF rules. Refer to the

Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide.

Ensure the scanner is programmed to read the type of barcode being scanned.

Ensure the symbol is not defaced. Scan other barcodes of the same barcode type.

Move scanner closer to or further from barcode.

Scan the appropriate host type programming barcode.

Program the proper editing options (e.g., UPC-E to

UPC-A Conversion).

Normal during host reset.

Digital scanner emits short low/short medium/short high beep sequence

(power-up beep sequence) more than once.

Digital scanner emits 4 short high beeps during decode attempt.

Digital scanner emits low/high beeps during programming.

The USB bus may put the digital scanner in a state where power to the scanner is cycled on and off more than once.

Digital scanner

has not completed

USB initialization.

Input error, incorrect barcode or

Cancel

barcode was scanned.

Wait several seconds and scan again.

Scan the correct numeric barcodes within range for the parameter programmed.

53

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Table 8

Troubleshooting (Continued)

Problem

Digital scanner emits low/high/low/high beeps during programming.

Possible Causes

Out of host parameter storage space.

Out of memory for ADF rules.

Possible Solutions

Scan

Default Parameters on page 66

.

During programming, indicates out of ADF parameter storage space.

ADF transmit error.

Reduce the number of ADF rules or the number of steps in the ADF rules.

Erase all rules and re-program with shorter rules.

Digital scanner emits low/high/low beeps.

Digital scanner emits a power-up beep after changing USB host type.

Digital scanner

emits frequent beeps.

Digital scanner emits five long low beeps after a barcode is decoded.

Digital scanner emits long beeps for 5 seconds when scanning a barcode.

Digital scanner LED blinks even if the pairing request was canceled from remote iOS/Android

™

device.

Invalid ADF rule is detected.

The USB bus re-established power to the digital scanner.

Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Guide for information.

Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Guide for information.

Normal when changing USB host type.

No power to the scanner.

Check the system power. If the configuration requires a power supply, re-connect the power supply.

Incorrect host interface cable is used.

Verify that the correct host interface cable is used. If not, connect the correct host interface cable.

Interface/power cables are loose.

Check for loose cable connections and re-connect cables.

Ensure the scanner conversion parameters are properly configured.

Conversion or format error was detected.

The scanner conversion parameters are not properly configured.

Conversion or format error was detected.

An ADF rule was set up with characters that can't be sent for the host selected.

Change the ADF rule, or change to a host that can support the ADF rule.

Conversion or format error was detected.

A barcode was scanned with characters that can't be sent for that host.

Memory is full.

Change the barcode, or change to a host that can support the barcode.

Download barcode data to the host and clear the memory.

If pass key entry is canceled from the tablet/phone, the digital scanner remains in the pass key entry mode for 30 seconds before timing out.

To exit pass key entry mode scan Cancel or scan any other barcode.

54

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Table 8

Troubleshooting (Continued)

Problem

Scanner battery LED turns solid red for a few seconds.

Bluetooth LED turns off.

Possible Causes

Battery is not charged.

Scanner is out of range.

Digital scanner does not fully charge.

Possible Solutions

Charge the battery. See Charging on page 31 .

Scanner is not properly seated on the cradle or Qi wireless charging pad.

Move closer to the host and press any button to re-pair with the host.

Ensure the scanner is properly seated in the cradle or properly placed on a Qi wireless charging pad.

NOTE:

If after performing these checks the digital scanner still experiences problems, contact the distributor or call support.

Dump Scanner Parameters

To debug a scanner issue, scan the following barcode with the scanner connected in USB HID keyboard mode to Microsoft

®

Windows Notepad or Wordpad. This outputs all the scanner's asset tracking information and parameter settings to a text document.

See the parameter numbers in

Standard Parameter Defaults on page 366

to interpret the parameter/attribute numbers in the output.

NOTE:

Use 123Scan if available as an alternative to using this feature. 123Scan is the preferable method for outputting scanner information.

For proper formatting, it may be necessary to first scan

<DATA> <SUFFIX 1> (1) on page 114

.

Dump Scanner Parameters

Send Versions

Report Software Version

Scan the following barcode to send the version of software installed in the scanner.

Report Software Version

55

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Serial Number

Scan the following barcode to send the scanner serial number to the host.

Serial Number

Manufacturing Information

Scan the following barcode to send the scanner manufacturing information to the host.

Manufacturing Information

56

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications

NOTE:

Operating current specifications are subject to change.

Table 9

Technical Specifications

Item

Physical Characteristics

Dimensions - CS6080-SR

CS6080-SR Scanner

Standard Cradle

Dimensions - CS6080-HC

CS6080-HC Scanner

Presentation Cradle

Weight - CS6080-SR

Corded

Cordless

Standard Cradle

Weight - CS6080-HC

Corded

Cordless

Presentation Cradle

Input Voltage Range

2.0 oz / 56.0 g

2.9 oz / 83 g

4.9 oz / 138.0 g

2.0 oz / 58 g

3.1 oz / 87 g

3.4 oz / 96 g

Description

.9 in H x 1.8 in W x 4.3 in D / 2.3cm H x 4.6 cm W x 10.9 cm D

4.5 in H x 3.1 in W x 4.2 in D / 11.3 cm H x 7.8 cm W x 10.7 cm D

.9 in H x 1.8 in W x 4.3 in D / 2.3 cm H x 4.6 cm W x 10.9 cm D

3.5 in H x 2.1 in W x 2.4 in D / 9.0 cm H x 5.3 cm W x 6.1 cm D

Scanner and cradle

4.5 to 5.5 VDC Host Powered; 4.5 to 5.5 VDC External Power

Supply

Current

Available Colors

Supported Host Interfaces

Keyboard Support

FIPS Security Certification

User Indicators

Mode Typ

Operating @ Nominal = 5V 400

Idle @ Nominal = 5V

Cradle, Standard USB

Cradle, BC1.2 USB

90

450

600

Midnight Black (CS6080-SR), Healthcare White (CS6080-HC)

USB

Supports over 90 international keyboards

CS6080-HC: Certified Compliant with FIPS 140-2

Direct Decode Indicator

Good Decode LEDs

Beeper (adjustable tone and volume)

Haptic feedback on decode

Capacitive trigger with haptic and audible feedback

Dedicated Battery Gauge

Dedicated Bluetooth LED

Performance Characteristics

Motion Tolerance (hand-held) Up to 20 in. / 51 cm, per second for 13 mil UPC in optimized mode.

57

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Table 9

Technical Specifications (Continued)

Item

Light Source

Description

Aiming Pattern: Circular 525nm true green LED

Illumination

Imager Field of View

Image Sensor

Minimum Print Contrast

Skew Tolerance

Pitch Tolerance

Roll Tolerance

Minimum Element Resolution

User Environment

Operating Temperature

Storage Temperature

Humidity

Drop Specification (Scanner)

Tumble Specification (Scanner)

1 Warm White LED

44.5° horizontal, 33.5° vertical nominal

1,280 x 960 pixels

20% minimum reflective difference

+/- 60°

+/- 60°

0° - 360°

Code 39 - 5.0 mil

32° to 122°F / 0° to 50°C

-40° to 158°F / -40° to 70°C

5% to 95% RH, non-condensing

Designed to withstand multiple drops @ 5 ft./1.5 m to concrete

Designed to withstand 250 tumbles in 1.5 ft./0.5 m tumbler

Note: 1 tumble = 0.5 cycle

0 to 10037 Foot Candles/0 to 108,000 Lux

Scanner rated IP65

+/-15kV Air discharge, +/-8kV Direct, +/-8kV Indirect

Ambient Light Immunity

Environmental Sealing

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)

Radio Specifications

Bluetooth Radio

Adjustable Bluetooth Power

Battery

Battery Capacity/Type

Scans Per Battery Charge

Operating Time Per Full Charge

Battery Charge Time (from empty)

CS6080-SR: Standard USB

CS6080-SR: BC1.2 USB

CS6080-HC: Standard USB

CS6080-HC: BC1.2 USB

Accessories

Cordless Accessories

Corded Accessories

Standard Bluetooth Version 5.0 with BLE: Class 1 330 ft. (100m) and Class 2 33 ft. (10m), Serial Port and HID Profiles

Output power adjustable down to negative 10 dBm in 8 Steps

735 mAh Lithium Polymer battery

13,000 scans

18 hours

Full charge: 6 hours

Full charge: 3 hours

Full charge: 8 hours

Full charge: 6 hours

Standard cradle, presentation cradle, spare battery, 4-slot scanner

ShareCradle, 4-slot battery ShareCradle, lanyard

Gooseneck Intellistand (weighted and standard), cup, corded USB converter

58

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Table 9

Technical Specifications (Continued)

Item

Symbol Decode Capability

1D

2D

Description

Base 32 (Italian Pharma), Codabar/NW7, Code, 11, Code 39,

Code 93, Code 128, GS1 DataBar, I 2 of 5, Korean 3 of 5, MSI

Plessey, UPC/EAN.

Aztec, Composite Codes, DataMatrix, DotCode, Han Xin,

MaxiCode, PDF417, MicroPDF417, Postal Codes, QR Code,

Micro QR, TLC-39, SecurPharm

OCR

Utilities and Management

123Scan

OCR-A, OCR-B, MICR, US Currency

Symbol Scanner SDK

Scanner Management Service (SMS)

Decode Ranges (Typical)*

Programs scanner parameters, upgrades firmware, provides scanned barcode data and prints reports. See

123Scan and

Software Tools on page 35

.

Generates a fully-featured scanner application, including documentation, drivers, test utilities and sample source code.

www.zebra.com/ScannerSDKforWindows

Remotely manages your Zebra scanner and queries its asset information.

www.zebra.com/sms

See

Decode Ranges on page 48

.

59

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Duty Cycle

The plot shown in

Figure 20 indicates the maximum allowed duty cycle changes with ambient temperature

in Level Trigger Mode.

Figure 20

Level Trigger Mode

60

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

The plot shown in

Figure 21 indicates the maximum allowed duty cycle changes with ambient temperature

in Scene Detection Mode.

Figure 21

Scene Detection Mode

61

User Preferences

Introduction

You can program the digital scanner to perform various functions, or activate different features. This chapter describes each user preference feature and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features.

The digital scanner ships with the settings shown in

Table 10 on page 63

(also see

Standard Parameter

Defaults on page 366

for all defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary.

To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the digital scanner is powered down.

NOTE:

Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging.

If not using a USB cable, see USB Interface for selecting the host type after the power-up beeps sound.

This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host.

To return all features to default values, see

Default Parameters on page 66 . Throughout the programming

barcode menus, asterisks indicate (

*

) default values.

*

Indicates Default

*

High Volume

(0)

Feature/Option

Option Value

62

User Preferences

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases, scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to set the beeper tone to high, scan the

High Frequency

(beeper tone) barcode listed under Beeper Tone on page 70 . The digital

scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry.

Other parameters, such as

Serial Response Time-Out

or

Data Transmission Formats

, require scanning several barcodes. See these parameter descriptions for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter.

User Preferences Parameter Defaults

Table 10

lists defaults for user preferences parameters. To change the default values:

•

Scan the appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in

memory. To recall the default parameter values, see Default Parameters on page 66 .

•

Configure the digital scanner using the 123Scan

Tools on page 35

).

configuration program (see 123Scan and Software

See Standard Parameter Defaults on page 366

for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 10

User Preferences Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Parameter

Number

1

SSI Number

User Preferences

Set Default Parameter

Parameter Barcode Scanning

Beep After Good Decode

Direct Decode Indicator

Beeper Volume

Beeper Tone

Beeper Duration

Suppress Power Up Beeps

Decode Pager Motor

Decode Pager Motor Duration

Night Mode Trigger

236

56

859

140

145

628

721

613

626

1215

ECh

38h

F2h 5Bh

8Ch

91h

F1h 74h

F1h D1h

F1h 65h

F1h 72h

F8h 04h BFh

Night Mode Toggle N/A N/A

1

2

Scan Button Sensitivity 2133 F8 08 55

Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands.

SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands.

2

Default

Restore Defaults

Enable

Enable

Disable

High

Medium

Medium

Do Not Suppress

Enable

150 msec

Disable

N/A

Normal Touch

Page

Number

71

72

72

74

75

76

68

69

70

71

66

67

67

63

User Preferences

Table 10

User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter

Programmable Button Sensitivity

Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch

Click on Button Touch

Scan Button ADF Rule Selection

Parameter

Number

1

2134

1251

1252

2070

Programmable Button ADF Rule Selection

Hands-Free ADF Rule Selection

Lamp Mode Control

2071

2072

1711

SSI Number

2

F8 08 56

F8h 04h E3h

F8h 04h E4h

SSI # F8h 08h

16h

(SSI # F8h 08h

17h)

(SSI # F8h 08h

18h)

F8h 06h AFh

Default

Normal Touch

Enable

Enable

No Action

No Action

No Action

Disable

(SR configurations)

Lamp Mode Timeout

Low Power Mode

Time Delay to Low Power Mode

Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim

(Applies to cordless configurations only)

1712

128

146

729

Battery Preservation Mode

(Applies to cordless configurations only)

Hand-Held Trigger Mode

1765

138

Hands-Free Mode

Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern

630

306

Hands-Free (Presentation) Decode Aiming Pattern 590

F8h 06h B0h

80h

92h

F1h D9h

F8h 06h E5h

8Ah

F1h 76h

F0h 32h

F1h 4Eh

Enable Lamp Mode without Scanning

(HC configurations)

5 Minutes

Enable

1 sec

15 sec

Enable

1

2

Picklist Mode

Virtual Tether Alarm Configuration

Delay Before Virtual Tether Alarm Activates

Virtual Tether Alarm Duration

Defeat Virtual Tether Alarm

Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration

Continuous Barcode Read

Unique Barcode Reporting

Decode Session Timeout

Hands-Free Decode Session Timeout

402

2053

2054

2055

2119

2120

649

723

136

400

F0h 92h

F8h 08h 05h

F8h 08h 06h

F8h 08h 07h

F8h 08h 47h

F8h 08h 48h

F1h 89h

F1h D3h

88h

F0h 90h

Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands.

SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands.

Level

Enable

Enable

Disable Hands-Free

Decode Aiming Pattern

Disabled Always

Disable

30 Seconds

5 Minutes

Pause Alarm on Scan

Button

30 Seconds

Disable

Enable

9.9 sec

15

79

80

81

82

82

83

85

86

87

89

89

90

95

97

97

98

99

92

93

94

94

95

77

77

78

Page

Number

76

64

User Preferences

Table 10

User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols

Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

Mobile Phone/Display Mode

PDF Prioritization

PDF Prioritization Timeout

Decoding Illumination

Illumination Brightness - Hand-Held

Illumination Brightness - Hands-Free

Low Light Scene Detection

720

298

669

2118

810

Parameter

Number

1

137

144

724

716

719

SSI Number

2

89h

90h

F1 D4

F1h CCh

F1h CFh

F1h D0h

F0h 2Ah

F1h 9Dh

F8h 08h 46h

F2h 2Ah

F8h 97h

F2h 5Ah

F8h 05h 01h

F8h 06h BDh

F8h 06h AEh

0

0

0.5 sec

0.1 sec

Disable

Default

Page

Number

100

Normal

Disable

200 ms

Enable

High

Medium

No Low Light Scene

Detection

Low

108

Less Motion Tolerance

109

Host Type Unique

110

104

104

105

106

107

100

101

102

103

110

111

1

2

Scene Detect Sensitivity 1943

Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Mode Only) 858

Product ID (PID) Type 1281

Product ID (PID) Value

ECLevel

Miscellaneous Options

Add an Enter Key

1725

1710

Transmit Code ID Character

Prefix Value

Suffix 1 Value

Suffix 2 Value

Scan Data Transmission Format

N/A

45

99, 105

98, 104

100, 106

235

FN1 Substitution Values

Transmit “No Read” Message

Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval securPharm Decoding securPharm Output Formatting

Programmable Button for Single Press

103, 109

94

1118

1752

1753

2060

Programmable Button for Double Press 2103

N/A

2Dh

63h, 69h

62h, 68h

64h, 6Ah

EBh

67h, 6Dh

5Eh

F8h 04h 5Eh

F8h 06h D8h

F8h 06h D9h

F8h 08h 0Ch

F8h 08h 37h

Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands.

SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands.

N/A

None

7013 <CR><LF>

7013 <CR><LF>

Data As Is

7013 <CR><LF>

Disable

Disable

Disable

No Formatting

Apple Show/Hide

Keypad

No Action

111

111

112

112

113

115

116

117

118

119

122

123

65

User Preferences

Parameters

Default Parameters

The digital scanner can be reset to two types of defaults: factory defaults or custom defaults. Scan the appropriate barcode below to reset the digital scanner to its default settings and/or set the digital scanner current settings as the custom default.

• Restore Defaults

- Resets all default parameters as follows:

•

If custom default values were configured (see

Write to Custom Defaults

), the custom default values are set for all parameters each time the

Restore Defaults

barcode below is scanned.

•

If no custom default values were configured, the factory default values are set for all parameters each time the

Restore Defaults

barcode below is scanned. (For factory default values, see

Standard Parameter Defaults

.)

• Set Factory Defaults

- Scan the

Set Factory Defaults

barcode below to eliminate all custom default values and set the digital scanner to factory default values (For factory default values, see

Standard

Parameter Defaults ).

• Write to Custom Defaults

- Custom default parameters can be configured to set unique default values for all parameters. After changing all parameters to the desired default values, scan the

Write to

Custom Defaults

barcode below to configure custom defaults.

*

Restore Defaults

Set Factory Defaults

Write to Custom Defaults

66

User Preferences

Parameter Barcode Scanning

Parameter # 236 (SSI # ECh)

To disable the decoding of parameter barcodes, including the

Set Defaults

parameter barcodes, scan the

Disable Parameter Scanning

barcode below. To enable decoding of parameter barcode, scan

Enable

Parameter Scanning

.

*

Enable Parameter Barcode Scanning

(1)

Disable Parameter Barcode Scanning

(0)

Beep After Good Decode

Parameter # 56 (SSI # 38h)

Scan a barcode below to select whether or not the digital scanner beeps after a good decode. If selecting

Do Not Beep After Good Decode

, the beeper still operates during parameter menu scanning and to indicate error conditions.

*

Beep After Good Decode (Enable)

(1)

Do Not Beep After Good Decode (Disable)

(0)

67

User Preferences

Direct Decode Indicator

Parameter # 859 (SSI # F2h 5Bh)

This feature is only supported in Auto Aim and Standard (Level) trigger modes. Scan a barcode below to select optional blinking of the illumination on a successful decode

• Disable Direct Decode Indicator

- illumination does not blink on a successful decode.

• 1 Blink

- illumination blinks once upon a successful decode.

• 2 Blinks

- illumination blinks twice upon a successful decode.

*

Disable Direct Decode Indicator

(0)

1 Blink

(1)

2 Blinks

(2)

68

User Preferences

Beeper Volume

Parameter # 140 (SSI # 8Ch)

To select a beeper volume, scan the

Low Volume, Medium Volume

, or

High Volume

barcode.

Low Volume

(2)

Medium Volume

(1)

*

High Volume

(0)

69

User Preferences

Beeper Tone

Parameter # 145 (SSI # 91h)

To select a beeper tone, scan one of the following barcodes.

Off

(3)

Low Tone

(2)

*

Medium Tone

(1)

High Tone

(0)

Medium to High Tone (2-tone)

(4)

70

User Preferences

Beeper Duration

Parameter # 628 (SSI # F1h 74h)

To select the duration for the beeper, scan one of the following barcodes.

Short

(0)

*

Medium

(1)

Long

(2)

Suppress Power Up Beeps

Parameter # 721 (SSI # F1h D1h)

Scan a barcode below to select whether or not to suppress the digital scanner power-up beeps.

*

Do Not Suppress Power Up Beeps

(0)

71

Suppress Power Up Beeps

(1)

User Preferences

Decode Pager Motor

Parameter # 613 (SSI # F1h 65h)

The scanner includes a pager motor which, when enabled, vibrates the scanner for a period of time when a successful decode occurs.

Scan a barcode below to enable or disable the pager motor. If enabled, scan the appropriate barcode to

set the period of time in which to vibrate the scanner (see Decode Pager Motor Duration

below).

Pager Motor Disable

(0)

* Pager Motor Enable

(1)

Decode Pager Motor Duration

Parameter # 626 (SSI # F1h 72h)

* 150 msec

(15)

200 msec

(20)

72

User Preferences

Decode Pager Motor Duration (continued)

250 msec

(25)

300 msec

(30)

400 msec

(40)

500 msec

(50)

600 msec

(60)

750 msec

(75)

73

User Preferences

Night Mode

Parameter # 1215 (SSI # F8h 04h BFh)

The Night Mode feature allows the user to easily switch to a quiet mode in order to use the pager motor with the beeper off.

Enter and exit Night Mode in one of two ways:

•

Scan

Enable Night Mode Trigger (1) on page 75 and use the trigger to toggle between entering and

exiting Night Mode.

•

Scan the

Toggle Night Mode on page 75 to enter or exit Night Mode, regardless of the state of the

Night Mode Trigger

parameter.

Entering Night Mode:

•

Enables

Decode Pager Motor

•

Disables

Beep After Good Decode

.

•

Disables

Beep on Insertion

.

•

Disables the page beep if the

Page Button on page 161 is enabled (the LED and vibrate features

remain enabled).

•

Disables the Bluetooth disconnect beep.

•

Vibrates the pager motor.

Exiting Night Mode:

•

Returns the scanner to the previously programmed states for the parameter changes above. For example, if

Beep After Good Decode

was enabled before entering Night Mode, it returns to enabled upon exiting night mode.

•

Sounds two short beeps.

In Night Mode:

•

Scanning the pairing barcode activates the pager motor instead of the warble beep and, on pairing connection, the pager motor re-activates.

•

Scanning a default parameter barcode exits Night Mode.

•

Removing the scanner battery exits Night Mode.

•

If the scanner loses power due to a dead battery or

Battery Off

is scanned, the scanner exits Night

Mode on the next power up and resumes normal operation.

For scanners that do not use a pager motor (non-HC units), scanning any Night Mode or pager motor parameters sounds an error beep.

Night Mode Trigger

Enable this to use the trigger to toggle between entering and exiting Night Mode. To toggle, point the scanner away from a barcode, press the trigger until the beam goes off, and then continue pressing the trigger for an additional 5 seconds. Note that pressing the trigger an additional 5 seconds after decoding a barcode has no affect.

74

User Preferences

When entering Night Mode, the pager motor vibrates. When exiting Night Mode, the scanner emits two short beeps.

Enable Night Mode Trigger

(1)

* Disable Night Mode Trigger

(0)

Night Mode Toggle

To toggle between entering and exiting Night Mode without using the trigger, scan this barcode. This functions regardless of the state of the

Night Mode Trigger

parameter.

When scanning this barcode, the pager motor vibrates when entering Night Mode, and the scanner emits two short beeps when exiting Night Mode.

Toggle Night Mode

75

User Preferences

Scan Button Sensitivity

Parameter # 2133 (SSI # F8 08 55)

To adjust the force required to activate the Scan Button, scan one of the barcodes below.

*

Normal Touch

(0)

Light Touch

(1)

Programmable Button Sensitivity

Parameter # 2134 (SSI # F8 08 56)

To adjust the force required to activate the Programmable Button, scan one of the barcodes below.

*

Normal Touch

(0)

Light Touch

(1)

76

User Preferences

Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on

Button

Touch

Parameter # 1251 (SSI # F8h 04h E3h)

The scanner provides haptic feedback which, when enabled, vibrates the scanner upon a button

touch.

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable this parameter.

* Enable Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on

Button

Touch

(1)

Disable Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on

Button

Touch

(0)

Click o

n

Button

Touch

Parameter # 1252 (SSI # F8h 04h E4)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable a click upon a button

touch.

* Enable

Click

on

Button

Touch

(1)

Disable

Click

on

Button

Touch

(0)

ADF Rule Selection

ADF Rule Selection allows for different ADF rules to be applied to decode data depending on how the data was scanned. On the CS6080 scanner, data can be scanned using the Scan Button, the Programmable

Button or in Presentation Mode.

77

User Preferences

Scan Button ADF Rule Selection

Parameter #2070 (SSI # F8h 08h 16h)

* No Action

(0)

Use Rule 1

(1)

Use Rule 2

(2)

Use Rule 3

(3)

Use Rule 4

(4)

Use Generic Rules

(0xff)

78

User Preferences

Programmable Button ADF Rule Selection

Parameter #2071 (SSI # F8h 08h 17h)

* No Action

(0)

Use Rule 1

(1)

Use Rule 2

(2)

Use Rule 3

(3)

Use Rule 4

(4)

Use Generic Rules

(0xff)

79

User Preferences

Hands-Free ADF Rule Selection

Parameter #2072 (SSI # F8h 08h 18h)

* No Action

(0)

Use Rule 1

(1)

Use Rule 2

(2)

Use Rule 3

(3)

Use Rule 4

(4)

Use Generic Rules

(0xff)

80

User Preferences

Lamp Mode

Lamp Mode uses the scanner to illuminate the workspace around the scanner by providing continuous illumination on demand. Lamp Mode may be enabled or disabled. Once enabled, Lamp Mode is activated or deactivated by pressing the Programmable Button on the scanner. Lamp Mode may be enabled with the option to allow barcode scanning, or not.

Lamp Mode Control

Parameter #1711 (SSI # F8h 06h AFh)

This parameter enables or disables the Lamp Mode feature.

NOTE:

The default value for Healthcare configurations of the scanner is

Enable Lamp Mode without

Scanning

.

The default value for SR configurations of the scanner is

Disable Lamp Mode

.

Enable Lamp Mode with Scanning

(1)

* Enable Lamp Mode without Scanning

(2)

(default for HC models)

* Disable Lamp Mode

(0)

(default for SR models)

81

User Preferences

Lamp Mode Timeout

Parameter #1712 (SSI # F8h 06h B0h)

This parameter controls how long the lamp remains on for when Lamp Mode is enabled.

1 Minute

(1)

* 5 Minutes

(5)

Low Power Mode

Parameter # 128 (SSI # 80h)

NOTE:

Applies to cordless configurations only.

This parameter determines whether or not the digital scanner enters low power mode after a decode attempt.

If disabled, power remains on after each decode attempt.

Disable Low Power Mode

(0)

*

Enable Low Power Mode

(1)

82

User Preferences

Time Delay to Low Power Mode

Parameter # 146 (SSI # 92h)

NOTE:

This parameter only applies when Low Power Mode is enabled.

This parameter sets the time the digital scanner remains active before entering low power mode. The digital scanner wakes upon trigger press or when the host attempts to communicate with the digital scanner.

100 msec

(65)

500 msec

(69)

* 1 Sec

(17)

2 sec

(18)

3 sec

(19)

83

Time Delay to Low Power Mode (continued)

User Preferences

4 sec

(20)

5 sec

(21)

10 sec

(26)

15 sec

(27)

84

User Preferences

Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim

Parameter # 729 (SSI # F1 D9)

This parameter sets the time the scanner remains in auto aim before entering Low Power Mode.

Disabled

(0)

5 sec

(5)

* 15 sec

(11)

30 sec

(13)

1 minute

(17)

85

User Preferences

Battery Preservation Mode

Parameter # 1765 (SSI # F8h 06h E5h)

NOTE:

This parameter only applies to cordless operation.

Battery Preservation Mode preserves the battery charge when the digital scanner is not being used for an extended period of time.

•

Scan

Enable Battery Preservation Mode

to internally disconnect the battery from the digital scanner when the digital scanner is unused and not being charged for five hours

1

. In this mode the scanner completely turns off. This preserves the battery charge as there is no current drain on the battery and significantly extends battery shelf life. To exit Battery Preservation Mode

2

and return to normal operation either press the digital scanner trigger or return to charging. The digital scanner cannot scan until the wake up process is complete

3

. This takes a few seconds. The amount of time before the battery disconnects from the scanner can be set via

Battery Preservation Timeout Value

below.

NOTE:

1

Five hours is the default timeout value but can be changed via

Battery Preservation Timeout

Value

.

2

Low Power Mode (

82 ) must be enabled for Battery Preservation Mode to take effect.

3

When asleep in Battery Preservation Mode, the digital scanner cannot be accessed for remote management.

To return back to normal operation, insert the scanner back into the cradle to complete the wake up process.

•

Scan

Disable Battery Preservation Mode

to keep the battery connected to the digital scanner at all times. This prevents the battery from being disconnected from the scanner after hours of sitting idle (no scanning) and not charging. When Battery Preservation Mode is disabled, substantial battery shelf life improvements are not gained as compared to when Battery Preservation Mode is enabled.

•

Scan

Battery Preservation Timeout

followed by 3 digits in Numeric Barcodes on page 438 to select a

different battery preservation timeout value (the default for battery preservation timeout is five hours).

For example, if the preservation timeout value should be 12 hours, scan

Battery Preservation

Timeout

below, then scan

0

,

1

, and

2

. To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Numeric

Barcodes on page 438

.

86

User Preferences

*

Enable Battery Preservation Mode

(5)

Disable Battery Preservation Mode

(0)

Battery Preservation Timeout Value

Hand-Held Trigger Mode

Parameter # 138 (SSI # 8Ah)

Select one of the following trigger modes for the digital scanner.

• Standard (Level)

- A trigger press activates decode processing. Decode processing continues until the

barcode decodes, you release the trigger, or the Decode Session Timeout on page 98 occurs.

• Presentation (Blink)

- The digital scanner activates decode processing when it detects a barcode in its field of view. After a period of non-use, the digital scanner enters a low power mode, in which the LEDs turn off until the digital scanner senses motion.

•

Auto Aim

- This trigger mode projects the aiming dot when you lift the digital scanner. A trigger press activates decode processing. After 5 seconds of inactivity the aiming dot shuts off.

87

* Level (Standard)

(0)

User Preferences

Presentation (Blink)

(7)

Auto Aim

(9)

88

User Preferences

Hands-Free Mode

Parameter # 630 (SSI # F1h 76h)

In hands-free mode, when you place the CS6080 in the presentation cradle, it automatically triggers when presented with a barcode. Lifting the digital scanner causes it to behave according to the setting of the

Hand-Held Trigger Mode on page 87

.

If you select

Disable Hands-Free Mode

, the digital scanner behaves according to the setting of the

Hand-Held Trigger Mode on page 87

regardless of whether the CS6080 is in the presentation cradle.

*

Enable Hands-Free Mode

(1)

Disable Hands-Free Mode

(0)

Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern

Parameter # 306 (SSI # F0h 32h)

Select

Enable

Hand-Held

Decode Aiming Pattern

to project the aiming dot during barcode capture,

Disable

Hand-Held

Decode Aiming Pattern

to turn the aiming dot off, or

Enable

Hand-Held

Decode

Aiming Pattern on PDF

to project the aiming dot when the digital scanner detects a 2D barcode.

NOTE:

With

Picklist Mode on page 92

enabled, the decode aiming dot flashes even when the

Hand-Held

Decode Aiming Pattern

is disabled.

89

User Preferences

*

Enable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern

(2)

Disable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern

(0)

Enable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF

(3)

Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern

Parameter # 590 (SSI # F1h 4Eh)

Select

Enable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern

to project the aiming dot during barcode capture,

Disable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern

to turn the aiming dot off, or

Enable Hands-Free Decode

Aiming Pattern on PDF

to project the aiming dot when the digital scanner detects a 2D barcode.

NOTE:

With

Picklist Mode on page 92

enabled, the decode aiming dot flashes even when the

Decode

Aiming Pattern

is disabled.

90

User Preferences

Enable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern

(1)

Enable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF

(2)

* Disable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern

(0)

91

User Preferences

Picklist Mode

Parameter # 402 (SSI # F0h 92h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Picklist Mode. In this mode, you can pick out and decode a barcode from a group of barcodes that are printed close together by placing the aiming pattern on the barcode you want to decode.

NOTE:

Enabling Picklist Mode overrides the Disable Decode Aiming Pattern options. You can not disable the decode aiming pattern when Picklist Mode is enabled.

Enabling Picklist Mode can slow decode speed and hinder the ability to decode longer barcodes.

•

Enable Picklist Mode Always - Picklist Mode is always enabled.

•

Enable Picklist Mode in Hand-held Mode - Picklist Mode is enabled when the scanner is out of hands-free mode and disabled when the scanner is in presentation mode.

•

Enable Picklist Mode in Hands-free Mode - Picklist Mode is enabled when the scanner is in hands-free mode only.

•

Disable Picklist Mode Always - Picklist Mode is always disabled.

Enable Picklist Mode Always

(2)

Enable Picklist Mode in Hand-held Mode

(1)

Enable Picklist Mode in Hands-free Mode

(3)

* Disable Picklist Mode Always

(0)

92

User Preferences

Virtual Tether

Virtual tether is designed to alert users when a device is taken out of range. It includes an audible, visual

(includes the LEDs and illumination), and haptic alarm on the scanner if the Bluetooth connection is broken.

Virtual Tether Alarm Configuration

Parameter # 2053 (SSI # F8h 08h 05h)

Virtual tether alarm is disabled by default.

NOTE:

Disable Virtual Tether before performing a firmware update.

* Disable Virtual Tether Alarm

(0)

Enable Audio, Visual, and Haptic

Virtual Tether Alarm

(1)

Distance

To adjust the range of the scanner and cradle connection, see

Radio Output Power on page 135

.

Audio vs. Visual

If the scanner is in Night Mode (see

Night Mode on page 74 ), only the Visual alarm and Haptics activate.

The Audio beeper does not sound.

If the Virtual Tether is enabled (and Night Mode is disabled), then the audio alarm (beeper) always sounds at high volume.

93

User Preferences

Delay Before Virtual Alarm Activates

Parameter # 2054 (SSI # F8h 08h 06h)

When the device is out of range, it holds off on sounding the Virtual Tether alarm to provide an opportunity to re-establish a connection (5 - 99 seconds). The default is 30 seconds.

NOTE:

Ensure that this setting is not too short in order to avoid the following:

•

If the cradle resets, it causes the scanner to activate the Virtual Tether alarm.

•

Noisy RF environments can lead to frequent, momentary disconnect/reconnect sequences.

To set a timeout:

1.

Scan the

Delay Before Alarm Activates

barcode.

2.

Scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired timeout duration. Enter a

leading zero for single digit numbers (for example, for an alarm to start after 5 seconds, scan the 0 barcode and then the 5 barcode).

To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 438

.

Delay Before Alarm Activates

Virtual Tether Alarm Duration

Parameter # 2055 (SSI # F8h 08h 07h)

Set up the amount of time for the Alarm to play in minutes (1 - 99 minutes). The default is 5 minutes.

To set a timeout:

1.

2.

Scan the

Alarm Duration

barcode.

Scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired alarm duration. Enter a

leading zero for single digit numbers (for example, for an alarm to start after 5 minutes, scan the 0 barcode and then the 5 barcode). The value of zero sets the duration to

Infinite

.

To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 438

.

Alarm Duration

94

User Preferences

Stopping the Alarm

The alarm stops once the connection is established, the timeout period expires or the scanner’s battery is drained.

NOTE:

Any connection stops the alarm. The scanner does not need to connect to the same cradle.

Defeat Virtual Tether Alarm

Parameter # 2119 (SSI # F8h 08h 47h)

Pressing the Scan Button on the scanner can be configured to defeat or pause the alarm.

Continue Alarm on Scan Button

(0)

* Pause Alarm on Scan Button

(1)

Stop Alarm on Scan Button

(2)

Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration

Parameter # 2120 (SSI # F8h 08h 48h)

Pressing the Scan Button on the scanner pauses the alarm for a programmable number of seconds (1 - 99 seconds). The default is

30 Seconds

.

To set a timeout:

1.

Scan the

Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration

barcode.

95

User Preferences

2.

Scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired alarm duration. Enter a

leading zero for single digit numbers (for example, for an alarm to start after 5 seconds, scan the 0 barcode and then the 5 barcode).

To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 438

.

Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration

Virtual Tether Alarm Considerations

Causes for the alarm to activate include:

•

The device goes out of range.

•

If the cradle does not have power, the scanner sounds an alarm. Includes USB suspend of the cradle.

•

The scanner enters Battery Preservation Mode and disconnects the battery.

•

If multiple cradles lose power during a power outage, scanners sound an alarm. To stop the alarm:

•

Unpower the scanners by removing the battery.

•

Connect the scanner to another device.

•

Press the Scan Button (must be configured to Stop Alarm on Scan Button)

Causes for the alarm to not activate:

•

The scanner and cradle need to have an existing connection before an alarm activates. No alarm on power up.

•

If the scanner is connected to another cradle/host by insertion or by scanning the pairing barcode.

•

If another scanner connects to the cradle and causes the original scanner to disconnect.

•

If any of the batch modes are enabled or if auto-reconnect is not set to reconnect immediately.

•

Virtual Tether does not apply to hosts that do not support the auto-reconnect feature such as HID

Bluetooth Low Energy (Discoverable) and SPP BT Classic (Discoverable).

96

User Preferences

Continuous Barcode Read

Parameter # 649 (SSI # F1h 89h)

Enable this to report every barcode while the trigger is pressed.

NOTE:

Zebra strongly recommends enabling

Picklist Mode on page 92 with this feature. Disabling Picklist

Mode can cause accidental decodes when more than one barcode is in the digital scanner's field of view.

*

Disable Continuous Barcode Read

(0)

Enable Continuous Barcode Read

(1)

Unique Barcode Reporting

Parameter # 723 (SSI # F1h D3h)

Enable this to report only unique barcodes while the trigger is pressed. This option only applies when

Continuous Barcode Read

is enabled.

Disable Continuous Barcode Read Uniqueness

(0)

97

*

Enable Continuous Barcode Read Uniqueness

(1)

User Preferences

Decode Session Timeout

Parameter # 136 (SSI # 88h)

This parameter sets the maximum time decode processing continues during a scan attempt. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.5 to 9.9 seconds. The default timeout is 9.9 seconds.

To set a Decode Session Timeout, scan the barcode below. Next, scan two numeric barcodes from

Numeric Barcodes on page 438

that correspond to the desired on time. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. For example, to set a Decode Session Timeout of 0.5 seconds, scan the barcode below, then scan the

0

and

5

barcodes. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 438 .

Decode Session Timeout

98

User Preferences

Hands-free Decode Session Timeout

Parameter # 400 (SSI # F0h 90h)

This parameter is the hands-free compliment to the

Decode Session Timeout

. It configures the minimum and maximum decode processing time during a hands-free scan attempt. It only applies to the hands-free trigger mode or when a scanner is placed in the Presentation cradle (CR6080-PC).

The minimum decode processing time is defined as the time in which the scanner stops decoding when an object is removed or left stationary in the imaging field of view.

The maximum decode processing time is defined as the time in which the scanner stops decoding when an object is left in and is moving in the field of view.

Both the maximum and minimum times are configured using a single setting. The relationship of this setting is as follows:

Setting Value

X < 25

X >= 25

Minimum Time

250 ms

X * 10 ms

Maximum Time

X * 100 ms

X * 100 ms

For example, a setting value of 100 results in the scanner turning off approximately 1 second after an object is removed from the field of view or 10 seconds while an object is in the field of view moving.

The default value of the setting is 15 which results in a Minimum time of 250 ms and Maximum time of 1.5 seconds.

Adjust this setting based on your requirements. For example, when doing PDF prioritization, this parameter should be set to a value where the maximum time is above the PDF prioritization timeout.

Hands-free Decode Session Timeout

99

User Preferences

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

Parameter # 137 (SSI # 89h)

Use this option in Continuous Barcode Read mode to prevent the beeper from continuously beeping when a symbol is left in the digital scanner field of view. The barcode must be out of the field of view for the timeout period before the digital scanner reads the same consecutive symbol. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.0 to 9.9 seconds. The default interval is 0.5 seconds.

To select the timeout between decodes for the same symbol, scan the barcode below, then scan two

numeric barcodes from Numeric Barcodes on page 438

that correspond to the desired interval, in 0.1 second increments.

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols

Parameter # 144 (SSI # 90h)

Use this option in presentation mode or Continuous Barcode Read to control the time the digital scanner is inactive between decoding different symbols. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.1 to 9.9 seconds. The default is 0.1 seconds.

To select the timeout between decodes for different symbols, scan the barcode below, then scan two

numeric barcodes from Numeric Barcodes on page 438

that correspond to the desired interval, in 0.1 second increments.

NOTE:

Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols cannot be greater than or equal to the Decode

Session Timeout.

Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols

100

User Preferences

Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

Parameter # 724 (SSI # F1 D4)

Scan

Enable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

below to apply

Timeout Between Decodes, Same

Symbol

(parameter #137 on page

100 ) in hand-held trigger mode. Subsequent scans of

Enable

Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

are ignored until

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

expires.

NOTE:

1.This feature does not apply to Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols.

2.Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol should not be greater than or equal to the Time Delay

to Low Power Mode (parameter #146 on page 83 ).

Enable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

*

Disable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

101

User Preferences

Mobile Phone/Display Mode

Parameter # 716 (SSI # F1h CCh)

This mode improves barcode reading performance off mobile phones and electronic displays. Select

Enhanced in hand-held, hands-free, or both modes, or select Normal Mobile Phone/Display Mode.

*

Normal Mobile Phone/Display Mode

(0)

Enhanced in Hand-Held Mode

(1)

Enhanced in Hands-Free Mode

(2)

Enhanced in Both Modes

(3)

102

User Preferences

PDF Prioritization

Parameter # 719 (SSI # F1h CFh)

Enable this feature to delay decoding a 1D barcode (Code 128) by the value specified in PDF Prioritization

Timeout

. During that time the digital scanner attempts to decode a PDF417 symbol (e.g., on a US driver's license), and if successful, reports this only. If it does not decode (can not find) a PDF417 symbol, it reports the 1D symbol after the timeout. The 1D symbol must be in the device field of view for the digital scanner to report it. This parameter does not affect decoding other symbologies.

NOTE:

The 1D Code 128 barcode lengths include the following:

•

7 to 10 characters

•

14 to 22 characters

•

27 to 28 characters

In addition, a Code 39 barcode with the following lengths are considered to potentially be part of a

US driver’s license:

•

8 characters

•

12 characters.

*

Disable PDF Prioritization

(0)

Enable PDF Prioritization

(1)

103

User Preferences

PDF Prioritization Timeout

Parameter # 720 (SSI # F1h D0h)

Hands-free Decode Session Timeout on page 98

should be set to a longer duration than Prioritization

Timeout when configured.

When PDF Prioritization

is enabled, this timeout specifies how long the digital scanner attempts to decode a PDF417 symbol before reporting the 1D barcode in the field of view.

Scan the following barcode, then scan four digits from

Numeric Barcodes on page 438 that specify the

timeout in milliseconds. For example, to enter 400 ms, scan the following barcode, then scan 0400. The range is 0 to 5000 ms, and the default is 200 ms.

PDF Prioritization Timeout

Decoding Illumination

Parameter # 298 (SSI # F0h 2Ah)

Selecting

Enable Decoding Illumination

causes the digital scanner to flash illumination to aid decoding.

Select

Disable Decoding Illumination

to prevent the digital scanner from using decoding illumination.

Enabling illumination usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of the illumination decreases as the distance to the target increases.

*

Enable Decoding Illumination

(1)

Disable Decoding Illumination

(0)

104

User Preferences

Illumination Brightness Hand-Held

Parameter # 669 (SSI # F1h 9Dh)

Scan one of the following barcodes to set the illumination brightness used during an active decode session. This only applies in hand-held mode (not in presentation mode).

NOTE:

Selecting a lower brightness level can affect decode performance.

Low Illumination Brightness for Hand-Held

(0)

Medium Illumination Brightness for Hand-Held

(3)

* High Illumination Brightness for Hand-Held

(8)

105

User Preferences

Illumination Brightness Hands-Free

Parameter # 2118 (SSI # F8h 08h 46h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to set the illumination brightness used when the scanner is in

Presentation Mode. This does not apply in hand-held mode.

NOTE:

Selecting a lower brightness level can affect decode performance.

Low Illumination Brightness for Hands-Free

(0)

* Medium Illumination Brightness for Hands-Free

(3)

High Illumination Brightness for Hands-Free

(7)

106

User Preferences

Low Light Scene Detection

Parameter # 810

SSI # F2h 2Ah

Scan one of the following barcodes to allow the scanner to detect motion in dim to dark illumination environments when in presentation mode:

• No Low Light Scene Detection

- The scanner attempts to detect motion as best it can with the aim pattern and illumination turned off when the scanner is idle.

• Aiming Pattern Low Light Assist Scene Detection

- Illumination is off, but the aim pattern is on when the scanner is idle to assist in scene detection.

• Dim Illumination Low Light Assist Scene Detection

- The aim pattern is off, but illumination is on at a dim level to assist in scene detection.

* No Low Light Assist Scene Detection

(0)

Aiming Pattern Low Light Assist Scene Detection

(1)

Dim Illumination Low Light Assist Scene Detection

(2)

107

User Preferences

Scene Detect Sensitivity

Parameter # 1943 (SSI # F8h 97h)

This parameter sets the illumination range sensitivity when motion is detected.

* Low

(10)

Medium

(128)

High

(190)

108

User Preferences

Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Modes Only)

Parameter # 858 (SSI # F2h 5Ah)

Less Motion Tolerance

provides optimal decoding performance on 1D barcodes.

To increase motion tolerance and speed decoding when scanning a series of 1D barcodes in rapid progression, scan

More Motion Tolerance

.

* Less Motion Tolerance

(0)

More Motion Tolerance

(1)

109

User Preferences

Product ID (PID) Type

Parameter # 1281

SSI # F8h 05h 01h

Scan one of the following bar codes to define the PID value reported in USB enumeration.

* Host Type Unique

(0)

Product Unique

(1)

IBM Unique

(2)

Product ID (PID) Value

Parameter # 1725

SSI # F8h 06h BDh

To set a Product ID value, scan

Set PID Value

, and then scan four numeric bar codes in Numeric

Barcodes on page 438 that correspond to the value. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error, or change a selection, scan Cancel on page 438 . The range is (0,1600-1649).

NOTE:

This parameter is applicable to customers using a Firmware Flash Update per the Toshiba Global

Commerce Solutions (TGCS) Universal Serial Bus OEM Point-of-Sale Device Interface.

Set PID Value

110

User Preferences

ECLevel

Parameter # 1710

SSI # F8h 06h AEh

To set an ECLevel value, scan

Set ECLevel

, and then scan five numeric bar codes in

Numeric Barcodes on page 438

that correspond to the desired level. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error, or change a selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

NOTE:

This parameter is applicable to customers using a Firmware Flash Update per the Toshiba Global Commerce

Solutions (TGCS) Universal Serial Bus OEM Point-of-Sale Device Interface. It allows a customer to define an ECLevel value in order to manage and control Flash Update operations on the 4690 operating system.

Contact the Zebra Customer Support Center online at: www.zebra.com/support for more information.

Set ECLevel

Add an Enter Key

To add an Enter key (carriage return/line feed) after scanned data, scan the following barcode.

To program other prefixes and/or suffixes, see

Prefix/Suffix Values on page 112.

Add Enter Key (Carriage Return/Line Feed)

Transmit Code ID Character

Parameter # 45 (SSI # 2Dh)

A Code ID character identifies the code type of a scanned barcode. This is useful when decoding more than one code type. In addition to any single character prefix already selected, the Code ID character is inserted between the prefix and the decoded symbol.

Select no Code ID character, a Symbol Code ID character, or an AIM Code ID character. For Code ID characters, see

Programming Reference on page 417

.

NOTE:

If you enable Symbol Code ID Character or AIM Code ID Character, and enable Transmit “No

Read” Message on page 116

, the digital scanner appends the code ID for Code 39 to the NR message.

111

User Preferences

Transmit Code ID Character (continued)

Symbol Code ID Character

(2)

AIM Code ID Character

(1)

*

None

(0)

Prefix/Suffix Values

Key Category Parameter # P = 99, S1 = 98, S2 = 100 (SSI # P = 63h, S1 = 62h, S2

= 64h)

Decimal Value Parameter # P = 105, S1 = 104, S2 = 106 (SSI # P = 69h, S1 = 68h,

S2 = 6Ah)

You can append a prefix and/or one or two suffixes to scan data for use in data editing. To set a value for

a prefix or suffix, scan a four-digit number (i.e., four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes on page 438

) that corresponds to that value. See

ASCII Character Sets on page 457

for the four-digit codes.

When using host commands to set the prefix or suffix, set the key category parameter to 1, then set the

3-digit decimal value. See

ASCII Character Sets on page 457

for the four-digit codes.

The default prefix and suffix value is 7013 <CR><LF> (the Enter key). To correct an error or change a selection, scan

Cancel on page 438

.

NOTE:

To use Prefix/Suffix values, first set the Scan Data Transmission Format on page 113

.

112

User Preferences

Scan Prefix

(7)

Scan Suffix 1

(6)

Scan Suffix 2

(8)

Data Format Cancel

Scan Data Transmission Format

Parameter # 235 (SSI # EBh)

To change the scan data format, scan one of the following eight barcodes corresponding to the desired format.

NOTE:

If using this parameter do not use ADF rules to set the prefix/suffix

.

113

User Preferences

To set values for the prefix and/or suffix, see Prefix/Suffix Values on page 112 .

*

Data As Is

(0)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 1>

(1)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 2>

(2)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 1> <SUFFIX 2>

(3)

<PREFIX> <DATA >

(4)

114

User Preferences

Scan Data Transmission Format (continued)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 1>

(5)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 2>

(6)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 1> <SUFFIX 2>

(7)

FN1 Substitution Values

Key Category Parameter # 103 (SSI # 67h)

Decimal Value Parameter # 109 (SSI # 6Dh)

The wedge and USB HID keyboard hosts support a FN1 Substitution feature. Enabling this substitutes any

FN1 character (0x1b) in an EAN128 barcode with a value. This value defaults to 7013 (Enter Key).

When using host commands to set the FN1 substitution value, set the key category parameter to 1, then set the 3-digit keystroke value. See the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface for the desired value.

To select a FN1 substitution value via barcode menus:

1.

Scan the barcode below.

Set FN1 Substitution Value

2.

Locate the keystroke desired for FN1 Substitution in the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface. Enter the 4-digit ASCII Value by scanning each digit in

Numeric Barcodes on page 438

.

115

User Preferences

To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel

.

To enable FN1 substitution for USB HID keyboard, scan the

Enable FN1 Substitution

barcode on page

202

.

Transmit “No Read” Message

Parameter # 94 (SSI # 5Eh)

Scan a barcode below to select whether or not to transmit a No Read message. Enable this to transmit the characters NR when a successful decode does not occur before trigger release or the

Decode Session

Timeout

expires. See Decode Session Timeout on page 98 . Disable this to send nothing to the host if a

symbol does not decode.

NOTE:

If you enable

Transmit No Read

, and also enable Symbol Code ID Character or AIM Code ID

Character for Transmit Code ID Character on page 111

, the digital scanner appends the code ID for Code

39 to the NR message.

Enable No Read

(1)

*

Disable No Read

(0)

116

User Preferences

Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval

Parameter # 1118 (SSI #

F8h 04h

5Eh)

The imager supports sending

Unsolicited Heartbeat Messages

to assist in diagnostics. To enable this feature and set the desired unsolicited heartbeat interval, scan one of the time interval barcodes below, or scan

Set Another Interval

followed by four numeric barcodes from Numeric Barcodes

(scan sequential numbers that correspond to the desired number of seconds).

Scan

Disable Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval

to turn off the feature.

The heartbeat event is sent as decode data (with no decode beep) in the form of:

MOTEVTHB:nnn where nnn is a three-digit sequence number starting at 001 and wrapping after 100.

10 seconds

(10)

1 minute

(60)

Set Another Interval

*

Disable Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval

(0)

117

User Preferences

securPharm Decoding

Parameter # 1752 (SSI #

F8h 06h D8h

)

securPharm decoding implements the IFA and GS1 Coding System for the European pharmaceutical industry. securPharm code is used to prevent pharmaceutical counterfeiting.

When this feature is enabled, if a GS1 symbol is decoded and includes any aspects of the Application

Identifier associated with the securPharm GS1 specifications, the entire GS1 symbol is processed as a securPharm symbol. For this reason, it is expected that under certain circumstances, a GS1 barcodes that is a securPharm symbol may not be processed properly; if the GS1 symbol is not created as per the specification. The output cannot be guaranteed as valid.

Although the GS1-128 type and the GS1 DataBar family are not specifically indicated in the IFA specification, they are supported.

The securPharm output is in XML format and can include the product number, serial number, lot number, expiration and Date of Manufacturing. The XML tags can be arranged in any order. Tags that are not in the barcode are omitted. For example:

<content dfi=”value_dfi”>

<Daten_1>value_Daten_1</Daten_1>

<Daten_2>value_Daten_2</Daten_2>

<Daten_n>value_Daten_n</Daten_n>

</content>

Where: value_dfi = IFA or GS1

Daten_1 to Daten_n is the production number, serial number, etc.

Scan a barcode below to enable or disable the ability to process pharmaceutical type barcodes.

*

Disable securPharm Decoding

(0)

Enable securPharm Decoding

(1)

118

User Preferences

securPharm Output Formatting

Parameter # 1753 (SSI #

F8h 06h D9h

)

NOTE:

securPharm Output Formatting is effective only when securPharm Decoding on page 118

is enabled.

securPharm Output Formatting parameter options represent bit positions. Therefore, any combination of formatting can be used.

When you scan a securPharm Output Formatting barcode, the securPharm output is formatted in a number of ways.

Sample GS1 Format

Product Number: GTINData Identifier DI Data Format Identifier: GS1

Data Carrier

FNC1

04150123456782

101A234B5

FNC1

1717231

211234567890123456

> Scanned Barcode >

<content dfi="GS1">

<gtin>04150123456782</gtin>

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

<exp>151231</exp>

<sn>1234567890123456</sn>

Sample GS1 Output - Feature Disabled

The output has no format:

0104150123456782101A234B517151231211234567890123456

Sample GS1 Output - No Formatting (0)

The output is a single line of characters:

<content dfi="GS1"><gtin>04150123456782</gtin><lot>1A234B5</lot><exp>151231</exp><sn>1234567890123

456</sn></content>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab (1)

The output is a single line of characters with a tab inserted in the XML body:

<content dfi="GS1">

[tab]

<gtin>04150123456782</gtin>

[tab]

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

[tab]

<exp>151231</exp>

[tab]

<sn>123

4567890123456</sn></content>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert New Line (2)

The output consists of multiple lines of characters with a new line character at the end of each line.

<content dfi="GS1">

<gtin>04150123456782</gtin>

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

<exp>151231</exp>

<sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

119

User Preferences

Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab and New Line (3)

The output consists of multiple lines of characters with tabs and a new line character at the end of each line.

<content dfi="GS1">

[tab]

<gtin>04150123456782</gtin>

[tab]

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

[tab]

<exp>151231</exp>

[tab]

<sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

Sample IFA Format

Product Number: PPNData Identifier DI Data Format Identifier: IFA

Data Carrier

Mac06

9N11123456782

Gs

1T1A234B5

Gs

D151231

Gs

S1234567890123456

> Scanned Barcode >

<content dfi="IFA">

<ppn>111234567842</ppn>

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

<sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

Sample GS1 Output - Feature Disabled

The output has no format:

[)>069N1112345678421T1A234B5S1234567890123456

Sample GS1 Output - No Formatting (0)

The output is a single line of characters:

<content dfi="IFA"><ppn>111234567842</ppn><lot>1A234B5</lot><sn>1234567890123456</sn></content>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab (1)

The output is a single line of characters with a tab inserted in the XML body:

<content dfi="IFA">

[tab]

<ppn>111234567842</ppn>

[tab]

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

[tab]

<sn>1234567890123456</sn></con tent>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert New Line (2)

The output consists of multiple lines of characters with a new line character at the end of each line.

<content dfi="IFA">

<ppn>111234567842</ppn>

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

<sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

120

User Preferences

Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab and New Line (3)

The output consists of multiple lines of characters with tabs and a new line character at the end of each line.

<content dfi="IFA">

[tab]

<ppn>111234567842</ppn>

[tab]

<lot>1A234B5</lot>

[tab]

<sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

securPharm Output Formatting Barcodes

Scan a barcode below to format the securPharm output.

*

No Formatting

(0)

Insert Tab

(1)

Insert New Line

(2)

Insert Tab and New Line

(3)

121

User Preferences

Programmable Button for Single Press

Parameter # 2060 (SSI # F8h 08h 0Ch)

The Programmable Button can be configured for the following options:

• Apple Show/Hide Keypad

- If connecting to Apple devices in HID Keyboard Mode, a press of the

Programmable Button (-) shows or hides the keypad.

NOTE:

Apple features must be enabled for the show/hide keyboard feature to work (see Apple iOS Virtual

Keyboard Toggle on page 138 ).

• Second Trigger

- The Programmable Button (-) acts as a second trigger to scan parameters and decode data.

• Lamp Mode

- The Programmable Button (-) activates Lamp Mode (for more information, see

Lamp

Mode on page 81

).

* Apple Show/Hide Keypad

(0)

Second Trigger

(1)

Lamp Mode

(2)

122

User Preferences

Programmable Button for Double Press

Parameter # 2103 (SSI # F8h 08h 37h)

The CS6080 can be programmed to drop the Bluetooth connection on a double press of the

Programmable Button.

NOTE:

The double press of the Scan Button issues Bluetooth connection to the last know device.

* No Action

(0)

Drop Bluetooth Connection

(1)

123

Radio Communications

Introduction

This chapter provides information about the modes of operation and features available for wireless communication between the CS6080 cordless digital scanners, cradles and hosts. The chapter also includes the parameters necessary to configure the digital scanner.

The digital scanner ships with the settings shown in the

Radio Communication Default Table on page 125

(also see Standard Parameter Defaults

for all defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary.

Setting Parameters

To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the scanner powers down.

NOTE:

Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge.

If not using the default host, select the host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after the power-up beeps sound. This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host.

To return all features to default values, scan a barcode in

Default Parameters on page 66

. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (

*

) indicate default values.

*

Indicates default

*

Enable Parameter

(1)

Feature/option

Option value

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases, scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to enable Wi-Fi Friendly

Mode, scan the

Enable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode

barcode listed under Wi-Fi Friendly Mode on page 132

. The scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry.

124

Radio Communications

Other parameters, such as

Bluetooth Friendly Name

, require scanning several barcodes. See the parameter descriptions for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter.

Radio Communications Parameter Defaults

Table 11

lists the defaults for radio communication parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:

•

Scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the standard default value in

memory. To recall default parameter values, see Default Parameters on page 66 .

•

Configure the scanner using the 123Scan configuration program. See

123Scan and Software Tools

.

NOTE:

See

Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous

default parameters.

Table 11

Radio Communication Default Table

Parameter

Radio Communications Host Types

Bluetooth Friendly Name

Discoverable Mode

Wi-Fi Friendly Mode

Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion

Radio Output Power

Link Supervision Timeout

Bluetooth Radio State

Apple iOS Virtual Keyboard Toggle

HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay

HID CAPS Lock Override

HID Ignore Unknown Characters

1698

1354

1114

N/A

N/A

N/A

Parameter

Number

N/A

607

610

1299

N/A

1324

SSI Number

N/A

F1h 5Fh

F1h 62h

F8h 05h 77h

N/A

F8h 05h 2Ch

F8h 06h A2h

F8h 05h 4Ah

F8h 04h 5Ah

N/A

N/A

N/A

Emulate Keypad

Fast HID Keyboard

Quick Keypad Emulation

HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution

HID Function Key Mapping

Simulated Caps Lock

Convert Case

Auto-Reconnect Option

Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback

N/A

N/A

N/A

604

559

N/A

1361

1362

N/A

N/A

F8h 05h 51h

F8h 05h 52h

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

F1h 5Ch

F1h 2Fh

Default

Cradle Host n/a

General

Disable

Use All Channels

High

5 sec

On

Disable

No Delay (0 msec)

Do Not Override (Disable)

Send Barcodes with Unknown

Characters

Enable

Enable

Enable

Disable

Disable

Disable

No Case Conversion

Auto-Reconnect Immediately

Disable

136

137

138

139

139

140

132

132

133

135

Page

Number

126

132

142

143

143

145

146

140

141

141

142

125

Radio Communications

Table 11

Radio Communication Default Table (Continued)

Parameter

Reconnect Attempt Interval

Sleep Between Attempts

Number of Retry Attempts

Beep on Insertion

Beep on <BEL>

Pairing Modes

Pairing on Contacts

Toggle Pairing

Connection Maintenance Interval

Batch Mode

Persistent Batch Storage

Page Button

Page Mode

Page Stage Timeout

Cradle Bluetooth Operation Mode

Parameter

Number

558

1778

1779

288

150

542

545

1322

N/A

544

1399

746

1364

1365

1355

Bluetooth Security Levels 1393

Save Bluetooth Connection Information 1743

FIPS Mode 736

SSI Number

F1h 2Eh

F8h 06h F2h

F8h 06h F3h

20h

96

F1h 1Eh

F1h 21h

F8h 05h 2Ah

N/A

F1h 20h

F8h 05h 77h

F1h EAh

F8h 05h 54h

F8h 05h 55h

F8h 05h 4Bh

F8h 05h 71h

F8h 06h CFh

F1h E0h

Default

30 sec

Sleep for 1 Minute

Do Not Retry

Enable

Enable

Unlocked

Enable

Disable

15 Minutes

Normal (Do Not Batch Data)

Disable

Enable

Page Simple

30 Seconds

Bluetooth Classic Only

Low

Enable

Disable

Wireless Beeper Definitions

When the digital scanner scans the pairing barcode it issues various beep sequences indicating successful or unsuccessful operations. See

Beeper and LED Indications on page 38 for all beep sequences and LED

displays including those which occur during pairing operations.

Radio Communication Host Types

To set up the digital scanner for communication with a cradle, or to use standard Bluetooth profiles, scan the appropriate host type barcode below.

Bluetooth Classic vs. Low Energy Bluetooth

Low Energy (LE) Bluetooth has a smaller RF footprint which significantly improves Wi-Fi co-existence.

However, LE Bluetooth is up to 7 times slower than Classic Bluetooth (0.27 Mbps versus 0.7-2.1 Mbps), so data intensive activities such as firmware update can take significantly longer.

157

160

161

162

152

153

154

155

162

163

164

165

166

Page

Number

146

148

149

150

151

126

Radio Communications

Cradle

Select this host type when connecting a scanner to a communication cradle.

NOTE:

The scanner automatically tries to reconnect to a remote device when a disconnection occurs that is due to the radio losing communication. See

Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 144

for more information.

To establish a connection (for initial setup only):

1.

Scan the

Cradle-Bluetooth Classic

or

Cradle-Low Energy

barcode.

2.

Scan the pairing barcode on the cradle or place the scanner in the cradle.

Cradle Bluetooth Classic

Cradle Bluetooth Low Energy

127

Radio Communications

Human Interface Device (HID) Keyboard Emulation

Select this host type when connecting to a PC/tablet/phone emulating a Bluetooth keyboard.

• HID Bluetooth Classic

- Enables the host and scanner to communicate using the HID Keyboard

Profile over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner(s) is discoverable (Follower Mode) and also supports

Controller Mode.

1.

2.

To establish a connection (initial setup only):

Scan the

HID Bluetooth Classic

barcode.

Connect to Controller Mode or Follower Mode.

•

Controller Mode - Scan a pairing barcode with the host device's MAC address.

•

Follower Mode - From the host, discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from the discovered device list.

• HID Bluetooth Low Energy (Discoverable)

- Enables the host to establish a HID Keyboard Profile connection with the scanner over Bluetooth Low Energy radio. The scanner(s) is discoverable (Follower

Mode).

3.

4.

To establish a connection (initial setup only):

Scan the

HID Bluetooth Low Energy (Discoverable)

barcode.

From the host discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from the discovered device list.

HID Bluetooth Classic

HID Bluetooth Low Energy (Discoverable)

128

Radio Communications

Simple Serial Interface (SSI)

Select this host type when connecting to a Zebra mobile device or PC/tablet/phone running a Zebra scanner SDK app.

• SSI BT Classic (Non-discoverable)

- Enables communication with Zebra mobile computers. It enables the scanner(s) to establish a connection with the host over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is NOT in discoverable (Controller Mode).

1.

2.

To establish a connection (initial setup only):

Scan the

SSI BT Classic (Non-discoverable)

barcode.

Scan a pairing barcode with the host device's MAC address.

NOTE:

Additional steps may be necessary depending on host's Bluetooth stack.

• SSI BT Classic (Discoverable)

- Enables communication with Scanner SDK for Android generated apps. It enables the host to establish a connection with the scanner over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is in discoverable (Follower Mode).

3.

To establish a connection (initial setup only):

Scan the

SSI BT Classic (Discoverable)

barcode.

4.

From the host, discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from your discovered device list.

• SSI BT LE -

Enables communication with apps generated using the Zebra's Scanner SDKs for iOS and

Android. It enables the host to establish a connection with the scanner over a Bluetooth Low Energy radio. The scanner is in discoverable (Follower Mode) and also supports Controller Mode.

•

Free Demonstration App - Download Scanner Control App for iOS from the App Store.

•

Free Demonstration App - Download Scanner Control App for Android from the Google Play Store.

• SSI BT with MFi (iOS Support)

- Enables communication with Scanner SDK for iOS generated apps.

This enables an Apple device and scanner to communicate over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is discoverable (Follower Mode) and also supports Controller Mode.

•

Free Demonstration App - Download Scanner Control App for iOS from the App Store.

SSI BT Classic (Non-Discoverable)

129

SSI BT Classic (Discoverable)

Radio Communications

Simple Serial Interface (continued)

SSI BT LE

SSI BT with MFi (iOS Support)

Serial Port Profile (SPP)

Select this host type when connecting to a PC/tablet/phone using a Bluetooth serial connection.

• SPP BT Classic (Non-Discoverable)

- Enables the scanner to establish a Serial Port Profile (SPP) connection with the host over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is NOT discoverable (Controller

Mode).

1.

To establish a connection (initial setup only):

Scan the

SPP BT Classic (Non-discoverable)

barcode.

2.

Scan a pairing barcode with the MAC address of the host device.

• SPP BT Classic (Discoverable)

- Enables the host to establish a Serial Port Profile (SPP) connection with the scanner over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is discoverable (Follower Mode).

3.

4.

To establish a connection (initial setup only):

Scan the

SPP BT Classic (Discoverable)

barcode.

From the host, discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from the discovered device list.

SPP BT Classic (Non-Discoverable)

SPP BT Classic (Discoverable)

130

Radio Communications

Bluetooth Technology Profile Support

With Bluetooth Technology Profile Support, the cradle is not required for wireless communication. The digital scanner communicates directly to the host using Bluetooth technology. The digital scanner supports the standard Bluetooth Serial Port Profile (SPP) and HID Profiles which enable the digital scanner to communicate with other Bluetooth devices that support these profiles.

•

SPP - the digital scanner connects to the PC/host via Bluetooth and performs like there is a serial connection.

•

HID - the digital scanner connects to the PC/host via Bluetooth and performs like a keyboard.

Controller/Follower Set Up

The digital scanner can be set up as a Controller or Follower. When the digital scanner is set up as a

Follower, it is discoverable and connectible to other devices. When the digital scanner is set up as a

Controller, the Bluetooth address of the remote device to which a connection is requested is required. A pairing barcode with the remote device address must be created and scanned to attempt a connection to the remote device. See the

Pairing Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility on page 154

for information about creating a pairing barcode.

Controller

When the digital scanner is set up as a Controller (SPP), it initiates the radio connection to a Follower

device. Initiating the connection is done by scanning a pairing barcode for the remote device (see Pairing

Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility on page 154

).

Follower

When the digital scanner is set up as a Follower device (SPP), the digital scanner accepts an incoming connection request from a remote device.

NOTE:

The number of digital scanners is dependent on the host capability.

Bluetooth Friendly Name

Parameter # 607 (SSI # F1h 5Fh)

You can set a meaningful name for the digital scanner that appears in the application during device discovery. The default name is the digital scanner name followed by its serial number, e.g.,

CS6080

123456789ABCDEF

. Scanning

Set Defaults

reverts the digital scanner to this name; use custom defaults to maintain the user-programmed name through a

Set Defaults

operation.

To set a new Bluetooth Friendly Name, scan the following barcode, then scan up to 23 characters from

Alphanumeric Barcodes on page 440 . If the name contains less than 23 characters, Then scan

End of

Message

in the Advanced Data Formatting Guide.

NOTE:

If your application allows you to set a device name, this takes precedence over the Bluetooth

Friendly Name.

131

Radio Communications

Bluetooth Friendly Name

Discoverable Mode

Parameter # 610 (SSI # F1h 62h)

Select a discoverable mode based on the device initiating discovery:

•

Select

General Discoverable Mode

when initiating connection from a PC.

•

Select

Limited Discoverable Mode

when initiating connection from a mobile device (e.g., Q), and the device does not appear in General Discoverable Mode. Note that it can take longer to discover the device in this mode.

The device remains in Limited Discoverable Mode for 30 seconds, and green LEDs flash while in this mode. It is then non-discoverable. To re-active Limited Discoverable Mode, press the trigger.

*

General Discoverable Mode

(0)

Limited Discoverable Mode

(1)

Wi-Fi Friendly Mode

Scanners configured for Wi-Fi friendly mode behave as follows:

•

The scanner remains in sniff mode, and exits sniff mode only during firmware update.

•

If any Wi-Fi channel is excluded from the hopping sequence, AFH turns off.

•

Scanner (and cradle) avoid the selected Wi-Fi channels after establishing connection.

Notes

•

If using this feature, configure all scanners in the area for Wi-Fi friendly mode.

•

By default, no Wi-Fi channels are excluded.

132

Radio Communications

•

Since Bluetooth requires a minimum of 20 channels when Wi-Fi channels 1, 6, and 11 are excluded, a smaller number of channels are cut from the hopping sequence.

•

Updating Wi-Fi friendly settings before Bluetooth connection is recommended.

Scan a barcode below to enable or disable

Wi-Fi Friendly Mode

, then see

Wi-Fi Friendly Channel

Exclusion

to select any channels to exclude.

*

Disable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode

Enable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode

Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion

Wi-Fi Channel Exclusion

Select the channels to exclude:

• Exclude Wi-Fi channel 1

: Bluetooth channels 0-21 are excluded from hopping sequence

(2402-2423 MHz).

• Exclude Wi-Fi channel 6

: Bluetooth channels 25-46 are excluded from hopping sequence

(2427 - 2448 MHz).

• Exclude Wi-Fi channel 11

: Bluetooth channels 50-71 are excluded from hopping sequence

(2452 - 2473 MHz).

• Exclude Wi-Fi channel 1, 6 and 11

: Bluetooth channels 2-19 (2404-2421 MHz),

26-45 (2428 - 2447 MHz) and 51-69 (2453 - 2471 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence.

• Exclude Wi-Fi channels 1 and 6

: Bluetooth channels 0-21 (2402-2423 MHz) and 25-46

(2427 - 2448 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence.

• Exclude Wi-Fi channels 1 and 11

: Bluetooth channels 0-21 (2402-2423 MHz) and 50-71

(2452 - 2473 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence.

• Exclude Wi-Fi channel 6 and 11

: Bluetooth channels 25-46 (2427 - 2448 MHz) and 50-71

(2452 - 2473 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence.

133

Radio Communications

Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion (continued)

*

Use All Channels (Standard AFH)

Exclude Wi-Fi Channel 1

Exclude Wi-Fi Channel 6

Exclude Wi-Fi Channel 11

Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 1, 6, and 11

Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 1 and 6

Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 1 and 11

Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 6 and 11

134

Radio Communications

Radio Output Power

Parameter # 1324 (SSI # F8h 05h 2Ch)

The CS6080 uses a Bluetooth Class 1 qualified and Class 2 capable radio. Optionally, reduce the radio output power to restrict the transmission range and reduce the effect of the radio on neighboring wireless systems.

NOTE:

Bluetooth stack resets on power change and the device loses connection.

Scan a barcode to select the desired power mode.

* High Power Setting

(0)

Medium Power Setting

(1)

Low Power Setting

(2)

135

Radio Communications

Link Supervision Timeout

Parameter # 1698 (SSI # F8h 06h A2h)

Link supervision timeout controls how quickly the scanner senses that the Bluetooth radio lost connection to the remote device. A lower value helps prevent data loss at the edge of the operating range while a larger value helps prevent disconnects due to the remote device not responding in time. If you are experiencing occasional disconnects and the scanner is able to reconnect, increase the link supervision timeout value.

NOTE:

The scanner only controls Link Supervision Timeout in Controller Mode.

.5 Seconds

2 Seconds

* 5 Seconds

10 Seconds

20 Seconds

136

Radio Communications

Bluetooth Radio State

Parameter # 1354 (SSI # F8h 05h 4Ah)

NOTE:

The only option to turn the radio on after it is turned off on the cradle, is through the host.

Bluetooth Radio Off

* Bluetooth Radio On

137

Radio Communications

HID Host Parameters

The digital scanner supports virtual keyboard emulation for the Apple iOS, and keyboard emulation over the Bluetooth HID profile. In this mode the digital scanner can interact with Bluetooth enabled hosts supporting the HID profile as a Bluetooth keyboard. Scanned data is transmitted to the host as keystrokes.

Apple iOS Virtual Keyboard Toggle

Parameter # 1114 (SSI # F8h 04h 5Ah)

This option works with Apple iOS devices to enable the opening and closing of the iOS virtual keyboard by double-pressing the Scan Button or single-pressing the Programmable button, depending on the setting.

NOTE:

When this feature is enabled, the digital scanner may be incompatible with non-Apple iOS devices.

Enable this feature before connecting an Apple Device to use.

*

Disable

(0)

Enable

(1)

138

Radio Communications

HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay

This parameter sets the delay, in milliseconds, between emulated keystrokes. Scan a barcode below to increase the delay when the HID host requires a slower transmission of data.

*

No Delay (0 msec)

Medium Delay (20 msec)

Long Delay (40 msec)

HID CAPS Lock Override

When enabled, the case of the data is preserved regardless of the state of the caps lock key. This setting is always enabled for the “Japanese, Windows (ASCII)” keyboard type and can not be disabled.

*

Do Not Override Caps Lock Key

(Disable)

Override Caps Lock Key

(Enable)

139

Radio Communications

HID Ignore Unknown Characters

This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device and IBM device. Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize. When

Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters

is selected, all barcode data is sent except for unknown characters, and no error beeps sound. When

Do Not Send

Barcodes With Unknown Characters

is selected, barcode data is sent up to the first unknown character, then the digital scanner issues an error beep.

*

Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters

(Enable)

Do Not Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters

(Disable)

Emulate Keypad

When enabled, all characters are sent as ASCII sequences over the numeric keypad. For example, ASCII

A is sent as "ALT make" 0 6 5 "ALT Break."

Disable Keypad Emulation

*

Enable Keypad Emulation

140

Radio Communications

Fast HID Keyboard

Parameter # 1361 (SSI # F8h 05h 51h)

This option transmits Bluetooth HID keyboard data at a faster rate.

Fast HID Disable

* Fast HID Enable

Quick Keypad Emulation

Parameter # 1362 (SSI # F8h 05h 52h)

NOTE:

This option applies only to a HID Keyboard Emulation Device which has

Emulate Keypad

enabled

(see Emulate Keypad on page 140 ).

This parameter enables a quicker method of keypad emulation where ASCII sequences are only sent for

ASCII characters not found on the keyboard.

Quick Keypad Emulation Disable

* Quick Keypad Emulation Enable

141

Radio Communications

HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution

When enabled, this parameter allows replacement of any FN1 character in an EAN128 barcode with a Key

Category and value chosen by the user. See FN1 Substitution Values on page 115

to set the Key

Category and Key Value.

*

Disable Keyboard FN1 Substitution

Enable Keyboard FN1 Substitution

HID Function Key Mapping

ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as control-key sequences. When this parameter is enabled, the

keys in bold are sent in place of the standard key mapping (see Table 30 on page 457 ).

Table entries that do not have a bold entry remain the same whether or not this parameter is enabled.

*

Disable Function Key Mapping

Enable Function Key Mapping

142

Radio Communications

Simulated Caps Lock

When enabled, the digital scanner inverts upper and lower case characters on the digital scanner barcode as if the Caps Lock state is enabled on the keyboard. This inversion is done regardless of the current state of the keyboard Caps Lock state.

*

Disable Simulated Caps Lock

Enable Simulated Caps Lock

Convert Case

When enabled, the digital scanner converts all barcode data to the selected case.

*

No Case Conversion

Convert All to Upper Case

Convert All to Lower Case

143

Radio Communications

Auto-Reconnect Feature

When in SPP Controller, Cradle Host Mode, and Bluetooth Keyboard Emulation, the digital scanner automatically tries to reconnect to a remote device when a disconnection occurs that is due to the radio losing communication. This can happen if the digital scanner goes out of range with the remote device, or if the remote device powers down. The digital scanner tries to reconnect for the period of time specified by the Reconnect Attempt Interval setting. During that time the green LED continues to blink.

If the auto-reconnect process fails due to page time-outs, the digital scanner sounds a page timeout beep

(long low/long high) and enters low power mode. The auto-reconnect process can be re-started by pressing the digital scanner trigger.

If the auto-reconnect process fails because the remote device rejects the connection attempt, the digital

scanner sounds a connection reject beep sequence (see Wireless Beeper Definitions on page 126 ) and

deletes the remote pairing address. If this happens, a pairing barcode must be scanned to attempt a new connection to the remote device.

NOTE:

If a barcode is scanned while the auto-reconnect sequence is in process, a transmission error beep sequence sounds and the data is not transmitted to the host. After a connection is reestablished, normal

scanning operation returns. For error beep sequence definitions, see Beeper and LED Indications on page 38

.

The digital scanner has memory available for storing a remote Bluetooth address for each Controller Mode

(SPP, Cradle). When switching between these modes, the digital scanner automatically tries to reconnect to the last device it was connected to in that mode.

NOTE:

Switching between Bluetooth host types by scanning a host type barcode (

page 126 ) causes the

radio to be reset. Scanning is disabled during this time. It takes several seconds for the digital scanner to re-initialize the radio at which time scanning is enabled.

144

Radio Communications

Auto-Reconnect Option

Parameter # 604 (SSI # F1h 5Ch)

In Bluetooth Keyboard Emulation (HID) mode, SPP Controller, and Cradle Host Mode, select a re-connect option for when the digital scanner loses its connection with a remote device:

• Auto-Reconnect on Barcode Data

: The digital scanner auto-reconnects when you scan a barcode.

With this option, a delay can occur when transmitting the first characters. The digital scanner sounds a decode beep upon barcode scan, followed by a connection, a page timeout, a rejection beep, or a transmission error beep. Select this option to optimize battery life on the digital scanner and mobile device. Note that auto-reconnect does not occur on rejection and cable unplug commands.

• Auto-Reconnect Immediately

: When the digital scanner loses connection, it attempts to reconnect. If a page timeout occurs, the digital scanner attempts reconnect on a trigger press. Select this option if the digital scanner battery life is not an issue and you do not want a delay to occur when the first barcode is transmitted. Note that auto-reconnect does not occur on rejection and cable unplug commands.

• Disable Auto-Reconnect

: When the digital scanner loses connection, you must re-establish it manually.

Auto-Reconnect on Barcode Data

(1)

* Auto-Reconnect Immediately

(2)

Disable Auto-Reconnect

(0)

145

Radio Communications

Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback

Parameter # 559 (SSI # F1h 2Fh)

When a digital scanner disconnects as it goes out of range, it immediately attempts to reconnect. While the digital scanner attempts to reconnect, the green LED continues to blink. If the auto-reconnect process fails, the digital scanner emits a page timeout beep (long low/long high) and stops blinking the LED. The process can be restarted by pressing the trigger.

The Beep on Reconnect Attempt feature is disabled by default. When enabled, the digital scanner emits 5 short high beeps every 5 seconds while the re-connection attempt is in progress. Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Beep on Reconnect Attempt.

*

Disable Beep on Reconnect Attempt

(0)

Enable Beep on Reconnect Attempt

(1)

Reconnect Attempt Interval

Parameter # 558 (SSI # F1h 2Eh)

When a digital scanner disconnects, it immediately attempts to reconnect for the default time interval of 30 seconds. This time interval can be changed to one of the options below.

To set the Reconnect Attempt Interval, scan one of the barcodes below.

*

Attempt to Reconnect for 30 Seconds

(6)

Attempt to Reconnect for 1 Minute

(12)

146

Radio Communications

Reconnect Attempt Interval (continued)

Attempt to Reconnect for 1.5 Minutes

(18)

Attempt to Reconnect for 2 Minutes

(24)

Attempt to Reconnect for 5 Minutes

(60)

Attempt to Reconnect for 30 Minutes

(360)

Attempt to Reconnect for 1 Hour

(720)

Attempt to Reconnect Indefinitely

(0)

147

Radio Communications

Sleep Between Attempts

Parameter # 1778 (SSI # F8h 06h F2h)

Scan a barcode below to reduce potential Wi-Fi interference and extend scanner battery life by allowing the scanner to go to sleep (low power mode) for the time indicated between reconnect attempts.

NOTE:

This feature only works when low power mode is enabled on the scanner and when the scanner is not charging in the cradle.

Sleep for 30 Seconds

(30)

*

Sleep for 1 Minute

(60)

Sleep for 2 Minutes

(120)

Sleep for 5 Minutes

(300)

Sleep for 30 Minutes

(1800)

Sleep for 1 Hour

(3600)

148

Radio Communications

Number of Retry Attempts

Parameter # 1779 (SSI # F8h 06h F3h)

Scan a barcode below to control how many reconnect and associated sleep attempts to execute. After the number of retries is reached, the scanner no longer attempts to reconnect to the host.

NOTE:

After the retry period expires, if the trigger is pressed, the scanner restarts the auto-reconnect and sleep sequence.

* Do Not Retry

(0)

Retry 5 Times

(5)

Retry 10 Times

(10)

Retry 20 Times

(20)

Retry 40 Times

(40)

149

Radio Communications

Out of Range Indicator

An out of range indicator can be set by scanning

Enable Beep on Reconnect Attempt (1) on page 146

and extending the time using the

Reconnect Attempt Interval on page 146 .

For example, with Beep on Reconnect Attempt disabled while the digital scanner loses radio connection when it is taken out of range, the digital scanner attempts to reconnect silently during the time interval set by scanning a Reconnect Attempt Interval.

When Beep on Reconnect Attempt is enabled, the digital scanner emits 5 high beeps every 5 seconds while the re-connection attempt is in progress. If the Reconnect Attempt Interval is adjusted to a longer period of time, such as 30 minutes, the digital scanner emits 5 high beeps every 5 seconds for 30 minutes providing an out of range indicator.

Beep on Insertion

Parameter # 288 (SSI # 20h)

When a digital scanner is inserted into a cradle and detects power, it emits a short low beep. This feature is enabled by default.

To enable or disable beeping on insertion, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable Beep on Insertion

(1)

Disable Beep on Insertion

(0)

150

Radio Communications

Beep on <BEL>

Parameter # 150 (SSI # 96h)

NOTE:

This parameter only applies to Bluetooth SPP (Serial Port Profile) and USB CDC Host.

If you enable this parameter, the digital scanner issues a beep when it detects a <BEL> character. <BEL> indicates an illegal entry or other important event.

* Beep on <BEL> Enable

Beep on <BEL> Disable

151

Radio Communications

Digital Scanner(s) To Cradle Support

Pairing

Pairing is the process by which a digital scanner initiates communication with a cradle.

To pair the digital scanner with the cradle, scan the pairing barcode. A high/low/high/low beep sequence indicates that the pairing barcode was decoded. When a connection between the cradle and digital scanner is established, a low/high beep sounds.

NOTE: 1.

The pairing barcode that connects the digital scanner to a cradle is unique to each cradle.

2.

Do not scan data or parameters until pairing completes.

3.

Only when the digital scanner is paired to the cradle, it automatically tries to reconnect to a remote device when a disconnection occurs that is due to the radio losing communication. For

more information see Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 144

.

Pairing Modes

Parameter # 542 (SSI # F1h 1Eh)

When operating with the cradle, two modes of pairing are supported:

• Locked Pairing Mode

- When a cradle is paired (connected) to the digital scanner, any attempt to connect a different digital scanner, by either scanning the

PAIR

barcode on the cradle or by inserting it

into the cradle with the pairing on contacts feature enabled ( page 153 ), is rejected. The currently

connected digital scanner(s) maintain connection. In this mode, you must set a

Connection

Maintenance Interval on page 155

.

• Unlocked Pairing Mode

- Pair (connect) a new digital scanner to a cradle at any time by either scanning the

PAIR

barcode on the cradle or by inserting it into the cradle with the pairing on contacts feature enabled. This unpairs the previous digital scanner from the cradle.

To set the cradle pairing mode, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Unlocked Pairing Mode

(0)

Locked Pairing Mode

(1)

152

Radio Communications

Lock Override

Lock Override

overrides a locked digital scanner base pairing and connects a new digital scanner. To use

Lock Override

, scan the barcode below, followed by the pairing barcode on the cradle.

Lock Override

Pairing Methods

Parameter # 545 (SSI # F1h 21h)

There are two pairing methods. The default method allows the digital scanner and cradle to pair (connect) when the pairing barcode on the cradle is scanned. A second method pairs the digital scanner and cradle when the digital scanner is inserted in the cradle. To enable this feature, scan

Enable Pair On Contacts

below. With this feature enabled it is not necessary to scan the pairing barcode on the cradle. If the pairing is successful, a low/high connection beep sequence sounds a few seconds after the digital scanner is

placed in the cradle. See Wireless Beeper Definitions on page 126 for other beep sequences.

To enable or disable pairing on contacts, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable Pair On Contacts

(1)

Disable Pair on Contacts

(0)

Press Trigger Twice to Re-connect

IMPORTANT:

This feature only applies to hosts capable of a commanded connection; SPP Follower and

HID BLE hosts do not support this feature.

Upon a double trigger press, the scanner attempts to connect to the last known address. This feature differs from auto-reconnect (see

Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 144

) in that the scanner attempts connection only once and keeps the address even on commanded disconnect. The last known address is only cleared upon a reject or with a new successful connection. The address persists over scanner reboot.

NOTE:

This feature does not interfere with a double trigger press to open/close an iOS keypad in HID mode.

153

Radio Communications

Unpairing

NOTE:

When unpairing the digital scanner the host may issue a connection back to the scanner after scanner disconnects.

Unpair the digital scanner from the cradle or PC/host to make the cradle available for pairing with another digital scanner. Scan the barcode below to disconnect the digital scanner from its cradle/PC host.

Unpairing

Toggle Pairing

Parameter # 1322 (SSI # F8h 05h 2Ah)

If the scanner is configured for Toggle Pairing, scanning the Toggle Pairing barcode a second time will unpair the scanner.

* Toggle Pairing Disable

Toggle Pairing Enable

Pairing Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility

Use the STC utility to create a pairing barcode in one step by connecting the Zebra Bluetooth scanner to a phone, tablet, or PC by scanning an STC barcode.

The STC utility is available as a standalone utility. Supported operating systems include Windows and

Android.

For more information, go to www.zebra.com/scantoconnect . Source code is also available for easy app integration.

154

Radio Communications

Connection Maintenance Interval

NOTE:

The Connection Maintenance Interval only applies in locked pairing mode (see

page 152

).

When a digital scanner disconnects from a cradle due to a Link Supervision Timeout, the digital scanner immediately attempts to reconnect to the cradle for 30 seconds. If the auto-reconnect process fails, it can be restarted by pressing the digital scanner trigger.

To guarantee that a disconnected digital scanner can reconnect when it comes back in range, the cradle reserves the connection for that digital scanner for a period of time defined by the Connection Maintenance

Interval. If the cradle is supporting the maximum three digital scanners and one digital scanner disconnects, a fourth digital scanner cannot pair to the cradle during this interval. To connect another digital scanner: either wait until the connection maintenance interval expires then scan the

PAIR

barcode on the cradle with the new digital scanner; or, scan

Lock Override

(

page 153

) with the new digital scanner then scan the

PAIR

barcode on the cradle.

NOTE:

The cradle stores the remote pairing address of each digital scanner in memory regardless of the digital scanner condition (e.g., discharged battery). When you want to change the digital scanners paired to the cradle, unpair each digital scanner currently connected to the cradle by scanning the

Unpairing

barcode prior and reconnect each appropriate digital scanner by scanning the PAIR barcode on the cradle.

Considerations

The system administrator determines the Connection Maintenance Interval. A shorter interval allows new users to gain access to abandoned connections more quickly, but causes problems if users leave the work area for extended periods. A longer interval allows existing users to leave the work area for longer periods of time, but ties up the system for new users.

To avoid this conflict, users who are going off-shift can scan the unpair barcode on page 154

to ignore the

Connection Maintenance Interval and make the connection immediately available.

To set the Connection Maintenance Interval, scan one of the barcodes below .

*

Set Interval to 15 Minutes

(0)

Set Interval to 30 Minutes

(1)

155

Radio Communications

Connection Maintenance Interval (continued)

Set Interval to 60 Minutes

(2)

Set Interval to 2 Hours

(3)

Set Interval to 4 Hours

(4)

Set Interval to 8 Hours

(5)

Set Interval to 24 Hours

(6)

Set Interval to Forever

(7)

156

Radio Communications

Batch Mode

Parameter # 544 (SSI # F1h 20h)

IMPORTANT:

Batch mode does not apply to SPP Follower Mode.

The digital scanner supports five versions of batch mode. When the digital scanner is configured for any of the batch modes, it attempts to store barcode data (not parameter barcodes) until transmission is initialized, or the maximum number of barcodes are stored. When a barcode is saved successfully, a good decode beep sounds and the LED flashes green. If the digital scanner is unable to store a new barcode, a low/high/low/high out of memory beep sounds. (See page

38

for all beeper and LED definitions.)

In all modes, calculate the amount of data (number of barcodes) the digital scanner can store as follows:

Number of storable barcodes = 30,720 bytes of memory / (number of characters in the barcode + 3).

NOTE:

If the batch mode selection is changed while there is batched data, the new batch mode takes effect only after all the previously batched data is sent.

Modes of Operation

• Normal (default)

- Do not batch data. The digital scanner attempts to transmit every scanned barcode.

• Out of Range Batch Mode

- The digital scanner starts storing barcode data when it loses its connection to a remote device (for example, when a user holding the digital scanner walks out of range). Data transmission is triggered by reestablishing the connection with the remote device (for example, when a user holding the digital scanner walks back into range).

NOTE:

Do not use Out of Range Batch Mode together with the

Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 144 .

Decode data scanned will be batched and will not cause the scanner to reconnect.

• Standard Batch Mode

- The digital scanner starts storing barcode data after

Enter Batch Mode

is scanned. Data transmission is triggered by scanning

Send Batch Data

.

NOTE:

Transmission is halted if the connection to the remote device is lost.

• Cradle Contact Batch Mode

- The digital scanner starts storing barcode data when

Enter Batch

Mode

is scanned. Data transmission is triggered by insertion of the digital scanner into the cradle.

NOTE:

If the digital scanner is removed from the cradle during batch data transfer, transmission halts until the digital scanner is re-inserted in the cradle.

• Cable Batch Mode

- Use scanner with a battery to store data to non-volatile memory. Data will be sent out when the scanner is connected to the PC via USB cable. The value for the barcode is 5.

NOTE:

FIPS mode must be disabled and persistent batch mode must be enabled for the feature to work.

157

Radio Communications

• Parameter Batch Mode

- When

Parameter Batch Mode

is entered and no connection to the cradle exists, the scanner begins storing parameter barcode data intended for the cradle. Parameter barcode transmission is triggered by insertion of the scanner into the cradle. Parameter Batch Mode is exited upon the end of the transmission. Alternatively, parameter barcode batching my be cancelled prior to insertion of the scanner into the cradle by scanning

Exit Parameter Batch Mode

.

Parameter Batch Mode

may be used when the cradle and/or scanner is configured with its radio turned off or connected to a non-cradle device.

In all modes, transmissions are halted if the digital scanner is moved out of range. The digital scanner resumes when it is back in range. If a barcode is scanned while batch data is transmitted it is appended to the end of the batched data; parameter barcodes are not stored.

*

Normal

(00h)

Out of Range Batch Mode

(01h)

Standard Batch Mode

(02h)

Cradle Contact Batch Mode

(03h)

Enter Batch Mode

158

Batch Mode (continued)

Radio Communications

Send Batch Data

Cable Batch Mode

(5)

Enter Parameter Batch Mode

Exit Parameter Batch Mode

159

Radio Communications

Persistent Batch Storage

Parameter #1399 (F8h 05h 77h)

When the scanner is configured for Persistent Batch Storage, batch data is stored in non-volatile memory and preserved even when the digital scanner is powered down. This parameter is Disabled by default.

NOTE:

Frequently storing batch data with this setting memory.

Enabled

will shorten the life of the non-volatile

*

Persistent Batch Disable

(0)

Persistent Batch Enable

(1)

160

Radio Communications

Page Button

Parameter # 746 (SSI # F1h EAh)

The cradle offers a page button. The page button is a sensor that when touched, causes paired scanners to emit a beeping sequence. The default is Enable

Page Button

.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Place your finger over the button sensor

Press down for approximately 1 second.

.

The cradle LED will turn blue when the scanner is out of the cradle. The paired scanner will beep, blink, and vibrate. If multiple scanners are paired to the cradle, all the scanners will beep, blink, and vibrate.

Repeat as necessary.

NOTE:

Scanners out of radio range will not beep when paged. See Technical Specifications on page 57

for detailed radio range information.

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable this feature.

Disable Page Button

(0)

* Enable Page Button

(1)

161

Radio Communications

Page Options

To select a page option, select one of the barcodes below.

Page Mode

Parameter # 1364 (SSI # F8h 05h 54h)

• Page State

- In this mode, the cradle sends a page state request to each scanner. It remains in Page

State indication until every scanner sends an acknowledgment.

The scanner enters Page State when the LED indicator is blinking blue and the vibrator and beeper is activated. When the trigger is pressed, or the scanner is inserted into the cradle, or the requested timeout (default is 30 sec) is reached, the scanner sends the acknowledgment to the cradle and returns to its normal state.

• Page Simple

- In this mode, the cradle sends a page indication request to each scanner, and returns to idle state. Each scanner issues a single Page State indication.

Page State

* Page Simple

Page State Timeout

Parameter # 1365 (SSI # F8h 05h 55h)

Page timeout is programmable in 1 second increments from 1 to 99 seconds. The default timeout is 30 seconds.

NOTE: Page State Timeout

only applies to

Page State Mode

.

To set a page timeout:

1.

Scan the

Page Timeout

barcode below.

162

Radio Communications

2.

Scan two numeric barcodes from Numeric Barcodes on page 438 that correspond to the desired

timeout duration. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers (for example, for a 5 second page timeout, scan the 0 barcode and then the 5 barcode). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

The Page State Timeout default is 30 seconds.

Page Timeout

Cradle Bluetooth Operation Mode

Parameter # 1355 (SSI # F8h 05h 4Bh)

Set up cradle to accept only

Bluetooth Classic

both

Bluetooth Classic and Low Energy

connections or

Low Energy Only

connections.

NOTE:

All

Bluetooth Classic

connections must be terminated before the setting can change to

Low

Energy Only

. All

Low Energy

connections must be terminated before setting can change to

Bluetooth

Classic Only

.

* Bluetooth Classic Only

Bluetooth Classic and Low Energy

Low Energy Only

163

Radio Communications

Bluetooth Security

The digital scanner supports Bluetooth Authentication. Authentication can be requested by either the remote device or the digital scanner.

NOTE:

A remote device can still request Authentication.

Bluetooth Security Levels

Parameter # 1393 (SSI # F8h 05h 71h)

For more information on Bluetooth security, see Chapter 3 of the Guide to Bluetooth Security: https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-121r2.pdf

NOTE:

Data sent over Bluetooth is encrypted in all security modes.

• Low Bluetooth Security (default)

- The low security setting is designed for ease of connection with most devices and minimal user interaction. Uses "Just Works" secure and simple pairing method with no man in the middle protection. Provides level 2 security (as per Guide to Bluetooth Security).

• Medium Bluetooth Security

- The medium security setting requires a passkey for the initial connection to pair scanner to remote host (unless using NFC OOB). Uses "Passkey Entry" secure and simple pairing method with man in the middle protection. Provides level 3 security (as per Guide to

Bluetooth Security).

• High Bluetooth Security

- The high security setting requires "Secure Connections" (AES-128) between scanner and remote host. Scanning in of a passkey is required (unless using NFC OOB).

Scanner only supports high security when configured for Bluetooth Low Energy host. Provides level 4 security (as per Guide to Bluetooth Security).

NOTE:

When using medium or high security setting:

•

If connecting to a cradle, place scanner in the cradle for initial pairing.

•

If connecting to host supporting OOB pairing over NFC, use tap to pair method.

•

If connecting to a host that does not support OOB pairing over NFC, passkey entry is required.

* Low Bluetooth Security

164

Radio Communications

Bluetooth Security Levels (continued)

Medium Bluetooth Security

High Bluetooth Security

Save Bluetooth Connection Information

Parameter # 1743 (F8h 06h CFh)

Scan a bar code below to enable or disable the digital scanner’s ability to save Bluetooth connection information.

NOTE:

Depending on the auto-reconnect settings, the scanner reconnects when going out of range and other conditions where connection is lost, but auto-reconnect is desired.

•

Enable (default)

- The scanner saves the last connection and attempts to reconnect after battery swap (power cycle) if it is set to auto-reconnect. See

Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 144

.

•

Disable

- The scanner does not save the last connection to permanent memory and does not reconnect after battery swap (power cycle).

*

Save Bluetooth Connection Information

(Enable)

Save Bluetooth Connection Information

(Disable)

165

Radio Communications

FIPS Mode

Parameter # 736 (SSI # F1h E0h)

The Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-2 is a U.S. government computer security standard used to accredit cryptographic modules. FIPS enabled scanners and cradles offer this secure mode of operation.

To enable the FIPS mode of operation (disabled by default), scan the

Enable FIPS

barcode. The scanner attempts to establish a secure session with the cradle to which it is connected. On success, the scanner lights an amber LED on every trigger press to signal that all data will be transmitted over Bluetooth in a secure fashion. On failure, the scanner will sound transmission failure error message on every attempt to transmit data.

To disable the FIPS mode, scan the

Disable FIPS

barcode at any time.

Enable FIPS

(1)

*

Disable FIPS

(0)

166

Radio Communications

Bluetooth Radio, Linking, and Batch Operation

The CS6080 digital scanner has a Bluetooth Class 1 qualified and Class 2 capable radio which achieves a range of at least 100 m / 330 ft. (open air, line of sight). The actual range you achieve is influenced by the presence of other radios, shelving and wall materials as well as which cradle is tested. The environments vary widely and often influence radio ranges.

When the digital scanner goes out of communications range to the base, it can be configured for Batch

Mode (see

Batch Mode on page 157

). The digital scanner has sufficient onboard memory to store 500 barcodes of typical size (UPC/EAN).

Setting Up an iOS or Android Product To Work With The Digital Scanner

Perform the following steps on each device to establish a link.

HID Keyboard Emulation

1.

2.

3.

On the CS6080, scan Human Interface Device (HID) Keyboard Emulation on page 128 .

On an iOS/iPad/iPhone, select

Settings

>

General

>

Bluetooth

and turn Bluetooth On. Choose the

CS6080 digital scanner from the list of discovered devices. A link should be established allowing scanning into any application with keyboard entry.

On an Android/ET1/Droid, select

Settings

>

Wireless & networks

>

Bluetooth

(to turn Bluetooth on, if not already on). Select Bluetooth Settings and choose the CS6080 digital scanner from the list of discovered devices. (The CS6080 digital scanner normally displays as CS6080 - xxxxxx, where xxxxxx is the serial number.)

167

Imaging Preferences

Introduction

You can program the digital scanner to perform various functions, or activate different features. This chapter describes imaging preference features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features.

NOTE:

Only the Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging interface supports image capture. See

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking on page 195 to enable this host.

The digital scanner ships with the settings in Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults on page 169 (also

see Standard Parameter Defaults

for all host device and miscellaneous defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary.

To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when you power down the digital scanner.

NOTE:

Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging.

To return all features to default values, scan * Restore Defaults on page 66 . Throughout the programming

barcode menus, asterisks (

*

) indicate default values.

*

Indicates Default

*

Enable Image Capture Illumination

(2)

Feature/Option

Option Value

168

Imaging Preferences

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to disable image capture illumination, scan the

Disable Image Capture Illumination

barcode under Image Capture Illumination on page 172 . The digital scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful

parameter entry.

Other parameters require scanning several barcodes. See these parameter descriptions for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter.

Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults

Table 12

lists the defaults for imaging preferences parameters. To change the default values, scan the appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To

recall the default parameter values, scan * Restore Defaults on page 66

.

NOTE:

See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous

default parameters.

Table 12

Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Snapshot Aiming Pattern

Silence Operational Mode Changes

Image Cropping

Crop to Pixel Addresses

Image Size (Number of Pixels)

Image Brightness (Target White)

JPEG Image Options

Parameter

Number

Imaging Preferences

Operational Modes

Image Capture Illumination

Image Capture Autoexposure

N/A

361

360

Fixed Exposure

Fixed Gain

567

568

Gain / Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode 562

Snapshot Mode Timeout 323

300

1293

301

315

316

317

318

302

390

299

SSI Number Default

N/A

F0h 69h

F0h 68h

N/A

Enable

Enable

F4h F1h 37h 100

F1h 38h 50

F1h 32h

F0h 43h

Autodetect

0 (30 seconds)

F0h 2Ch Enable

F8h 05h 0Dh Disable (do not silence)

F0h 2Dh

F4h F0h 3Bh

F4h F0h 3Ch

F4h F0h 3Dh

F4h F0h 3Eh

F0h 2Eh

Disable

0 top

0 left

959 bottom

1279 right

Full

F0h 86h

F0h 2Bh

180

Quality

178

179

180

Page

Number

170

172

172

173

173

174

175

176

176

177

177

169

Imaging Preferences

Table 12

Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Image Rotation

Selector

Parameter

JPEG Target File Size

JPEG Quality and Size Value

Image Enhancement

Image File Format Selector

Bits per Pixel (BPP)

Signature Capture

Signature Capture Image File Format

Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP)

Signature Capture Width

Signature Capture Height

Signature Capture JPEG Quality

Video Mode Format Selector

Video View Finder

Video View Finder Image Size

Video Subsampling

Parameter

Number

561

305

564

304

665

303

93

313

314

366

367

421

916

324

329

667

SSI Number

F1h 31h

F0h 31h

F1h 34h

F0h 30h

F1h 99h

F0h 2Fh

5Dh

F0h 39h

F0h 3Ah

160 kB

65

Low (1)

JPEG

0

8 BPP

Disable

JPEG

F4h F0h 6Eh 400

F4h F0h 6Fh 100

F0h A5h

F2h 94h

F0h 44h

F0h 49h

F1h 9Bh

8 BPP

65

JPEG

Disable

1700 Bytes

Default

1/4 Resolution

186

187

187

187

188

188

189

190

Page

Number

180

181

181

182

183

183

184

185

Imaging Preferences

The parameters in this chapter control image capture characteristics. Image capture occurs in all modes of operation, including decode and snapshot.

Operational Modes

The digital scanner has three modes of operation:

•

Decode Mode

•

Snapshot Mode

•

Video Mode.

Decode Mode

By default, when you press the trigger the digital scanner attempts to locate and decode enabled barcodes within its field of view. The digital scanner remains in this mode until it decodes a barcode or you release the trigger.

Snapshot Mode

Use Snapshot Mode to capture a high-quality image and transmit it to the host. To temporarily enter this mode scan the

Snapshot Mode

barcode. While in this mode the digital scanner blinks the green LED at

1-second intervals to indicate it is not in standard operating (decode) mode.

170

Imaging Preferences

In Snapshot Mode, the digital scanner turns on its aiming pattern to highlight the area to capture in the image. The next trigger press instructs the digital scanner to capture a high quality image and transmit it to the host. A short time may pass (less than 2 seconds) between when the trigger is pressed and the image is captured as the digital scanner adjusts to the lighting conditions. Hold the digital scanner steady until the image is captured, denoted by a single beep.

If you do not press the trigger within the Snapshot Mode Timeout period, the digital scanner returns to

Decode Mode. Use Snapshot Mode Timeout on page 175 to adjust this timeout period. The default timeout

period is 30 seconds.

To disable the aiming pattern during Snapshot Mode, see Snapshot Aiming Pattern on page 176

.

Snapshot Mode

Video Mode

NOTE:

Applies to corded configurations only.

In this mode the imager behaves as a video camera as long as you press the trigger. Release the trigger to return to Decode Mode. Scan this barcode to temporarily enter Video Capture Mode.

Video Mode

171

Imaging Preferences

Image Capture Illumination

Parameter # 361 (SSI # F0h 69h)

Selecting

Enable Image Capture Illumination

causes illumination to turn on during every image capture.

Disable illumination to prevent the digital scanner from using illumination.

Enabling illumination usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of illumination decreases as the distance to the target increases.

* Enable Image Capture Illumination

(1)

Disable Image Capture Illumination

(0)

Image Capture Autoexposure

Parameter # 360 (SSI # F0h 68h)

Select

Enable Image Capture Autoexposure

to allow the digital scanner to control gain settings and exposure (integration) time to best capture an image for the selected operation mode.

Select

Disable Image Capture Autoexposure

to manually adjust the gain and exposure time (see the following pages). This option is only recommended for advanced users with difficult image capture situations.

*

Enable Image Capture Autoexposure

(1)

172

Disable Image Capture Autoexposure

(0)

Imaging Preferences

Fixed Exposure

Parameter # 567 (SSI # F4h F1h 37h)

Type: Word

Range: 5 to 30,000

This parameter configures the exposure used in manual mode for Snapshot mode.

Each integer value represents 100

μ s

worth of exposure. The default value is 100 which results in an exposure setting of 10 ms.

To set the

Fixed Exposure

parameter, scan

Fixed Exposure

followed by four numeric barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set a Fixed Exposure value of 99,

scan 0, 0, 9, 9. See Numeric Barcodes for numeric barcodes.

Fixed Exposure

(4 digits)

Fixed Gain

Parameter # 568 (SSI # F1h 38h)

Type: Byte

Range 1 - 100

This parameter configures the gain setting used in manual mode for Snapshot modes.

A value of 1 indicates that gain is not used for image capture. A value of 100 indicates that maximum gain is used for image capture. The default value of this parameter is 50.

To set the

Fixed Gain

parameter, scan

Fixed Gain

below followed by three numeric barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set a Fixed Gain value of 99, scan 0,

9, 9. See Numeric Barcodes

for numeric barcodes.

Fixed Gain

173

Imaging Preferences

Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode

Parameter # 562 (SSI # F1h 32h)

This parameter alters the digital scanner gain exposure priority when it acquires an image in Snapshot

Mode in auto exposure mode.

•

Scan

Low Exposure Priority

to set a mode in which the digital scanner favors higher gain over exposure to capture an image. This results in an image that is less susceptible to motion blur at the expense of noise artifacts. However, for most applications, the amount of noise is acceptable.

•

Scan

Low Gain Priority

to set a mode in which the digital scanner favors longer exposure time rather than higher gain to capture an image. This ensures that the image is less noisy and produces fewer artifacts during post processing activities like image enhancement (sharpening). The mode is recommended for fixed mount / fixed object image capture since the image acquired is susceptible to motion blur.

•

Scan

Autodetect

(default) to set a mode in which the digital scanner automatically selects Gain Priority or Low Exposure Priority mode for Snapshot Mode. If the digital scanner is in a magnetic reed switch enabled stand (or it is configured in Blink Mode), it uses Low Gain Priority mode. Otherwise, it uses the

Low Exposure Priority mode.

Low Gain Priority

(0)

Low Exposure Priority

(1)

*

Autodetect

(2)

174

Imaging Preferences

Snapshot Mode Timeout

Parameter # 323 (SSI # F0h 43h)

This parameter sets the amount of time the imager remains in Snapshot Mode. The imager exits Snapshot

Mode when you press the trigger, or when the Snapshot Mode Timeout elapses. To set this timeout value, scan the

Set Snapshot Mode Timeout

barcode, and then scan a barcode from Numeric Barcodes on page 438 . The default value is 0 which represents 30 seconds; values increment by 30. For example, 0 =

30 seconds, 1 = 60 seconds,

2 = 90 seconds, etc. The maximum timeout value that can be set on the scanner is 9 = 300 seconds.

To quickly re-set the default timeout to 30 seconds, scan the

30 Seconds

barcode.

If you scan

No Timeout

, the imager remains in Snapshot Mode until you press the trigger.

Set Snapshot Mode Timeout

* 30 Seconds

No Timeout

175

Imaging Preferences

Snapshot Aiming Pattern

Parameter # 300 (SSI # F0h 2Ch)

Select

Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern

to project the aiming pattern when in Snapshot Mode, or

Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern

to turn the aiming pattern off.

*

Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern

(1)

Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern

(0)

Silence Operational Mode Changes

Parameter # 1293 (SSI # F8h 05h 0Dh)

Enable this feature to silence the beeper when switching between operational modes (e.g., from Decode

Mode to Snapshot Mode).

Silence Operational Mode Changes (Enable)

(1)

*

Do Not Silence Operational Mode Changes (Disable)

(0)

176

Imaging Preferences

Image Cropping

Parameter # 301 (SSI # F0h 2Dh)

This parameter crops a captured image. Select

Disable Image Cropping

to present the full 1280 x 960 pixels. Select

Enable Image Cropping

to crop the image to the pixel addresses set in

Crop to Pixel

Addresses on page 177

.

Enable Image Cropping

(1)

*

Disable Image Cropping

(Use Full 1280 x 960 Pixels)

(0)

Crop to Pixel Addresses

Parameter # 315 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Bh) (Top)

Parameter # 316 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Ch) (Left)

Parameter # 317 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Dh) (Bottom)

Parameter # 318 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Eh) (Right)

If you selected

Enable Image Cropping

, set the pixel addresses from (0,0) to (1259 x 959) to crop to.

Columns are numbered from 0 to 1279, rows from 0 to 959. Specify four values for Top, Left, Bottom, and

Right, where Top and Bottom correspond to row pixel addresses, and Left and Right correspond to column pixel addresses. For example, for a 4 row x 8 column image in the extreme bottom-right section of the image set the following values:

Top = 796, Bottom = 959, Left = 1272, Right = 1279

To set the crop to pixel address, scan each pixel address barcode below followed by four numeric barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to crop the top pixel address to

3, scan 0, 0, 0, 3. See

Numeric Barcodes

for numeric barcodes. The defaults are:

Top = 0, Bottom = 959, Left = 0, Right = 1279

NOTE:

The digital scanner has a cropping resolution of 4 pixels. Setting the cropping area to less than 4 pixels (after resolution adjustment, see

Image Size (Number of Pixels) on page 178 ) transfers the entire

image.

177

Imaging Preferences

Top Pixel Address

(0 - 959 Decimal)

Left Pixel Address

(0 - 1279 Decimal)

Bottom Pixel Address

(0 - 959 Decimal)

Right Pixel Address

(0 - 1279 Decimal)

Image Size (Number of Pixels)

Parameter # 302 (SSI # F0h 2Eh)

This option alters image resolution before compression. Multiple pixels are combined to one pixel, resulting in a smaller image containing the original content with reduced resolution.

Select one of the following values:

Table 13

Image Sizes

Full

1/2

1/4

Resolution

Value

Uncropped Image Size

1280 x 960

640 x 480

320 x 240

178

Imaging Preferences

*

Full Resolution

(0)

1/2 Resolution

(1)

1/4 Resolution

(3)

Image Brightness (Target White)

Parameter # 390 (SSI # F0h 86h)

Type: Byte

Range: 1 - 240

This parameter sets the Target White value used in Snapshot mode when using auto exposure. White and black are defined as 240 decimal and 1, respectively. Setting the value to the factory default of 180 sets the white level of the image to ~180.

To set the Image Brightness parameter, scan

Image Brightness

below followed by three numeric barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an Image Brightness

value of 99, scan 0, 9, 9. See Numeric Barcodes for numeric barcodes.

*

180

Image Brightness

(3 digits)

179

Imaging Preferences

JPEG Image Options

Parameter # 299 (SSI # F0h 2Bh)

Select an option to optimize JPEG images for either size or for quality. Scan the

JPEG Quality Selector

barcode to enter a quality value; the digital scanner then selects the corresponding image size. Scan the

JPEG Size Selector

barcode to enter a size value; the digital scanner then selects the best image quality.

*

JPEG Quality Selector

(1)

JPEG Size Selector

(0)

JPEG Target File Size

Parameter # 561 (SSI # F1h 31h)

Type: Word

Range: 5-350

This parameter defines the target JPEG file size in terms 1 Kilobytes (1024 bytes). The default value is 160 kB which represents 160 Kilobytes.

CAUTION:

JPEG compress may take 10 to 15 seconds based on the amount of information in the target image. Scanning

* JPEG Quality Selector (1)

(default setting) produces a compressed image that is consistent in quality and compression time.

To set the JPEG Target File Size parameter, scan

JPEG Target File Size

below followed by three numeric barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an image file size value

of 99, scan 0, 9, 9 in Numeric Barcodes

.

JPEG Target File Size

(3 digits)

180

Imaging Preferences

JPEG Quality and Size Value

JPEG Quality = Parameter # 305 (SSI # F0h 31h)

If you selected

JPEG Quality Selector

, scan the

JPEG Quality Value

barcode followed by 3 barcodes

from Numeric Barcodes

corresponding to a value from 5 to 100, where 100 represents the highest quality image.

JPEG Quality Value

(Default: 065)

(5 - 100 Decimal)

Image Enhancement

Parameter # 564 (SSI # F1h 34h)

This parameter configures the digital scanner's Image Enhance feature. This feature uses a combination of edge sharpening and contrast enhancement to produce an image that is visually pleasing.

The levels of image enhancement are:

•

Off (0)

•

Low (1) - Default

•

Med (2)

•

High (3).

Off

(0)

*

Low

(1)

181

Imaging Preferences

Image Enhancement (continued)

Medium

(2)

High

(3)

Image File Format Selector

Parameter # 304 (SSI # F0h 30h)

Select an image format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The digital scanner stores captured images in the selected format.

BMP File Format

(3)

*

JPEG File Format

(1)

TIFF File Format

(04h)

182

Imaging Preferences

Image Rotation

Parameter # 665 (SSI # F1h 99h)

This parameter controls the rotation of the image by 0, 90,180, or 270 degrees.

* Rotate 0 o

(0)

Rotate 90 o

(1)

Rotate 180 o

(2)

Rotate 270 o

(3)

Bits Per Pixel

Parameter # 303 (SSI # F0h 2Fh)

Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing an image. Select

1 BPP

for a black and white image,

4 BPP

to assign 1 of 16 levels of gray to each pixel, or

8 BPP

to assign 1 of 256 levels of gray to each pixel.

NOTE:

The digital scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support

8 BPP

.

The digital scanner ignores 1 BPP for TIFF file formats, which only support

4 BPP

and

8 BPP

. 1 BPP is coerced to 4 BPP for TIFF file formats.

183

Imaging Preferences

1 BPP

(0)

4 BPP

(1)

*

8 BPP

(2)

Signature Capture

Parameter # 93 (SSI # 5Dh)

A signature capture barcode is a special-purpose symbology which delineates a signature capture area in a document with a machine-readable format. The recognition pattern is variable so it can optionally provide an index to various signatures. The region inside the barcode pattern is considered the signature capture

area. See Signature Capture Code on page 469

for more information.

Output File Format

Decoding a signature capture barcode de-skews the signature image and converts the image to a BMP,

JPEG, or TIFF file format. The output data includes the file descriptor followed by the formatted signature image.

Table 14

Output Formats

File Descriptor

Output Format

(1 byte)

1-8

Signature Type (1 byte)

Signature Image Size

(4 bytes)

(BIG Endian)

0x00000400

Signature Image

0x00010203….

JPEG - 1

BMP - 3

TIFF - 4

184

Imaging Preferences

To enable or disable Signature Capture, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Signature Capture

(1)

*

Disable Signature Capture

(0)

Signature Capture File Format Selector

Parameter # 313 (SSI # F0h 39h)

Select a signature file format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The digital scanner stores captured signatures in the selected format.

BMP Signature Format

(3)

*

JPEG Signature Format

(1)

TIFF Signature Format

(4)

185

Imaging Preferences

Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel

Parameter # 314 (SSI # F0h 3Ah)

Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing a signature. Select

1 BPP

for a black and white image,

4 BPP

to assign 1 of 16 levels of gray to each pixel, or

8 BPP

to assign 1 of 256 levels of gray to each pixel.

NOTE:

The digital scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support

8 BPP

.

1 BPP

(0)

4 BPP

(1)

*

8 BPP

(2)

186

Imaging Preferences

Signature Capture Width

Parameter # 366 (SSI # F4h F0h 6Eh)

The aspect ratio of the Signature Capture Width and Signature Capture Height parameters must match that of the signature capture area. For example, a 4 x 1 inch signature capture area would require a 4 to 1 aspect ratio of width to height.

To set the width of the signature capture box, scan the

Signature Capture Width

barcode, followed by 4 barcodes from

Numeric Barcodes

corresponding to a value in the range of 016 to 1280 decimal.

Signature Capture Width

(Default: 400)

(016 - 1280 Decimal)

Signature Capture Height

Parameter # 367 (SSI # F4h F0h 6Fh)

To set the height of the signature capture box, scan the

Signature Capture Height

barcode, followed by 3 barcodes from

Numeric Barcodes

corresponding to a value in the range of 016 to 960 decimal.

Signature Capture Height

(Default: 100)

(016 - 960 Decimal)

Signature Capture JPEG Quality

Parameter # 421 (SSI # F0h A5h)

Scan the

JPEG Quality Value

barcode followed by 3 barcodes from

Numeric Barcodes corresponding to

a value from 005 to 100, where 100 represents the highest quality image.

JPEG Quality Value (Default: 065)

(5 - 100 Decimal)

187

Imaging Preferences

Video Mode Format Selector

Parameter # 916 (SSI # F2h 94h)

When the digital imager scanner is in Video Mode, select whether to send data in BMP or JPEG format.

BMP File Format

(3)

*

JPEG File Format

(1)

Video View Finder (Corded Mode Only)

Parameter # 324 (SSI # F0h 44h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether to project the video view finder while in Snapshot

Mode.

Enable Video View Finder

(1)

*

Disable Video View Finder

(0)

188

Imaging Preferences

Video View Finder Image Size

Parameter # 329 (SSI # F0h 49h)

This parameter sets the number of 100-byte blocks. Values range from 800 to 12,000 bytes. A smaller value transmits more frames per second, while a larger value increases video quality.

Scan the

Video View Finder Image Size

barcode, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes

corresponding to the 100-byte value from 800 to 12,000 bytes. For example, to select 1500 bytes, enter 0,

1, 5. To select 900 bytes, enter 0, 0, 9. The default is 1700 bytes.

Video View Finder Image Size

189

Imaging Preferences

Video Subsampling

Parameter # 667 (SSI # F1h 9Bh)

This option alters video frame resolution before compression. Multiple pixels are combined to one pixel, resulting in smaller video frames containing the original content with reduced resolution.

Scan a barcode below to select the desired video subsampling.

Table 15 Video Subsampling

Resolution Value

Full

1/2

1/4

Uncropped Image Size

1280 x 800

640 x 400

320 x 200

Full Resolution

(0)

1/2 Resolution

(1)

*

1/4 Resolution

(3)

190

USB Interface

Introduction

This chapter provides instructions for programming the scanner to interface with a USB host. The scanner connects directly to a USB host, or a powered USB hub. The USB host can power the scanner.

Throughout the programming barcode menus, default values are indicated with asterisks (

*

).

*

Indicates Default

*

North American Standard USB Keyboard

Feature/Option

Connecting a USB Interface

The scanner connects to USB-capable hosts, including:

•

TGCS (IBM) terminals

•

Apple ™ desktop and notebooks

•

Other network computers that support more than one keyboard.

The following operating systems support the scanner through USB:

•

Windows 8, 10

•

MacOS 8.5 - MacOS 10.6 (Supported via HID Keyboard only)

•

IBM 4690 OS

•

Linux

The scanner interfaces with USB hosts that support Human Interface Devices (HID).

191

Figure 22

USB Connection

USB Interface

To connect the cradle to a USB host:

1.

Attach the modular connector of the USB interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital

scanner. See Connecting Cradle Cable on page 32 .

2.

3.

4.

Plug the series A connector in the USB host or hub, or plug the Plus Power connector in an available port of the IBM SurePOS terminal.

Ensure all connections are secure.

Pair the digital scanner to the cradle by scanning the barcode on the cradle.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Select the USB device type by scanning the appropriate barcode from USB Device Type on page 194 .

On first installation when using Windows, the software displays a prompt to select or install the

Human

Interface Device

driver. To install the Human Interface Device driver provided by Windows, click

Next

through all the choices and click

Finished

on the last choice. The digital scanner powers up during this installation.

To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter.

Connect an external power supply if desired.

NOTE:

Interface cables vary depending on configuration. The connectors illustrated in Figure 22

are examples only. The connectors may be different from those illustrated, but the steps to connect the cradle remain the same.

Disconnect the host cables before the power supply, or the digital scanner may not recognize the new host.

If problems occur, see

Troubleshooting on page 52

.

192

USB Parameter Defaults

Table 16

lists the defaults for USB host parameters. If any option needs to be changed, scan the appropriate barcode(s) provided in the Parameter Descriptions section beginning on

194 .

NOTE:

See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous

default parameters.

See

Country Codes on page 377

for USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes).

Table 16

USB Host Default Table

Parameter

USB Host Parameters

USB Device Type

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking

USB Keystroke Delay

USB CAPS Lock Override

USB Ignore Unknown Characters

USB Convert Unknown to Code 39

USB Polling Interval

USB Fast HID

Emulate Keypad

Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero

Quick Keypad Emulation

USB FN1 Substitution

Function Key Mapping

Simulated Caps Lock

Convert Case

USB Static CDC

TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep

TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive

TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive

IBM Specification Version

USB Interface

Default

HID Keyboard Emulation

Enable

No Delay

Do Not Override (Disable)

Send

Disable

3 msec

Enable

Enable

Enable

Enable

Disable

Disable

Disable

No Case Conversion

Enable

Honor

Ignore Beep Directive

Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive

Version 2.2

202

202

203

203

200

200

201

201

204

205

205

206

206

194

195

196

196

197

197

198

Page

Number

193

USB Interface

USB Host Parameters

USB Device Type

Select the desired USB device type.

NOTE:

When changing USB device types, the scanner automatically restarts. The imager issues a power-up beep sequence.

1.

Before scanning USB CDC Host (Note 1) on page 195

, install the appropriate USB CDC Driver on the host to ensure the scanner does not stall during power up (due to a failure to enumerate USB). Go to www.zebra.com/support , Support & Downloads > Barcode Scanners > USB CDC Driver, select the appropriate Windows platform, and download the appropriate CDC Driver (64 bit or 32 bit).

2.

3.

To recover a stalled scanner:

Install the USB CDC Driver or

Unplug the USB cable and add power. Connect the scanner via Bluetooth and scan HID Keyboard or another host.

Select

IBM Hand-Held USB

to disable data transmission when an IBM register issues a Scan Disable command. Aim, illumination, and decoding is still permitted. Select

OPOS (IBM Hand-held with Full

Disable)

to completely shut off the scanner when an IBM register issues a Scan Disable command, including aim, illumination, decoding, and data transmission.

Select

USB HID POS

to communicate over a USB cable with Universal Windows Platform (UWP) applications running on Windows 10 devices.

*

HID Keyboard Emulation

IBM Table Top USB

IBM Hand-Held USB

OPOS

(IBM Hand-held with Full Disable)

194

USB Device Type (continued)

USB Interface

SSI over USB CDC

USB CDC Host

(Note 1)

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) without Imaging Interface

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface

USB HID POS

(for Windows 10 devices only)

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking

After selecting a SNAPI interface as the USB device type, select whether to enable or disable status handshaking.

*

Enable SNAPI Status Handshaking

Disable SNAPI Status Handshaking

195

USB Interface

USB Keystroke Delay

This parameter sets the delay, in milliseconds, between emulated keystrokes. Scan a barcode below to increase the delay when hosts require a slower transmission of data.

*

No Delay

Medium Delay (20 msec)

Long Delay (40 msec)

USB CAPS Lock Override

This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device. When enabled, the case of the data is preserved regardless of the state of the caps lock key. This setting is always enabled for the “Japanese,

Windows (ASCII)” keyboard type and can not be disabled.

Override Caps Lock Key

(Enable)

*

Do Not Override Caps Lock Key

(Disable)

196

USB Interface

USB Ignore Unknown Characters

This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device and IBM device. Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize. When

Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters

is selected, all barcode data is sent except for unknown characters, and no error beeps sound. When

Do Not Send

Barcodes With Unknown Characters

is selected, barcode data is sent up to the first unknown character, then the imaging imager scanner issues an error beep.

*

Send Barcodes with Unknown Characters

Do Not Send Barcodes with Unknown Characters

USB Convert Unknown to Code 39

This option applies only to the IBM Hand-held, IBM Tabletop, and OPOS devices. Scan a barcode below to enable or disable converting unknown barcode type data to Code 39.

*

Disable Convert Unknown to Code 39

Enable Convert Unknown to Code 39

197

USB Interface

USB Polling Interval

Scan a barcode below to set the polling interval. The polling interval determines the rate at which data can be sent between the scanner and host computer. A lower number indicates a faster data rate

NOTE:

When changing USB Device Types, the imaging imager automatically restarts and issues a disconnect-reconnect beep sequence.

IMPORTANT:

Ensure your host machine can handle the selected data rate.

.

1 msec

2 msec

*

3 msec

4 msec

198

USB Polling Interval (continued)

USB Interface

5 msec

6 msec

7 msec

8 msec

9 msec

10 msec

199

USB Interface

USB Fast HID

This option transmits USB HID data at a faster rate.

*

Enable

Disable

Emulate Keypad

When enabled, all characters are sent as ASCII sequences over the numeric keypad. For example ASCII

A would be sent as “ALT make” 0 6 5 “ALT Break.”

Disable Keypad Emulation

*

Enable Keypad Emulation

200

USB Interface

Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero

Enable this to send character sequences sent over the numeric keypad as ISO characters which have a leading zero. For example ASCII A transmits as “ALT MAKE” 0 0 6 5 “ALT BREAK”.

Disable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero

*

Enable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero

Quick Keypad Emulation

This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation Device and if Emulate Keypad is enabled. This parameter enables a quicker method of keypad emulation where ASCII sequences are only sent for ASCII characters not found on the keyboard. The default value is

Enable

.

*

Enable

Disable

201

USB Interface

USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution

This option applies only to the USB HID Keyboard Emulation device. When enabled, this allows replacement of any FN 1 characters in an EAN 128 barcode with a Key Category and value chosen by the user (see

FN1 Substitution Values on page 115 to set the Key Category and Key Value).

Enable FN1 Substitution

*

Disable FN1 Substitution

Function Key Mapping

ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as a control-key sequences (see Table 30 on page 457

). When this parameter is enabled, the keys in bold are sent in place of the standard key mapping. Table entries that do not have a bold entry remain the same whether or not this parameter is enabled.

*

Disable Function Key Mapping

Enable Function Key Mapping

202

USB Interface

Simulated Caps Lock

When enabled, the imaging imager scanner inverts upper and lower case characters on the imaging imager scanner barcode as if the Caps Lock state is enabled on the keyboard. This inversion is done regardless of the current state of the keyboard Caps Lock state.

*

Disable Simulated Caps Lock

Enable Simulated Caps Lock

Convert Case

When enabled, the imaging imager scanner converts all barcode data to the selected case.

*

No Case Conversion

Convert All to Upper Case

Convert All to Lower Case

203

USB Interface

USB Static CDC

Parameter # 670

When disabled, each device connected consumes another COM port (first device = COM1, second device = COM2, third device = COM3, etc.)

When enabled, each device connects to the same COM port.

*

Enable USB Static CDC

(1)

Disable USB Static CDC

(0)

204

USB Interface

Optional USB Parameters

If you configure the imaging imager scanner and find the settings were not saved, or changed, when the system is restarted scan the barcodes that follow to override USB interface defaults.

Scan a barcode below after setting defaults and before configuring the imaging imager scanner.

TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep

Parameter # 1360 (SSI # 550h)

The host can send a direct I/O beep request to the scanner. If you select

Ignore Direct I/O Beep

, the scanner does not sound beeps on this command. All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if they were processed.

* Honor Direct IO Beep

Ignore Direct IO Beep

TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive

The host can send a beeper configuration request to the scanner. Scan

Ignore Beep Directive

to prevent the scanner from processing the host request. All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if they were processed.

Honor Beep Directive

*

Ignore Beep Directive

205

USB Interface

TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive

The host can enable and disable code types. Scan

Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive

to prevent the scanner from processing the host request. All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if they were processed.

Honor Barcode Configuration Directive

*

Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive

IBM Specification Version

The IBM USB interface specification version selected defines how code types are reported over the IBM

USB interface.

Original Specification

*

Version 2.2

206

USB Interface

ASCII Character Sets for USB

See

ASCII Character Sets

for the following:

•

ASCII Character Set (

Table 30 on page 457

)

•

ALT Key Character Set (

Table 31 on page 461 )

•

GUI Key Character Set ( Table 32 on page 461 )

•

PF Key Character Set (

Table 33 on page 463

)

•

F Key Character Set (

Table 34 on page 464

)

•

Numeric Character Set ( Table 35 on page 465

)

•

Extended Character Set (

Table 36 on page 465 ).

207

SSI Interface

Introduction

This chapter describes the system requirements of the Simple Serial Interface (SSI), which provides a communications link between Zebra decoders (e.g., scan engines, slot scanners, hand-held scanners, two-dimensional scanners, hands-free scanners, and RF base stations) and a serial host. It provides the means for the host to control the decoder or scanner.

Communications

All communication between the digital scanner and host occurs over the hardware interface lines using the

SSI protocol. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface Programmer’s Guide, p/n 72-40451-xx, for more information on SSI.

The host and the digital scanner exchange messages in packets. A packet is a collection of bytes framed by the proper SSI protocol formatting bytes. The maximum number of bytes per packet that the SSI protocol allows for any transaction is 257 (255 bytes + 2 byte checksum).

Decode data can be sent as ASCII data (unpacketed), or as part of a larger message (packeted), depending on the digital scanner configuration.

SSI performs the following functions for the host device:

•

Maintains a bi-directional interface with the digital scanner

•

Allows the host to send commands that control the digital scanner

•

Passes data from the digital scanner to a host device in SSI packet format or straight decode message.

The working environment of the SSI consists of a digital scanner, a serial cable which attaches to the host device, and in some instances, a power supply.

SSI transmits all decode data including special formatting (e.g., AIM ID). Parameter settings can control the format of the transmitted data.

The digital scanner can also send parameter information, product identification information, or event codes to the host.

All commands sent between the digital scanner and host must use the format described in the SSI

Message Formats section.

SSI Transactions on page 209 describes the required sequence of messages

in specific cases.

208

SSI Interface

Table 17

lists all the SSI opcodes the digital scanner supports. It identifies the SSI partner allowed to send a message of each type. The host transmits opcodes designated type H. The digital scanner transmits type D opcodes, and either partner can transmit Host/Decoder (H/D) types.

Table 17

SSI Commands

Name

AIM_OFF

AIM_ON

BEEP

CAPABILITIES_REPLY

Type Opcode

H

H

H

D

CAPABILITIES_REQUEST H

CMD_ACK

CMD_NAK

DECODE_DATA

EVENT

LED_OFF

LED_ON

PARAM_DEFAULTS

PARAM_REQUEST

PARAM_SEND

REPLY_REVISION

REQUEST_REVISION

SCAN_DISABLE

SCAN_ENABLE

SLEEP

START_DECODE

STOP_DECODE

WAKEUP

H/D 0xD0

H/D 0xD1

D

D

H

H

H

H

0xD3

0xF3

0xF6

0xE8

0xE7

0xC8

0xC7

H/D 0xC6

D 0xA4

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

0xC4

0xC5

0xE6

0xD4

0xA3

0xEA

0xE9

0xEB

0xE4

0xE5

N/A

Deactivate aim pattern.

Activate aim pattern.

Sound the beeper.

Description

Reply to CAPABILITIES_REQUEST; contains a list of the capabilities and commands the decoder supports.

Request capabilities report from the decoder.

Positive acknowledgment of received packet.

Negative acknowledgment of received packet.

Decode data in SSI packet format.

Event indicated by associated event code.

De-activate LED output.

Activate LED output.

Set parameter default values.

Request values of certain parameters.

Send parameter values.

Reply to REQUEST_REVISION contains decoder's software/hardware configuration.

Request the decoder's configuration.

Prevent the operator from scanning barcodes.

Permit barcode scanning.

Request to place the decoder into low power.

Tell decoder to attempt to decode a barcode.

Tell decoder to abort a decode attempt.

Wakeup decoder after it has entered low power mode.

For details of the SSI protocol, refer to the Simple Serial Interface Programmer's Guide (72-40451-xx).

SSI Transactions

General Data Transactions

ACK/NAK Handshaking

If you enable ACK/NAK handshaking, all packeted messages must have a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK response, unless the command description states otherwise. This parameter is enabled by default. Zebra recommends leaving this handshaking enabled to provide feedback to the host. Raw decode data and

WAKEUP do not use ACK/NAK handshaking since they are not packeted data.

Following is an example of a problem which can occur if you disable ACK/NAK handshaking:

209

SSI Interface

•

The host sends a PARAM_SEND message to the digital scanner to change the baud rate from 9600 to

19200.

•

The digital scanner cannot interpret the message.

•

The digital scanner does not implement the change the host requested.

•

The host assumes that the parameter change occurred and acts accordingly.

•

Communication is lost because the change did not occur on both sides.

If you enable ACK/NAK handshaking, the following occurs:

•

The host sends a PARAM_SEND message.

•

The digital scanner cannot interpret the message.

•

The digital scanner CMD_NAKs the message.

•

The host resends the message.

•

The digital scanner receives the message successfully, responds with CMD_ACK, and implements parameter changes.

210

SSI Interface

Transfer of Decode Data

The Decode Data Packet Format parameter controls how decode data is sent to the host. Set this parameter to send the data in a DECODE_DATA packet. Clear this parameter to transmit the data as raw

ASCII data.

NOTE:

When transmitting decode data as raw ASCII data, ACK/NAK handshaking does not apply regardless of the state of the ACK/NAK handshaking parameter.ACK/NAK Enabled and Packeted Data

The digital scanner sends a DECODE_DATA message after a successful decode. The digital scanner waits for a programmable time-out for a CMD_ACK response. If it does not receive the response, the digital scanner tries to send two more times before issuing a host transmission error. If the digital scanner receives a CMD_NAK from the host, it may attempt a retry depending on the cause field of the CMD_NAK message.

(1)

DECODE_DAT

Decoder

Data is captured by

(2)

CMD_ACK message sent

Host

ACK/NAK Enabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data

Even though the ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled, no handshaking occurs because the handshaking applies only to packeted data. In this example the

packeted_decode

parameter is disabled.

Decoder

Data is captured by decoder

ASCII data

Host

ACK/NAK Disabled and Packeted DECODE_DATA

In this example ACK/NAK does not occur even though

packeted_decode

is enabled because the

ACK/NAK handshaking parameter is disabled.

Decoder

Data is captured by decoder

(1)

DECODE_DATA

Host

211

SSI Interface

ACK/NAK Disabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data

Data captured by the digital scanner is sent to the host.

Decoder

Data is captured by decoder

(1)

ASCII data sent

Host

Communication Summary

ACK/NAK Option

Enable or disable ACK/NAK handshaking. This handshaking is enabled by default and Zebra recommends leaving it enabled. Disabling this handshaking can cause communication problems, as handshaking is the only acknowledgment that a message was received, and if it was received correctly. ACK/NAK is not used with unpacketed decode data regardless of whether or not it is enabled.

Serial Response Time-out

The Serial Response Time-out parameter determines how long to wait for a handshaking response before trying again, or aborting any further attempts. Set the same value for both the host and digital scanner.

NOTE:

You can temporarily change the Serial Response Time-out when the host takes longer to process an ACK or longer data string. Zebra does not recommend frequent permanent changes due to limited write cycles of non-volatile memory.

Retries

When sending data, the host should resend twice after the initial send if the digital scanner does not respond with an ACK or NAK (if ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled), or response data (e.g.,

PARAM_SEND, REPLY_REVISION). If the digital scanner replies with a NAK RESEND, the host resends the data. All resent messages must have the resend bit set in the Status byte.

The digital scanner resends data two times after the initial send if the host fails to reply with an ACK or

NAK (if ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled).

Response Time-out, ACK/NAK Handshake

If you use PARAM_SEND to change these serial parameters, the ACK response to the PARAM_SEND uses the previous values for these parameters. The new values then take effect for the next transaction.

Errors

The digital scanner issues a communication error when:

•

Failure to receive an ACK or NAK after initial transmit and two resends.

212

SSI Interface

Things to Remember When Using SSI Communication

There is a permanent/temporary bit in the PARAM_SEND message. Removing power from the digital scanner discards temporary changes. Permanent changes are written to non-volatile memory. Frequent changes shorten the life of the non-volatile memory.

Encapsulation of RSM Commands/Responses over SSI

The SSI protocol allows the host to send a command that is variable in length up to 255 bytes. Although there is a provision in the protocol to multi-packet commands from the host, the scan engine does not support this. The host must fragment packets using the provisions in the RSM protocol.

Command Structure

Table 18

Byte 7 6 5 4

Length (not including the checksum)

SSI_MGMT_COMMAND (0x80)

3 2 1 0

2

3

0

1

Message Source (4 - Host)

Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Cont'd packet Retransmit

Payload data (see the following example) 4

...

Length -1

Length 2's complement checksum (MSB)

Length +1 2's complement checksum (LSB)

The expected response in the positive case is SSI_MGMT_COMMAND which may be a multi-packet response. For devices that do not support the SSI_MGMT_COMMAND, the response is the standard

SSI_NAK.

213

SSI Interface

Response Structure

Table 13-1

0

1

2

Byte

3

4

...

Length -1

7 6 5 4

Length (not including the checksum)

SSI_MGMT_COMMAND (0x80)

Message Source (0 - Decoder)

3 2 1 0

Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Cont'd packet Retransmit

Payload data (see the following example)

Length 2's complement checksum (MSB)

Length +1 2's complement checksum (LSB)

Example Transaction

The following example illustrates how to retrieve diagnostic information (Diagnostic Testing and Reporting

(Attribute #10061) decimal) from the engine using encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI. Before sending any RSM command, the host must send the RSM Get Packet Size command to query the packet size supported by the device.

Command from Host to Query Packet Size Supported by Device

0A 80 04 00 00 06 20 00 FF FF FD 4E

Where:

•

0A 80 04 00 is encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI command header

•

00 06 20 00 FF FF is RSM Get Packet Size command

•

FD 4E is SSI command checksum

Response from Device with Packet Size Information

0C 80 00 00 00 08 20 00 00 F0 00 F0 FD 6C

Where:

•

0C 80 00 00 is encapsulation of RSM command over SSI command header

•

00 08 20 00 00 F0 00 F0 is RSM Get Packet Size response

•

FD 6C is SSI response checksum

Command from Host to Retrieve Diagnostic Information

0C 80 04 00 00 08 02 00 27 4D 42 00 FE B0

Where:

•

0C 80 04 00 is encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI command header

•

00 08 02 00 27 4D 42 00 is attribute Get command requesting attribute 10061 decimal

•

FE B0 is SSI command checksum

214

SSI Interface

Response from Device with Diagnostic Information

21 80 00 00 00 1D 02 00 27 4D 41 01 42 00 0E 00 00 00 00 01 03 02 03 03 03 04 03 05 03 06 03 FF

FF FC 15

Where:

•

21 80 00 00 00 1D 02 00 27 4D 41 01 42 00 0E 00 00 is encapsulation of RSM responses over SSI command header

•

00 00 01 03 02 03 03 03 04 03 05 03 06 03 is attribute Get response which includes diagnostic report value

•

FF FF is attribute Get response, packet termination

•

FC 15 is SSI response checksum

215

SSI Interface

Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters

This section describes how to set up the digital scanner with an SSI host. When using SSI, program the digital scanner via barcode menu or SSI hosts commands.

Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (

*

) indicate default values.

*

Indicates Default

*

Baud Rate 9600

(6)

Feature/Option

Option value for programming

NOTE:

Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging.

Table 14

lists the defaults for the SSI host. There are two ways to change the default values:

•

Scan the appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To recall the default parameter values, scan the

* Restore Defaults

barcode on

page 66

.

•

Download data through the device serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying barcodes. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer’s Guide for detailed instructions for changing parameters using this method.

NOTE:

See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous

default parameters.

Table 14

SSI Default Table

Parameter

Select SSI Host

Software Handshaking

Decode Data Packet Format

Host Serial Response Time-out

Host Character Time-out

Multipacket Option

Interpacket Delay

Event Reporting

Decode Event

Boot Up Event

Parameter Event

Parameter

Number

N/A

159

238

155

239

334

335

256

258

259

SSI

Number

N/A

9Fh

EEh

9Bh

EFh

F0h 4Eh

F0h 4Fh

F0h 00h

F0h 02h

F0h 03h

N/A

ACK/NAK

Send Raw Decode Data

2 sec

200 msec

Option 1

0 ms

Disable

Disable

Disable

Default

Page

Number

217

217

218

219

220

221

222

223

224

224

216

SSI Interface

NOTE:

SSI interprets Prefix, Suffix1, and Suffix2 values listed in Table 23 on page 366

differently than other interfaces. SSI does not recognize key categories, only the 3-digit decimal value. The default value of 7013 is interpreted as CR only.

SSI Host Parameters

Software Handshaking

Parameter # 159 (SSI # 9Fh)

This parameter offers control of data transmission in addition to the control hardware handshaking offers.

Hardware handshaking is always enabled; you cannot disable it.

• Disable ACK/NAK Handshaking

: When this option is selected, the digital scanner neither generates nor expects ACK/NAK handshaking packets.

• Enable ACK/NAK Handshaking

: When this option is selected, after transmitting data, the digital scanner expects either an ACK or NAK response from the host. The digital scanner also ACKs or NAKs messages from the host.

The digital scanner waits up to the programmable Host Serial Response Time-out to receive an ACK or

NAK. If the digital scanner does not get a response in this time, it resends its data up to two times before discarding the data and declaring a transmit error.

Disable ACK/NAK

(0)

* Enable ACK/NAK

(1)

217

SSI Interface

Decode Data Packet Format

Parameter # 238 (SSI # EEh)

This parameter selects whether to transmit decoded data in raw format (unpacketed), or with the packet format defined by the serial protocol.

Selecting the raw format disables ACK/NAK handshaking for decode data.

* Send Raw Decode Data

(0)

Send Packeted Decode Data

(1)

218

SSI Interface

Host Serial Response Time-out

Parameter # 155 (SSI # 9Bh)

This parameter specifies how long the digital scanner waits for an ACK or NAK before resending. Also, if the digital scanner wants to send, and the host has already been granted permission to send, the digital scanner waits for the designated time-out before declaring an error.

To set the delay period (options are 2, 5, 7.5, or 9,9 seconds), scan one of the following barcodes.

Other values are available via SSI command.

* Low - 2 Seconds

(20)

Medium - 5 Seconds

(50)

High - 7.5 Seconds

(75)

Maximum - 9.9 Seconds

(99)

219

SSI Interface

Host Character Time-out

Parameter # 239 (SSI # EFh)

This parameter determines the maximum time the digital scanner waits between characters transmitted by the host before discarding the received data and declaring an error.

To set the delay period (options are 200, 500, 750, or 990 ms), scan one of the following barcodes.

Other values are available via SSI command.

* Low - 200 ms

(20)

Medium - 500 ms

(50)

High - 750 ms

(75)

Maximum - 990 ms

(99)

220

SSI Interface

Multipacket Option

Parameter # 334 (SSI # F0h 4Eh)

This parameter controls ACK/NAK handshaking for multi-packet transmissions.

• Multi-Packet Option 1

: The host sends an ACK / NAK for each data packet during a multi-packet transmission.

• Multi-Packet Option 2

: The digital scanner sends data packets continuously, with no ACK/NAK handshaking to pace the transmission. The host, if overrun, can use hardware handshaking to temporarily delay digital scanner transmissions. At the end of transmission, the digital scanner waits for a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK.

• Multi-Packet Option 3

: Option 3 is the same as option 2 with the addition of a programmable interpacket delay.

* Multipacket Option 1

(0)

Multipacket Option 2

(1)

Multipacket Option 3

(2)

221

SSI Interface

Interpacket Delay

Parameter # 335 (SSI # F0h 4Fh)

This parameter specifies the interpacket delay if you selected

Multipacket Option 3

.

To set the delay period (options are 0, 25, 50, 75, or 99 ms), scan one of the following barcodes.

Other values are available via SSI command.

*

Minimum - 0 ms

(0)

Low - 25 ms

(25)

Medium - 50 ms

(50)

High - 75 ms

(75)

Maximum - 99 ms

(99)

222

SSI Interface

Event Reporting

The host can request the digital scanner to provide certain information (events) relative to the digital scanner behavior. Enable or disable the events listed in

Table 15

and on the following pages by scanning the appropriate barcodes.

Table 15

Event Codes

Event Class

Decode Event

Boot Up Event

Parameter Event

Event

Non parameter decode

System power-up

Parameter entry error

Parameter stored

Defaults set (and parameter event is enabled by default)

Number expected

0x01

0x03

0x07

0x08

Code Reported

0x0A

0x0F

Decode Event

Parameter # 256 (SSI # F0h 00h)

When enabled, the digital scanner generates a message to the host upon a successful barcode decode.

When disabled, no notification is sent.

Enable Decode Event

(1)

* Disable Decode Event

(0)

223

SSI Interface

Boot Up Event

Parameter # 258 (SSI # F0h 02h)

When enabled, the digital scanner generates a message to the host whenever power is applied. When disabled, no notification is sent.

Enable Boot Up Event

(1)

* Disable Boot Up Event

(0)

Parameter Event

Parameter # 259 (SSI # F0h 03h)

When enabled, the digital scanner generates a message to the host when one of the events specified in

Table 15 on page 223 occurs. When disabled, no notification is sent.

Enable Parameter Event

(1)

* Disable Parameter Event

(0)

224

Symbologies

Introduction

This chapter describes symbology features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these features. Before programming, follow the instructions in

Getting Started on page 27 .

To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the digital scanner powers down.

NOTE:

Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge.

Select a host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after the power-up beeps sound.

This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host.

To return all features to default values, see User Preferences Parameter Defaults on page 63

. Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (

*

) indicate default values.

*

Indicates Default

*

Enable UPC-A

(1)

Feature/Option

Option Value

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases, scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to transmit barcode data without the UPC-A check digit, simply scan the

Do Not Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

barcode under

Transmit UPC-A Check Digit on page 240

. The digital scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry.

Other parameters, such as

Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5

require scanning several barcodes. See the individual parameter, such as

Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5

, for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter.

225

Table 16

Symbology Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Enable/Disable All Code Types

1D Symbologies

UPC/EAN

UPC-A

UPC-E

UPC-E1

EAN-8/JAN 8

EAN-13/JAN 13

Bookland EAN

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

(2 and 5 digits)

User-Programmable Supplementals

Supplemental 1:

Supplemental 2:

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental

AIM ID

Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit

Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit

Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters

UPC-A Preamble

UPC-E Preamble

UPC-E1 Preamble

Convert UPC-E to A

Convert UPC-E1 to A

EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend

4

3

83

16

1

2

12

Symbologies

Symbology Parameter Defaults

Table 16

lists the defaults for all symbology parameters. To change the default values, scan the appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To recall the default parameter values, see

Standard Parameter Defaults on page 366

.

NOTE:

See

Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, and miscellaneous default

parameters.

Parameter

Number

SSI Number

579

580

80

672

40

41

42

1881

1882

1900

34

35

36

37

38

39

01h

02h

0Ch

04h

03h

53h

10h

F1h 43h

F1h 44h

50h

F1h A0h

23h

24h

25h

26h

27h

28h

29h

2Ah

F8 07 59

F8 07 5A

F8 07 6C

22h

Enable

Enable

Disable

Enable

Enable

Disable

Ignore

000

Default

10

Combined

Enable

Enable

Enable

Transmit

Transmit

Do Not Transmit

System Character

System Character

System Character

Disable

Disable

Disable

Page

Number

231

231

232

232

233

233

234

234

238

238

239

240

240

241

241

242

242

243

244

245

246

246

247

226

Symbologies

Table 16

Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Coupon Report

ISSN EAN

Code 128

Code 128

Parameter

Bookland ISBN Format

UCC Coupon Extended Code

UPC Reduced Quiet Zone

Set Length(s) for Code 128

GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128)

ISBT 128

ISBT Concatenation

Parameter

Number

576

85

730

617

1289

8

209, 210

14

84

577

Check ISBT Table

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy

Code 128 Security Level

Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone

Code 128 <FNC4>

Code 39

Code 39

Trioptic Code 39

Convert Code 39 to Code 32

(Italian Pharmacy Code)

Code 32 Prefix

Set Length(s) for Code 39

Code 39 Check Digit Verification

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit

Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion

Code 39 Security Level

Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone

Code 93

Code 93

Set Length(s) for Code 93

Code 11

Code 11

Set Lengths for Code 11

Code 11 Check Digit Verification

Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s)

578

223

751

1208

1254

0

13

86

231

18, 19

48

43

17

750

1209

9

26, 27

10

28, 29

52

47

SSI Number

00h

0Dh

56h

E7h

12h, 13h

30h

2Bh

11h

F1h EEh

Disable

1 to 55

Disable

Disable

Disable

Security Level 1

F8h 04h B9h Disable

09h

1Ah, 1Bh

0Ah

1Ch, 1Dh

34h

2Fh

Enable

Disable

Disable

Enable

1 to 55

Disable

4 to 55

Disable

Disable

Default

F1h 40h

55h

F1h DAh

ISBN-10

Disable

New Coupon Format

F1h 69h Disable

F8h 05h 09h Disable

08h

D1h, D2h

0Eh

54h

F1h 41h

Enable

Any Length

Enable

Enable

Disable for SR models

Enable for HC models

F1h 42h

DFh

Enable

10

F1h EFh Security Level 2

F8h 04h B8h Disable

F8h 04h E6h Honor

227

265

266

267

267

269

270

250

251

253

253

254

255

255

257

258

258

259

259

260

260

261

262

262

263

264

265

Page

Number

247

248

249

249

250

Symbologies

Table 16

Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter

Parameter

Number

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)

Set Lengths for I 2 of 5

I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13

Febraban

I 2 of 5 Security Level

I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone

Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)

Discrete 2 of 5

Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5

Codabar (NW - 7)

Codabar

Set Lengths for Codabar

CLSI Editing

NOTIS Editing

Codabar Security Level

Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/

Stop Characters Detection

Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification

Transmit Codabar Check Digit

MSI

MSI

Set Length(s) for MSI

MSI Check Digits

Transmit MSI Check Digit

MSI Check Digit Algorithm

MSI Reduced Quiet Zone

Chinese 2 of 5

Chinese 2 of 5

Matrix 2 of 5

Matrix 2 of 5

Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths

Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

6

22, 23

49

44

82

1750

1121

1210

5

20, 21

7

24, 25

54

55

1776

855

1784

704

11

30, 31

50

46

51

1392

408

618

619

620

622

623

SSI Number

Disable

1 to 55

Disable

4 to 55

Disable

Disable

Default

06h

16h, 17h

31h

2Ch

Enable

6 to 55

Disable

Disable

52h Disable

F8h 06h D6h Disable

F8h 04h 61h Security Level 1

F8h 04h BAh Disable

05h

14h 15h

07h

18h, 19h

36h

37h

Enable

4 to 55

Disable

Disable

F8h 06h F0h Security Level 1

F2h 57h Upper Case

F8h 06h F8h Disable

F1h C0h Disable

0Bh

1Eh, 1Fh

32h

Disable

4 to 55

One

2Eh

33h

Disable

Mod 10/Mod 10

F8h 05h 70h Disable

F0h 98h

F1h 6Ah

F1h 6Bh

F1h 6Ch

F1h 6Eh

F1h 6Fh

Disable

228

284

285

286

287

287

288

288

289

289

290

291

279

279

281

281

282

283

283

284

Page

Number

274

274

275

276

271

271

273

273

277

277

Symbologies

Table 16

Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter

Parameter

Number

Korean 3 of 5

Korean 3 of 5

Inverse 1D

GS1 DataBar

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1

DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1

DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked

Omnidirectional

GS1 DataBar Limited

GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar

Expanded Stacked

Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check

GS1 DataBar Security Level

Composite

Composite CC-C

Composite CC-A/B

Composite TLC-39

Composite Inverse

UPC Composite Mode

Composite Beep Mode

581

586

338

339

340

397

728

1706

341

342

371

1113

344

398

427

SSI Number

F1h 45h

F1h 4Ah

F0h 52h

F0h 53h

F0h 54h

Disable

Regular

Enable

Enable

Enable

F0h 8Dh

F1h D8h

Disable

Level 3

F8h 06h AAh Level 1

Default

F0h 55h

F0h 56h

Disable

Disable

F0h 73h Disable

F8h 04h 59h Regular

F0h 58h

F0h 8Eh

F0h ABh

UPC Never Linked

Beep As Each Code

Type is Decoded

Disable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN

Composite Codes

2D Symbologies

PDF417

MicroPDF417

Code 128 Emulation

Data Matrix

GS1 Data Matrix

Data Matrix Inverse

Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only)

Maxicode

QR Code

Weblink QR

GS1 QR

MicroQR

Aztec

15

227

123

292

1336

588

537

294

293

1947

1343

573

574

0Fh

E3h

7Bh

F0h 24h

F1h 19h

F0h 26h

F0h 25h

F7 07 9B

F1h 3Dh

F1h 3Eh

Enable

Disable

Disable

Enable

F8h 05h 38h Disable

F1h 4Ch Inverse Autodetect

Auto

Disable

Enable

Enable

F8h 05h 3Fh Enable

Enable

Enable

229

303

304

305

306

301

301

302

303

306

307

307

308

308

297

297

298

298

299

300

300

293

294

294

295

296

Page

Number

291

292

293

Symbologies

Table 16

Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Aztec Inverse

Han Xin

Han Xin Inverse

Grid Matrix

Grid Matrix Inverse

Grid Matrix Mirror

DotCode

DotCode Inverse

DotCode Mirrored

DotCode Prioritize

Postal Codes

Parameter

US Postnet

US Planet

Transmit US Postal Check Digit

UK Postal

Transmit UK Postal Check Digit

Japan Postal

Australia Post

Australia Post Format

Netherlands KIX Code

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

UPU FICS Postal

Mailmark

Symbology-Specific Security Levels

Redundancy Level

Security Level

1D Quiet Zone Level

Intercharacter Gap Size

Report Version

Macro PDF

Flush Macro PDF Buffer

Abort Macro PDF Entry

1736

1906

1907

1908

1937

Parameter

Number

589

1167

1168

1718

1719

78

77

1288

381

N/A

N/A

96

290

291

718

89

90

95

91

326

592

611

1337

SSI Number Default

F1h 4Dh Inverse Autodetect

F8h 04h 8Fh Disable

F8h 04h 90h Regular

F8h 06h B6h Disable

F8h 06h B7h Regular Only

F8h 06h C8h Regular Only

F8 07 72h Disable

F8 07 73h

F8 07 74h

F8 07 91h

Inverse Autodetect

Autodetect

Enable

59h

5Ah

5Fh

5Bh

60h

F0h 22h

F0h 23h

F1h CEh

F0h 46h

F1h 50h

Disable

Disable

F1h 63h Disable

F8h 05h 39h Disable

Disable

Disable

Enable

Disable

Enable

Disable

Disable

Autodiscriminate

4Eh 1

4Dh 1

F8h 05h 08h 1

F0h 7Dh Normal

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

322

324

325

326

326

327

327

317

317

318

319

315

315

316

316

320

320

321

321

312

313

313

314

314

Page

Number

309

310

310

311

311

230

Symbologies

Enable/Disable All Code Types

To disable all symbologies, scan

Disable All Code Types

below. This is useful when enabling only a few code types.

Scan

Enable All Code Types

turn on (enable) all code types. This is useful when you want to read all codes, or when you want to disable only a few code types.

Disable All Code Types

Enable All Code Types

UPC/EAN

Enable/Disable UPC-A

Parameter # 1 (SSI # 01h)

To enable or disable UPC-A, scan the appropriate barcode below

.

*

Enable UPC-A

(1)

Disable UPC-A

(0)

231

Symbologies

Enable/Disable UPC-E

Parameter # 2 (SSI # 02h)

To enable or disable UPC-E, scan the appropriate barcode below

.

*

Enable UPC-E

(1)

Disable UPC-E

(0)

Enable/Disable UPC-E1

Parameter # 12 (SSI # 0Ch)

UPC-E1 is disabled by default.

To enable or disable UPC-E1, scan the appropriate barcode below.

NOTE:

UPC-E1 is not a UCC (Uniform Code Council) approved symbology.

Enable UPC-E1

(1)

*

Disable UPC-E1

(0)

232

Symbologies

Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8

Parameter # 4 (SSI # 04h)

To enable or disable EAN-8/JAN-8, scan the appropriate barcode below

.

*

Enable EAN-8/JAN-8

(1)

Disable EAN-8/JAN-8

(0)

Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13

Parameter # 3 (SSI # 03h)

To enable or disable EAN-13/JAN-13, scan the appropriate barcode below

.

*

Enable EAN-13/JAN-13

(1)

Disable EAN-13/JAN-13

(0)

233

Symbologies

Enable/Disable Bookland EAN

Parameter # 83 (SSI # 53h)

To enable or disable Bookland EAN, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Bookland EAN

(1)

*

Disable Bookland EAN

(0)

NOTE:

If you enable Bookland EAN, select a Bookland ISBN Format on page 247

. Also select either

Decode UPC/EAN Supplementals, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals, or Enable 978/979

Supplemental Mode in Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on page 234

.

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

Parameter # 16 (SSI # 10h)

Supplementals are barcodes appended according to specific format conventions (e.g., UPC A+2, UPC

E+2, EAN 13+2). The following options are available:

•

If you select

Ignore UPC/EAN with Supplementals

, and the digital scanner is presented with a

UPC/EAN plus supplemental symbol, the digital scanner decodes UPC/EAN and ignores the supplemental characters.

•

If you select

Decode UPC/EAN with Supplementals

, the digital scanner only decodes UPC/EAN symbols with supplemental characters, and ignores symbols without supplementals.

•

If you select

Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals

, the digital scanner decodes UPC/EAN symbols with supplemental characters immediately. If the symbol does not have a supplemental, the digital scanner must decode the barcode the number of times set via

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental

Redundancy on page 238

before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no supplemental.

•

If you select one of the following

Supplemental Mode

options, the digital scanner immediately transmits EAN-13 barcodes starting with that prefix that have supplemental characters. If the symbol does not have a supplemental, the digital scanner must decode the barcode the number of times set via

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 238

before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no supplemental. The digital scanner transmits UPC/EAN barcodes that do not have that prefix immediately.

•

Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode

•

Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode

234

Symbologies

NOTE:

If you select 978/979 Supplemental Mode and are scanning Bookland EAN barcodes, see

Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 234

to enable Bookland EAN, and select a format using Bookland

ISBN Format on page 247

.

•

Enable 977 Supplemental Mode

•

Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode

•

Enable 491 Supplemental Mode

• Enable Smart Supplemental Mode

- applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with any prefix listed previously.

• Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1

- applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with a 3-digit user-defined prefix. Set this 3-digit prefix using

User-Programmable Supplementals on page 238

.

• Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2 -

applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with either of two 3-digit user-defined prefixes. Set the 3-digit prefixes using

User-Programmable

Supplementals on page 238

.

• Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1

- applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with any prefix listed previously or the user-defined prefix set using

User-Programmable Supplementals on page 238 .

• Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 and 2 -

applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with any prefix listed previously or one of the two user-defined prefixes set using

User-Programmable Supplementals on page 238

.

NOTE:

To minimize the risk of invalid data transmission, select either to decode or ignore supplemental characters.

235

Symbologies

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (continued)

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Only With Supplementals

(1)

*

Ignore Supplementals

(0)

Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

(2)

Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode

(4)

Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode

(5)

Enable 977 Supplemental Mode

(7)

236

Symbologies

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (continued)

Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode

(6)

Enable 491 Supplemental Mode

(8)

Enable Smart Supplemental Mode

(3)

Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1

(9)

Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2

(10)

Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 and 2

(12)

237

Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1

(11)

Symbologies

User-Programmable Supplementals

Supplemental 1: Parameter # 579 (SSI # F1h 43h)

Supplemental 2: Parameter # 580 (SSI # F1h 44h)

If you selected a Supplemental User-Programmable option from Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on page 234 , select

User-Programmable Supplemental 1

to set the 3-digit prefix. Then select the 3 digits

using the numeric barcodes beginning on 438.

Select

User-Programmable Supplemental 2

to set a

second 3-digit prefix. Then select the 3 digits using the numeric barcodes beginning on 438.

The default is 000 (zeros).

User-Programmable Supplemental 1

User-Programmable Supplemental 2

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy

Parameter # 80 (SSI # 50h)

If you selected

Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

, this option adjusts the number of times to decode a symbol without supplementals before transmission. The range is from two to thirty times. Five or above is recommended when decoding a mix of UPC/EAN/JAN symbols with and without supplementals. The default is 10.

Scan the barcode below to set a decode redundancy value. Next, scan two numeric barcodes in Numeric

Barcodes

. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection, scan

Cancel on page 438

.

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy

238

Symbologies

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format

Parameter # 672 (SSI # F1h A0h)

Select an output format when reporting UPC/EAN/JAN barcodes with Supplementals with

Transmit Code

ID Character on page 111 set to

AIM Code ID Character

:

•

Separate

- transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with separate AIM IDs but one transmission, i.e.:

]E<0 or 4><data>]E<1 or 2>[supplemental data]

•

Combined

– transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with one AIM ID and one transmission, i.e.:

]E3<data+supplemental data>

•

Separate Transmissions

- transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with separate AIM IDs and separate transmissions, i.e.:

]E<0 or 4><data>

]E<1 or 2>[supplemental data]

Separate

(0)

*

Combined

(1)

Separate Transmissions

(2)

239

Symbologies

Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

Parameter # 40 (SSI # 28h)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-A check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

*

Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

(0)

Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

Parameter # 41 (SSI # 29h)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-E check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

*

Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

(0)

240

Symbologies

Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

Parameter # 42 (SSI # 2Ah)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-E1 check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

*

Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

(0)

Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit

Parameter # 1881 (SSI # F8 07 59)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the EAN-8 Check Digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

* Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit

(0)

241

Symbologies

Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit

Parameter # 1882 (SSI # F8 07 5A)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the EAN-13 Check Digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

* Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit

(0)

Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters

Parameter # 1900 (SSI # F8 07 6C)

The Code 39 Start/Stop Characters are not normally transmitted along with the barcode data. Scan

Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters to have them transmitted with the barcode data.

Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters

(1)

* Do Not Transmit 39 Start/Stop Characters

(0)

242

Symbologies

UPC-A Preamble

Parameter # 34 (SSI # 22h)

Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are three options for transmitting a UPC-A preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to match the host system.

No Preamble (<DATA>)

(0)

*

System Character (<SYSTEM CHARACTER>

<DATA>)

(1)

System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER>

<DATA>)

(2)

243

Symbologies

UPC-E Preamble

Parameter # 35 (SSI # 23h)

Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are three options for transmitting a UPC-E preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to match the host system.

No Preamble (<DATA>)

(0)

*

System Character (<SYSTEM CHARACTER>

<DATA>)

(1)

System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER>

<DATA>)

(2)

244

Symbologies

UPC-E1 Preamble

Parameter # 36 (SSI # 24h)

Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are three options for transmitting a UPC-E1 preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to match the host system.

No Preamble (<DATA>)

(0)

* System Character

(<SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)

(1)

System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)

(2)

245

Symbologies

Convert UPC-E to UPC-A

Parameter # 37 (SSI # 25h)

Enable this to convert UPC-E (zero suppressed) decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g.,

Preamble, Check Digit).

Disable this to transmit UPC-E decoded data as UPC-E data, without conversion.

Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Enable)

(1)

*

Do Not Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Disable)

(0)

Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A

Parameter # 38 (SSI # 26h)

Enable this to convert UPC-E1 decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g., Preamble, Check

Digit).

Disable this to transmit UPC-E1 decoded data as UPC-E1 data, without conversion.

Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Enable)

(1)

246

*

Do Not Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Disable)

(0)

Symbologies

EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend

Parameter # 39 (SSI # 27h)

Enable this parameter to add five leading zeros to decoded EAN-8 symbols to make them compatible in format to EAN-13 symbols. Disable this to transmit EAN-8 symbols as is.

Enable EAN/JAN Zero Extend

(1)

*

Disable EAN/JAN Zero Extend

(0)

Bookland ISBN Format

Parameter # 576 (SSI # F1h 40h)

If you enabled Bookland EAN using

Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 234

, select one of the following formats for Bookland data:

• Bookland ISBN-10

- The digital scanner reports Bookland data starting with 978 in traditional 10-digit format with the special Bookland check digit for backward-compatibility. Data starting with 979 is not considered Bookland in this mode.

• Bookland ISBN-13

- The digital scanner reports Bookland data (starting with either 978 or 979) as

EAN-13 in 13-digit format to meet the 2007 ISBN-13 protocol.

*

Bookland ISBN-10

(0)

Bookland ISBN-13

(1)

NOTE:

For Bookland EAN to function properly, first enable Bookland EAN using Enable/Disable Bookland

EAN on page 234

, then select either Decode UPC/EAN Supplementals, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN

Supplementals, or Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode in

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on page 234 .

247

Symbologies

UCC Coupon Extended Code

Parameter # 85 (SSI # 55h)

Enable this parameter to decode UPC-A barcodes starting with digit ‘5’, EAN-13 barcodes starting with digit ‘99’, and UPC-A/GS1-128 Coupon Codes. UPCA, EAN-13, and GS1-128 must be enabled to scan all types of Coupon Codes.

Enable UCC Coupon Extended Code

(1)

*

Disable UCC Coupon Extended Code

(0)

NOTE:

See

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 238

to control autodiscrimination of the

GS1-128 (right half) of a coupon code.

248

Symbologies

Coupon Report

Parameter # 730 (SSI # F1h DAh)

Select an option to determine which type of coupon format to support.

•

Select

Old Coupon Format

to support UPC-A/GS1-128 and EAN-13/GS1-128.

•

Select

New Coupon Format

as an interim format to support UPC-A/GS1-DataBar and

EAN-13/GS1-DataBar.

•

If you select

Autodiscriminate Format

, the digital scanner supports both

Old Coupon Format

and

New Coupon Format.

Old Coupon Format

(0)

*

New Coupon Format

(1)

Autodiscriminate Coupon Format

(2)

ISSN EAN

Parameter # 617 (SSI # F1h 69h)

To enable or disable ISSN EAN, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable ISSN EAN

(1)

*

Disable ISSN EAN

(0)

249

Symbologies

UPC Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1289

(SSI #

F8h 05h 09h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding UPC barcodes with reduced quiet zones. If you select

Enable

, select a

1D Quiet Zone Level on page 325 .

Enable UPC Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

*

Disable UPC Reduced Quiet Zone

(0)

Code 128

Enable/Disable Code 128

Parameter # 8 (SSI # 08h)

To enable or disable Code 128, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable Code 128

(1)

Disable Code 128

(0)

250

Symbologies

Set Lengths for Code 128

Parameter # L1 = 209 (SSI # D1h), L2 = 210 (SSI # D2h)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 128 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default Any Length.

NOTE:

When setting lengths for different barcode types, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

• One Discrete Length

- Select this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Code 128 symbols with 14 characters, scan

Code 128 - One Discrete Length

, then scan

1

followed by

4

. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 438 .

• Two Discrete Lengths

- Select this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select

Code 128 - Two

Discrete Lengths

, then scan

0

,

2

,

1

, and then

4

. To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

• Length Within Range

- Select this option to decode a Code 128 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes.

For example, to decode Code

128 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan

Code 128 - Length Within Range

.

Then scan

0

,

4

,

1,

and

2

(enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438

.

• Any Length (default)

- Select this option to decode Code 128 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability.

251

Symbologies

Set Lengths for Code 128 (continued)

Code 128 - One Discrete Length

Code 128 - Two Discrete Lengths

Code 128 - Length Within Range

* Code 128 - Any Length

252

Symbologies

Enable/Disable GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128)

Parameter # 14 (SSI # 0Eh)

To enable or disable GS1-128, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable GS1-128

(1)

Disable GS1-128

(0)

Enable/Disable ISBT 128

Parameter # 84 (SSI # 54h)

ISBT 128 is a variant of Code 128 used in the blood bank industry. Scan a barcode below to enable or disable ISBT 128. If necessary, the host must perform concatenation of the ISBT data.

*

Enable ISBT 128

(1)

Disable ISBT 128

(0)

253

Symbologies

ISBT Concatenation

Parameter # 577 (SSI # F1h 41h)

NOTE:

Disable

ISBT Concatenation when using UDI with ICCBBA for blood bag labels (see Scan a Blood

Bag Label using Blood Bag Parse+ on page 332

).

Select an option for concatenating pairs of ISBT code types:

•

If you select

Disable ISBT Concatenation

, the digital scanner does not concatenate pairs of

ISBT codes it encounters.

•

If you select

Enable ISBT Concatenation

, there must be two ISBT codes in order for the digital scanner to decode and perform concatenation. The digital scanner does not decode single ISBT symbols.

•

If you select

Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation

, the digital scanner decodes and concatenates pairs of ISBT codes immediately. If only a single ISBT symbol is present, the digital scanner must decode the symbol the number of times set via

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy on page 255 before

transmitting its data to confirm that there is no additional ISBT symbol.

NOTE:

The default for SR configurations of the scanner is Disable ISBT Concatenation.

The default for Healthcare configurations of the scanner is Enable ISBT Concatenation.

When enabling ISBT Concatenation or Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation set Code 128 security level to Level 2.

For Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation to operate as expected, both ISBT barcodes must be in the field of view at the same time. This may be difficult to achieve in presentation mode.

*

Disable ISBT Concatenation

(0)

(default for SR models)

254

Symbologies

*

Enable ISBT Concatenation

(1)

(default for HC models)

Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation

(2)

Check ISBT Table

Parameter # 578 (SSI # F1h 42h)

The ISBT specification includes a table that lists several types of ISBT barcodes that are commonly used in pairs. If you set

ISBT Concatenation

to

Enable

, enable

Check ISBT Table

to concatenate only those pairs found in this table. Other types of ISBT codes are not concatenated.

*

Enable Check ISBT Table

(1)

Disable Check ISBT Table

(0)

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy

Parameter # 223 (SSI # DFh)

If you set

ISBT Concatenation

to

Autodiscriminate,

use this parameter to set the number of times the digital scanner must decode an ISBT symbol before determining that there is no additional symbol.

Scan the barcode below, then scan two numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

to set a value between 2 and 20. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection, scan

Cancel on page 438.

The default is 10.

255

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy

Symbologies

256

Symbologies

Code 128 Security Level

Parameter # 751 (SSI # F1h EFh)

Code 128 barcodes are vulnerable to misdecodes, particularly when Code 128 Lengths is set to

Any

Length

. The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for Code 128 barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.

• Code 128 Security Level 0:

This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.

• Code 128 Security Level 1:

A barcode must be successfully read twice, and satisfy certain safety requirements before being decoded. This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.

• Code 128 Security Level 2:

Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if

Security

Level 1

fails to eliminate misdecodes.

• Code 128 Security Level 3:

If you selected

Security Level 2

, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements. A barcode must be successfully read three times before being decoded.

NOTE:

Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes.

Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Code 128Security Level 0

(0)

Code 128 Security Level 1

(1)

* Code 128 Security Level 2

(2)

Code 128 Security Level 3

(3)

257

Symbologies

Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1208

(SSI # F8h 04h B8h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding Code 128 barcodes with reduced quiet zones. If you select

Enable

, select a

1D Quiet Zone Level on page 325 .

Enable Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

*

Disable Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone

(0)

Code 128 <FNC4>

Parameter # 1254

(SSI # F8h 04h E6h)

This feature applies to Code 128 barcodes with an embedded <FNC4> character. Enable this to strip the

<FNC4> character from the decode data. The remaining characters are sent to the host unchanged. When disabled, the <FNC4> character is processed normally as per Code 128 standard.

* Honor Code 128 <FNC4>

(1)

*

Ignore Code 128 <FNC4>

(0)

258

Symbologies

Code 39

Enable/Disable Code 39

Parameter # 0 (SSI # 00h)

To enable or disable Code 39, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable Code 39

(1)

Disable Code 39

(0)

Enable/Disable Trioptic Code 39

Parameter # 13 (SSI # 0Dh)

Trioptic Code 39 is a variant of Code 39 used in the marking of computer tape cartridges. Trioptic Code 39 symbols always contain six characters. To enable or disable Trioptic Code 39, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Trioptic Code 39

(1)

*

Disable Trioptic Code 39

(0)

NOTE:

You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously.

259

Symbologies

Convert Code 39 to Code 32

Parameter # 86 (SSI # 56h)

Code 32 is a variant of Code 39 used by the Italian pharmaceutical industry. Scan the appropriate barcode below to enable or disable converting Code 39 to Code 32.

NOTE:

Code 39 must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Enable Convert Code 39 to Code 32

(1)

*

Disable Convert Code 39 to Code 32

(0)

Code 32 Prefix

Parameter # 231 (SSI # E7h)

Scan the appropriate barcode below to enable or disable adding the prefix character “A” to all Code 32 barcodes.

NOTE:

Convert Code 39 to Code 32 must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Enable Code 32 Prefix

(1)

*

Disable Code 32 Prefix

(0)

260

Symbologies

Set Lengths for Code 39

Parameter # L1 = 18 (SSI # 12h), L2 = 19 (SSI # 13h)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 39 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. If Code 39 Full ASCII is enabled,

Length Within a Range

or

Any Length

are the preferred options. The default is 1 to 55.

NOTE:

When setting lengths for different barcode types, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

• One Discrete Length

- Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Code 39 symbols with 14 characters, scan

Code 39 - One Discrete Length

, then scan

1

followed by

4

. To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438

.

• Two Discrete Lengths

- Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Code 39 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select

Code 39 - Two Discrete

Lengths

, then scan

0

,

2

,

1

, and then

4

. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 438 .

• Length Within Range

- Select this option to decode a Code 39 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes.

For example, to decode Code

39 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan

Code 39 - Length Within Range

.

Then scan

0

,

4

,

1,

and

2

(enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438

.

• Any Length

- Select this option to decode Code 39 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability.

Code 39 - One Discrete Length

Code 39 - Two Discrete Lengths

* Code 39 - Length Within Range

Code 39 - Any Length

261

Symbologies

Code 39 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 48 (SSI # 30h)

Enable this feature to check the integrity of all Code 39 symbols to verify that the data complies with specified check digit algorithm. Only Code 39 symbols which include a modulo 43 check digit are decoded.

Enable this feature if the Code 39 symbols contain a Modulo 43 check digit.

Enable Code 39 Check Digit

(1)

*

Disable Code 39 Check Digit

(0)

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit

Parameter # 43 (SSI # 2Bh)

Scan a barcode below to transmit Code 39 data with or without the check digit.

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit (Enable)

(1)

*

Do Not Transmit Code 39 Check Digit (Disable)

(0)

NOTE:

Code 39 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.

262

Symbologies

Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion

Parameter # 17 (SSI # 11h)

Code 39 Full ASCII is a variant of Code 39 which pairs characters to encode the full ASCII character set.

To enable or disable Code 39 Full ASCII, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Code 39 Full ASCII

(1)

*

Disable Code 39 Full ASCII

(0)

NOTE:

You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously.

Code 39 Full ASCII to Full ASCII Correlation is host-dependent, and is therefore described in the

ASCII Character Set Table for the appropriate interface. See the ASCII Character Sets for USB on page 207 .

263

Symbologies

Code 39 Security Level

Parameter # 750 (SSI # F1h EEh)

The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for Code 39 barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.

• Code 39 Security Level 0:

This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.

• Code 39 Security Level 1:

This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.

• Code 39 Security Level 2:

Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if

Security

Level 1

fails to eliminate misdecodes.

• Code 39 Level 3:

If you selected

Security Level 2

, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements.

NOTE:

Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes.

Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Code 39 Security Level 0

(0)

*

Code 39 Security Level 1

(1)

Code 39 Security Level 2

(2)

264

Code 39 Security Level 3

(3)

Symbologies

Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1209

(SSI # F8h 04h B9h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding Code 39 barcodes with reduced quiet zones. If you select

Enable

, select a

1D Quiet Zone Level on page 325 .

Enable Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

*

Disable Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone

(0)

Code 93

Enable/Disable Code 93

Parameter # 9 (SSI # 09h)

To enable or disable Code 93, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable Code 93

(1)

Disable Code 93

(0)

265

Symbologies

Set Lengths for Code 93

Parameter # L1 = 26 (SSI # 1Ah), L2 = 27 (SSI # 1Bh)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 93 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is 1 to 55.

• One Discrete Length

- Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Code 93 symbols with 14 characters, scan

Code 93 - One Discrete Length

, then scan

1

followed by

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438

.

• Two Discrete Lengths

- Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select

Code 93 - Two Discrete

Lengths

, then scan

0

,

2

,

1

, and then

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

• Length Within Range

- Select this option to decode a Code 93 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes.

For example, to decode

Code 93 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan

Code 93 - Length Within

Range

. Then scan

0

,

4

,

1,

and

2

(enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

• Any Length

- Scan this option to decode Code 93 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability.

Code 93 - One Discrete Length

Code 93 - Two Discrete Lengths

* Code 93 - Length Within Range

Code 93 - Any Length

266

Symbologies

Code 11

Code 11

Parameter # 10 (SSI # 0Ah)

To enable or disable Code 11, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Code 11

(1)

*

Disable Code 11

(0)

Set Lengths for Code 11

Parameter # L1 = 28 (SSI # 1Ch), L2 = 29 (SSI # 1Dh)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 11 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is 4 to 55.

• One Discrete Length

- Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Code 11 symbols with 14 characters, scan

Code 11 - One Discrete Length

, then scan

1

followed by

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438.

• Two Discrete Lengths

- Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Code 11 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select

Code 11 - Two Discrete

Lengths

, then scan

0

,

2

,

1

, and then

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

• Length Within Range

- Select this option to decode a Code 11 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes.

For example, to decode Code

11 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan

Code 11 - Length Within Range

.

Then scan

0

,

4

,

1,

and

2

(enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438

.

• Any Length

- Scan this option to decode Code 11 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability.

267

Symbologies

Set Lengths for Code 11 (continued)

Code 11 - One Discrete Length

Code 11 - Two Discrete Lengths

* Code 11 - Length Within Range

Code 11 - Any Length

268

Symbologies

Code 11 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 52 (SSI # 34h)

This feature allows the digital scanner to check the integrity of all Code 11 symbols to verify that the data complies with the specified check digit algorithm. This selects the check digit mechanism for the decoded

Code 11 barcode. The options are to check for one check digit, check for two check digits, or disable the feature.

To enable this feature, scan the barcode below corresponding to the number of check digits encoded in the Code 11 symbols.

*

Disable

(0)

One Check Digit

(1)

Two Check Digits

(2)

269

Symbologies

Transmit Code 11 Check Digits

Parameter # 47 (SSI # 2Fh)

This feature selects whether or not to transmit the Code 11 check digit(s).

Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Enable)

(1)

*

Do Not Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Disable)

(0)

NOTE:

Code 11 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.

270

Symbologies

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)

Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5

Parameter # 6 (SSI # 06h)

To enable or disable Interleaved 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below, and select an Interleaved 2 of

5 length from the following pages.

*

Enable Interleaved 2 of 5

(1)

Disable Interleaved 2 of 5

(0)

Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5

Parameter # L1 = 22 (SSI # 16h), L2 = 23 (SSI # 17h)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for I 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The range for Interleaved 2 of 5 lengths is 0 - 80. The default is 6 to 55.

• One Discrete Length

- Select this option to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length.

Select the length using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes . For example, to decode only I 2 of

5 symbols with 14 characters, scan

I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

, then scan

1

followed by

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438.

• Two Discrete Lengths

- Select this option to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two

selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select

I 2 of 5 - Two Discrete

Lengths

, then scan

0

,

2

,

1

, and then

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

• Length Within Range

- Select this option to decode an I 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes.

For example, to decode I 2 of

5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan

I 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

. Then scan

0

,

4

,

1,

and

2

(enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438

.

• Any Length

- Scan this option to decode I 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability.

271

Symbologies

NOTE:

Due to the construction of the I 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To prevent this, select specific lengths (I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for I 2 of 5 applications.

I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

I 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

* I 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

I 2 of 5 - Any Length

272

Symbologies

I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 49 (SSI # 31h)

Enable this feature to check the integrity of all I 2 of 5 symbols to verify the data complies with either the specified Uniform Symbology Specification (USS), or the Optical Product Code Council (OPCC) check digit algorithm.

*

Disable

(0)

USS Check Digit

(1)

OPCC Check Digit

(2)

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # 44 (SSI # 2Ch)

Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit I 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit.

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Enable)

(1)

273

*

Do Not Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Disable)

(0)

Symbologies

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13

Parameter # 82 (SSI # 52h)

Enable this parameter to convert 14-character I 2 of 5 codes to EAN-13, and transmit to the host as

EAN-13. To accomplish this, the I 2 of 5 code must be enabled, and the code must have a leading zero and a valid EAN-13 check digit.

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Enable)

(1)

*

Do Not Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Disable)

(0)

Febraban

Parameter # 1750 (SSI # F8h 06h D6h)

Febraban is an I 2 of 5 barcode of length 44 that requires special check characters to be inserted in the transmitted data stream. When enabled, the I 2 of 5 internal check digit calculation and transmission is disabled. When disabled, all I 2 of 5 functionality works as usual.

Recommendations for Length Setting

I 2 of 5 Length 1: Larger of the fixed length and the FEBRABAN length (==44).

I 2 of 5 Length 2: Smaller of the fixed length and the FEBRABAN length (==44).

Enable Febraban

(1)

*

Disable Febraban

(0)

274

Symbologies

I 2 of 5 Security Level

Parameter # 1121 (SSI # F8h 04h 61h)

Interleaved 2 of 5 barcodes are vulnerable to misdecodes, particularly when I 2 of 5 Lengths is set to

Any

Length

. The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for Interleaved 2 of 5 barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.

• I 2 of 5 Security Level 0:

This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.

• I 2 of 5 Security Level 1:

A barcode must be successfully read twice, and satisfy certain safety requirements before being decoded. This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.

• I 2 of 5 Security Level 2:

Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if

Security

Level 1

fails to eliminate misdecodes.

• I 2 of 5 Security Level 3:

If you selected

Security Level 2

, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level. The highest safety requirements are applied. A barcode must be successfully read three times before being decoded.

NOTE:

Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes.

Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

I 2 of 5 Security Level 0

(00h)

*

I 2 of 5 Security Level 1

(01h)

I 2 of 5 Security Level 2

(02h)

I 2 of 5 Security Level 3

(03h)

275

Symbologies

I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1210

(SSI # F8h 04h BAh)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding I 2 of 5 barcodes with reduced quiet zones. If you select

Enable

, select a

1D Quiet Zone Level on page 325 .

Enable I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

*

Disable I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone

(0)

276

Symbologies

Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)

Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5

Parameter # 5 (SSI # 05h)

To enable or disable Discrete 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Discrete 2 of 5

(1)

*

Disable Discrete 2 of 5

(0)

Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5

Parameter # L1 = 20 (SSI # 14h), L2 = 21 (SSI # 15h)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for D 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The range for Discrete 2 of 5 lengths is 1 - 55.

• One Discrete Length

- Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length.

Select the length using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only D 2 of

5 symbols with 14 characters, scan

D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

, then scan

1

followed by

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438.

• Two Discrete Lengths

- Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select

D 2 of 5 - Two Discrete

Lengths

, then scan

0

,

2

,

1

, and then

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

• Length Within Range

- Select this option to decode a D 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length

range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes.

For example, to decode D 2 of

5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan

D 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

. Then scan

0

,

4

,

1,

and

2

(enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438

.

• Any Length

- Scan this option to decode D 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability.

277

Symbologies

NOTE:

Due to the construction of the D 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To prevent this, select specific lengths (

D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths

) for D 2 of 5 applications.

D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

D 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

* D 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

D 2 of 5 - Any Length

278

Symbologies

Codabar (NW - 7)

Enable/Disable Codabar

Parameter # 7 (SSI # 07h)

To enable or disable Codabar, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable Codabar

(1)

Disable Codabar

(0)

Set Lengths for Codabar

Parameter # L1 = 24 (SSI # 18h), L2 = 25 (SSI # 19h)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Codabar to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is 4 to 55.

• One Discrete Length

- Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Codabar symbols with 14 characters, scan

Codabar - One Discrete Length

, then scan

1

followed by

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438.

• Two Discrete Lengths

- Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Codabar symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select

Codabar - Two Discrete

Lengths

, then scan

0

,

2

,

1

, and then

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

• Length Within Range

- Select this option to decode a Codabar symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes.

For example, to decode

Codabar symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan

Codabar - Length Within

Range

. Then scan

0

,

4

,

1,

and

2

(enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

• Any Length

- Scan this option to decode Codabar symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability.

279

Symbologies

Set Lengths for Codabar (continued)

Codabar - One Discrete Length

Codabar - Two Discrete Lengths

* Codabar - Length Within Range

Codabar - Any Length

280

Symbologies

CLSI Editing

Parameter # 54 (SSI # 36h)

Enable this parameter to strip the start and stop characters and insert a space after the first, fifth, and tenth characters of a 14-character Codabar symbol. Enable this feature if the host system requires this data format.

NOTE:

Symbol length does not include start and stop characters.

Enable CLSI Editing

(1)

*

Disable CLSI Editing

(0)

NOTIS Editing

Parameter # 55 (SSI # 37h)

Enable this parameter to strip the start and stop characters from a decoded Codabar symbol. Enable this feature if the host system requires this data format.

Enable NOTIS Editing

(1)

*

Disable NOTIS Editing

(0)

281

Symbologies

Codabar Security Level

Parameter # 1776 (SSI # F8h 06h F0h)

The scanner offers four levels of decode security for Codabar barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between security and scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.

• Codabar Security Level 0:

This setting allows the scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.

• Codabar Security Level 1:

This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.

• Codabar Security Level 2:

Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if

Security

Level 1

fails to eliminate misdecodes.

• Codabar Security Level 3:

If you selected

Security Level 2

, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level to apply the highest safety requirements.

NOTE:

Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes, and significantly impairs the decoding ability of the imaging scanner. If this level of security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Codabar Security Level 0

(0)

*

Codabar Security Level 1

(1)

Codabar Security Level 2

(2)

Codabar Security Level 3

(3)

282

Symbologies

Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Detection

Parameter # 855 (SSI # F2h 57h)

Select whether to detect upper case or lower case Codabar start/stop characters.

Lower Case

(1)

*

Upper Case

(0)

Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 1784

SSI # F8h 06h F8h

Enable this feature to check the Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit to verify that the data complies with the specified check digit algorithm.

Enable Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit

(1)

*

Disable Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit

(0)

283

Symbologies

Transmit Codabar Check Digit

Parameter # 704

SSI # F1h C0h

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether or not to transmit the Codabar check digit(s).

note:

Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification

must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Enable Codabar Check Digit Transmission

(1)

*

Disable Codabar Check Digit Transmission

(0)

MSI

Enable/Disable MSI

Parameter # 11 (SSI # 0Bh)

To enable or disable MSI, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable MSI

(1)

*

Disable MSI

(0)

284

Symbologies

Set Lengths for MSI

Parameter # L1 = 30 (SSI # 1Eh), L2 = 31 (SSI # 1Fh)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for MSI to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is 4 to 55.

• One Discrete Length

- Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing a selected length.

Select the length using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes . For example, to decode only MSI

symbols with 14 characters, scan

MSI - One Discrete Length

, then scan

1

followed by

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438.

• Two Discrete Lengths

- Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing either of two

selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only MSI symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select

MSI - Two Discrete Lengths

, then scan

0

,

2

,

1

, and then

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438

.

• Length Within Range

- Select this option to decode a MSI symbol with a specific length range.

Select lengths using numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes.

For example, to decode MSI symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan

MSI - Length Within Range

. Then scan

0

,

4

,

1,

and

2

(enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438.

• Any Length

- Scan this option to decode MSI symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability.

NOTE:

Due to the construction of the MSI symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To prevent this, select specific lengths (

MSI - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths

) for MSI applications.

MSI - One Discrete Length

MSI - Two Discrete Lengths

* MSI - Length Within Range

MSI - Any Length

285

Symbologies

MSI Check Digits

Parameter # 50 (SSI # 32h)

With MSI symbols, one check digit is mandatory and always verified by the reader. The second check digit is optional. If the MSI codes include two check digits, scan the

Two MSI Check Digits

barcode to enable verification of the second check digit.

•

0 - Does not check the MSI check digit; decodes MSI with no check digit.

•

1 - This is for MSI barcodes with one check digit. This is the default.

•

2 - This is for MSI barcodes with two check digits.

See

MSI Check Digit Algorithm on page 287

to select second digit algorithms.

No MSI Check Digit

(0)

*

One MSI Check Digit

(1)

Two MSI Check Digits

(

2

)

286

Symbologies

Transmit MSI Check Digit(s)

Parameter # 46 (SSI # 2Eh)

Scan a barcode below to transmit MSI data with or without the check digit.

Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) (Enable)

(1)

*

Do Not Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) (Disable)

(0)

MSI Check Digit Algorithm

Parameter # 51 (SSI # 33h)

Two algorithms are possible for the verification of the second MSI check digit. Select the barcode below corresponding to the algorithm used to encode the check digit.

MOD 11/MOD 10

(0)

*

MOD 10/MOD 10

(1)

287

Symbologies

MSI Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1392 (SSI # F8h 05h 70h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding MSI barcodes with reduced quiet zones.

If enabled select a

1D Quiet Zone Level on page 325 .

* Disable MSI Reduced Quiet Zone

(0)

Enable MSI Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

Chinese 2 of 5

Enable/Disable Chinese 2 of 5

Parameter # 408 (SSI # F0h 98h)

To enable or disable Chinese 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Chinese 2 of 5

(1)

*

Disable Chinese 2 of 5

(0)

288

Symbologies

Matrix 2 of 5

Enable/Disable Matrix 2 of 5

Parameter # 618 (SSI # F1h 6Ah)

To enable or disable Matrix 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Matrix 2 of 5

(1)

*

Disable Matrix 2 of 5

(0)

Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5

Parameter # L1 = 619 (SSI # F1h 6Bh), L2 = 620 (SSI # F1h 6Ch)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. The default is

Length Within Range

: 4 to 55.

• One Discrete Length

- Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan

Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

, then scan

1

followed by

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

• Two Discrete Lengths

- Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes

. For example, to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select

Matrix 2 of 5 - Two

Discrete Lengths

, then scan

0

,

2

,

1

, and then

4

. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

• Length Within Range

- Select this option to decode a Matrix 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in

Numeric Barcodes.

For example, to decode

Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan

Matrix 2 of 5 - Length

Within Range

. Then scan

0

,

4

,

1,

and

2

(enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan

Cancel on page 438 .

• Any Length

- Scan this option to decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner capability.

289

Symbologies

Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 (continued)

Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

Matrix 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

*

Matrix 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

Matrix 2 of 5 - Any Length

Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # 622 (SSI # F1h 6Eh)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the Matrix 2 of 5 check digit.

Enable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(1)

290

*

Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(0)

Symbologies

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # 623 (SSI # F1h 6Fh)

Scan a barcode below to transmit Matrix 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit.

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(1)

*

Do Not Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(0)

Korean 3 of 5

Enable/Disable Korean 3 of 5

Parameter # 581 (SSI # F1h 45h)

To enable or disable Korean 3 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below.

NOTE:

The length for Korean 3 of 5 is fixed at 6.

Enable Korean 3 of 5

(1)

*

Disable Korean 3 of 5

(0)

291

Symbologies

Inverse 1D

Parameter # 586 (SSI # F1h 4Ah)

This parameter sets the 1D inverse decoder setting. Options are:

•

Regular Only

- the digital scanner decodes regular 1D barcodes only.

•

Inverse Only

- the digital scanner decodes inverse 1D barcodes only.

•

Inverse Autodetect

- the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse 1D barcodes.

NOTE:

The Inverse 1D setting may impact Composite or Inverse Composite decoding. See Composite

Inverse on page 298 .

*

Regular

(0)

Inverse Only

(1)

Inverse Autodetect

(2)

292

Symbologies

GS1 DataBar

The variants of GS1 DataBar are GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional, GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1 DataBar

Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional, DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked and DataBar Limited. The limited and expanded versions have stacked variants. Scan the appropriate barcodes to enable or disable each variant of GS1 DataBar.

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar

Truncated, GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional

NOTE:

When GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional is enabled the variants are also enabled.

Parameter # 338 (SSI # F0h 52h)

*

Enable GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional

(1)

Disable GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional

(0)

GS1 DataBar Limited

Parameter # 339 (SSI # F0h 53h)

*

Enable GS1 DataBar Limited

(1)

Disable GS1 DataBar Limited

(0)

293

Symbologies

GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked

NOTE:

When GS1 DataBar Expanded is enabled GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked is also enabled.

Parameter # 340 (SSI # F0h 54h)

*

Enable GS1 DataBar Expanded

(1)

Disable GS1 DataBar Expanded

(0)

Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

Parameter # 397 (SSI # F0h, 8Dh)

This parameter only applies to GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional and GS1 DataBar Limited symbols not decoded as part of a Composite symbol. Enable this to strip the leading '010' from DataBar-14 and

DataBar Limited symbols encoding a single zero as the first digit, and report the barcode as EAN-13.

For barcodes beginning with two or more zeros but not six zeros, this parameter strips the leading '0100' and reports the barcode as UPC-A. The UPC-A Preamble parameter that transmits the system character and country code applies to converted barcodes. Note that neither the system character nor the check digit can be stripped.

Enable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

(1)

294

*

Disable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

(0)

Symbologies

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check

Parameter #

728

(SSI #

F1h D8h)

The decoder offers four levels of margin check for GS1 DataBar Limited barcodes. There is an inverse relationship between level of margin check and decoder aggressiveness. Increasing the level of margin check may result in reduced aggressiveness in scanning, so only choose the level of margin check necessary.

•

Level 1: No clear margin required. This complies with the original GS1 standard, yet might result in erroneous decoding of the DataBar Limited barcode when scanning some UPC symbols that start with the digits 9 and 7.

•

Level 2: Automatic risk detection. This level of security may result in erroneous decoding of DataBar

Limited barcodes when scanning some UPC symbols. If a misdecode is detected, the decoder operates in Level 3 or Level 1.

•

Level 3: Margin check level reflects newly proposed GS1 standard that requires a 5x trailing clear margin.

•

Level 4: Margin check level extends beyond the standard required by GS1. This level of security requires a 5x leading and trailing clear margin.

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 1

(1)

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 2

(2)

*

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 3

(3)

295

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 4

(4)

Symbologies

GS1 DataBar Security Level

Parameter # 1706 (SSI # F8h 06h AAh)

The decoder offers four levels of decode security for GS1 DataBar (GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional, GS1

DataBar Limited, GS1 DataBar Expanded) barcodes.

•

Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.

•

Security Level 1: This setting eliminates most misdecodes while maintaining reasonable aggressiveness (default).

•

Security Level 2: This setting allows greater barcode security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.

•

Security Level 3: This setting applies the highest safety requirements. Select if Security Level 2 was applied and misdecodes still occur.

Security Level 0

(0)

*

Security Level 1

(1)

Security Level 2

(2)

Security Level 3

(3)

296

Symbologies

Composite

Composite CC-C

Parameter # 341 (SSI # F0h 55h)

Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type CC-C.

Enable CC-C

(1)

*

Disable CC-C

(0)

Composite CC-A/B

Parameter # 342 (SSI # F0h 56h)

Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type CC-A/B.

Enable CC-A/B

(1)

*

Disable CC-A/B

(0)

297

Symbologies

Composite TLC-39

Parameter # 371 (SSI # F0h 73h)

Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type TLC-39.

Enable TLC39

(1)

*

Disable TLC39

(0)

Composite Inverse

Parameter # 1113 (SSI # F8h 04h 59h)

This parameter sets Composite for either regular decode or inverse decode.

• Regular Only

: The digital scanner decodes regular Composite barcodes only (default).

• Inverse Only

: The digital scanner decodes inverse Composite barcodes only. This mode only supports

Inverse Composite that has DataBar combined with CCAB. No other 1D/2D combinations. For this parameter to work as expected,

Composite CC-A/B on page 297 and corresponding 1D Inverse or 1D

Inverse Autodetect (on page 292

) and DataBar must be enabled.

NOTE:

To decode regular Composite, Inverse Composite must be set to Regular Only and Inverse 1D must be set to

Regular Only

or

Autodetect

.

To decode inverse Composite, Inverse Composite must be set to Inverse Only and Inverse 1D must be set to

Inverse Only

or

Autodetect

.

*

Regular Only

(0)

Inverse Only

(1)

298

Symbologies

UPC Composite Mode

Parameter # 344 (SSI # F0h 58h)

Select an option for linking UPC symbols with a 2D symbol during transmission as if they were one symbol:

•

Select

UPC Never Linked

to transmit UPC barcodes regardless of whether a 2D symbol is detected.

•

Select

UPC Always Linked

to transmit UPC barcodes and the 2D portion.

If 2D is not present, the UPC barcode does not transmit.

•

If you select

Autodiscriminate UPC Composites

, the digital scanner determines if there is a 2D portion, then transmits the UPC, as well as the 2D portion if present.

*

UPC Never Linked

(0)

UPC Always Linked

(1)

Autodiscriminate UPC Composites

(2)

299

Symbologies

Composite Beep Mode

Parameter # 398 (SSI # F0h, 8Eh)

To select the number of decode beeps when a composite barcode is decoded, scan the appropriate barcode.

Single Beep after both are decoded

(0)

*

Beep as each code type is decoded

(1)

Double Beep after both are decoded

(2)

GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes

Parameter # 427 (SSI # F0h, ABh)

Select whether to enable or disable this mode.

Enable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for

UCC/EAN Composite Codes

(1)

*

Disable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for

UCC/EAN Composite Codes

(0)

300

Symbologies

2D Symbologies

Enable/Disable PDF417

Parameter # 15 (SSI # 0Fh)

To enable or disable PDF417, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable PDF417

(1)

Disable PDF417

(0)

Enable/Disable MicroPDF417

Parameter # 227 (SSI # E3h)

To enable or disable MicroPDF417, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable MicroPDF417

(1)

*

Disable MicroPDF417

(0)

301

Symbologies

Code 128 Emulation

Parameter # 123 (SSI # 7Bh)

Enable this parameter to transmit data from certain MicroPDF417 symbols as Code 128.

AIM Code ID

Character on page 112

must be enabled for this parameter to work.

Enable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes:

]C1if the first codeword is 903-905

]C2if the first codeword is 908 or 909

]C0if the first codeword is 910 or 911

Disable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes:

]L3if the first codeword is 903-905

]L4if the first codeword is 908 or 909

]L5if the first codeword is 910 or 911

Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Code 128 Emulation.

NOTE:

Linked MicroPDF codewords 906, 907, 912, 914, and 915 are not supported. Use GS1

Composites instead.

Enable Code 128 Emulation

(1)

*

Disable Code 128 Emulation

(0)

302

Symbologies

Data Matrix

Parameter # 292 (SSI # F0h, 24h)

To enable or disable Data Matrix, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable Data Matrix

(1)

Disable Data Matrix

(0)

GS1 Data Matrix

Parameter # 1336 (SSI # F8h 05h 38h)

To enable or disable GS1 Data Matrix, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Disable GS1 Data Matrix

(0)

Enable GS1 Data Matrix

(1)

303

Symbologies

Data Matrix Inverse

Parameter # 588 (SSI # F1h 4Ch)

This parameter sets the Data Matrix inverse decoder setting. Options are:

•

Regular Only

- the digital scanner decodes regular Data Matrix barcode only.

•

Inverse Only

- the digital scanner decodes inverse Data Matrix barcode only.

•

Inverse Autodetect

- the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse Data Matrix barcodes.

Regular

(0)

Inverse Only

(1)

* Inverse Autodetect

(2)

304

Symbologies

Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only)

Parameter # 537 (SSI # F1h 19h)

Select an option for decoding mirror image Data Matrix barcodes:

•

Always - decode only Data Matrix barcodes that are mirror images

•

Never - do not decode Data Matrix barcodes that are mirror images

•

Auto - decode both mirrored and unmirrored Data Matrix barcodes.

Never

(0)

Always

(1)

*

Auto

(2)

305

Symbologies

Maxicode

Parameter # 294 (SSI # F0h, 26h)

To enable or disable Maxicode, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Maxicode

(1)

*

Disable Maxicode

(0)

QR Code

Parameter # 293 (SSI # F0h, 25h)

NOTE: Inverse QR

barcodes decode if

QR Code

is enabled.

To enable or disable QR Code, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable QR Code

(1)

Disable QR Code

(0)

306

Symbologies

Weblink QR

Parameter # 1947 (SSI # F7 07 9B)

Scanner will decode QR codes with web link only if parameter is enabled. To enable or disable Weblink

QR, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable Weblink QR Code

(1)

Disable Weblink QR Code

(0)

GS1 QR

Parameter # 1343 (SSI # F8h 05h 3Fh)

To enable or disable GS1 QR, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Disable GS1 QR

(0)

* Enable GS1 QR

(1)

307

Symbologies

MicroQR

Parameter # 573 (SSI # F1h 3Dh)

To enable or disable MicroQR, scan the appropriate barcode below.

*

Enable MicroQR

(1)

Aztec

Parameter # 574 (SSI # F1h 3Eh)

To enable or disable Aztec, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Disable MicroQR

(0)

*

Enable Aztec

(1)

Disable Aztec

(0)

308

Symbologies

Aztec Inverse

Parameter # 589 (SSI # F1h 4Dh)

This parameter sets the Aztec inverse decoder setting. Options are:

•

Regular Only

- the digital scanner decodes regular Aztec barcodes only.

•

Inverse Only

- the digital scanner decodes inverse Aztec barcodes only.

•

Inverse Autodetect

- the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse Aztec barcodes.

Regular

(0)

Inverse Only

(1)

* Inverse Autodetect

(2)

309

Symbologies

Han Xin

Parameter # 1167

(SSI #

F8h 04h 8Fh)

To enable or disable Han Xin, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Han Xin

(1)

*

Disable Han Xin

(0)

Han Xin Inverse

Parameter # 1168

(SSI #

F8h 04h 90h)

Select a Han Xin inverse decoder setting:

•

Regular Only

- the decoder decodes Han Xin barcodes with normal reflectance only.

•

Inverse Only

- the decoder decodes Han Xin barcodes with inverse reflectance only.

•

Inverse Autodetect

- the decoder decodes both regular and inverse Han Xin barcodes.

* Regular

(0)

Inverse Only

(1)

Inverse Autodetect

(2)

310

Symbologies

Grid Matrix

Parameter # 1718 (SSI # F8h 06h B6h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Grid Matrix.

Enable

(1)

*

Disable

(0)

Grid Matrix Inverse

Parameter # 1719 (SSI # F8h 06h B7h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Grid Matrix inverse decoder setting:

• Regular Only

- The scanner decodes regular Grid Matrix barcode only.

• Inverse Only

- The scanner decodes inverse Grid Matrix barcodes only.

• Autodiscriminate

- The scanner decodes both regular and inverse Grid Matrix barcodes.

*

Regular Only

(0)

Inverse Only

(1)

Autodiscriminate

(2)

311

Symbologies

Grid Matrix Mirror

Parameter # 1736 (SSI # F8h 06h C8h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Grid Matrix mirror decoder setting:

• Regular Only

- The scanner decodes regular Grid Matrix barcodes only.

• Mirrored Only

- The scanner decodes mirrored Grid Matrix barcodes only.

• Auto-discriminate

- The scanner decodes both regular and mirrored Grid Matrix barcodes.

*

Regular Only

(0)

Mirrored Only

(1)

Autodiscriminate

(2)

312

Symbologies

DotCode

Parameter # 1906 (SSI # F8 07 72h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable DotCode.

* Disable DotCode

(0)

Enable DotCode

(1)

DotCode Inverse

Parameter # 1907 (SSI # F8 07 73h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a DotCode Inverse decoder setting. Setting options are:

• Regular Only

- Decoder decodes DotCode barcodes with normal reflectance only.

• Inverse Only

- Decoder decodes DotCode barcodes with inverse reflectance only.

• Inverse Autodetect

- Decoder decodes both regular and inverse DotCode barcodes.

Regular Only

(0)

Inverse Only

(1)

* Inverse Autodetect

(2)

313

Symbologies

DotCode Mirrored

Parameter # 1908 (SSI # F8 07 74h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a DotCode Mirror decoder setting:

• Non-Mirrored Only

- Digital scanner decodes non-mirrored DotCode barcodes only.

• Mirrored Only

- Digital scanner decodes mirrored DotCode barcodes only.

• Autodetect

- Digital scanner decodes both mirrored and non-mirrored DotCode barcodes.

Never

(0)

* Autodetect

(2)

DotCode Prioritize

Parameter # 1937 (SSI # F8 07 91h)

Enable DotCode Prioritize to give priority to DotCode decoding as compared to other symbologies.

Disable

Always

(1)

* Enable

314

Symbologies

Postal Codes

US Postnet

Parameter # 89 (SSI # 59h)

To enable or disable US Postnet, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable US Postnet

(1)

*

Disable US Postnet

(0)

US Planet

Parameter # 90 (SSI # 5Ah)

To enable or disable US Planet, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable US Planet

(1)

*

Disable US Planet

(0)

315

Symbologies

Transmit US Postal Check Digit

Parameter # 95 (SSI # 5Fh)

Select whether to transmit US Postal data, which includes both US Postnet and US Planet, with or without the check digit.

*

Transmit US Postal Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit US Postal Check Digit

(0)

UK Postal

Parameter # 91 (SSI # 5Bh)

To enable or disable UK Postal, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable UK Postal

(1)

*

Disable UK Postal

(0)

316

Symbologies

Transmit UK Postal Check Digit

Parameter # 96 (SSI # 60h)

Select whether to transmit UK Postal data with or without the check digit.

*

Transmit UK Postal

Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit UK Postal Check Digit

(0)

Japan Postal

Parameter # 290 (SSI # F0h, 22h)

To enable or disable Japan Postal, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Japan Postal

(1)

*

Disable Japan Postal

(0)

317

Symbologies

Australia Post

Parameter # 291 (SSI # F0h, 23h)

To enable or disable Australia Post, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Australia Post

(1)

*

Disable Australia Post

(0)

318

Symbologies

Australia Post Format

Parameter # 718 (SSI # F1h, CEh)

To select one of the following formats for Australia Post, scan the appropriate barcode below:

•

Autodiscriminate

(or Smart mode) - Attempt to decode the Customer Information Field using the N and

C Encoding Tables.

NOTE:

This option increases the risk of misdecodes because the encoded data format does not specify the Encoding Table used for encoding.

•

Raw Format

- Output raw bar patterns as a series of numbers 0 through 3.

•

Alphanumeric Encoding

- Decode the Customer Information Field using the C Encoding Table.

•

Numeric Encoding

- Decode the Customer Information Field using the N Encoding Table.

For more information on Australia Post Encoding Tables, refer to the Australia Post Customer Barcoding

Technical Specifications available at www.auspost.com.au

.

*

Autodiscriminate

(0)

Raw Format

(1)

Alphanumeric Encoding

(2)

Numeric Encoding

(3)

319

Symbologies

Netherlands KIX Code

Parameter # 326 (SSI # F0h, 46h)

To enable or disable Netherlands KIX Code, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Netherlands KIX Code

(1)

*

Disable Netherlands KIX Code

(0)

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

Parameter # 592 (SSI # F1h 50h)

To enable or disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

(1)

*

Disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

(0)

320

Symbologies

UPU FICS Postal

Parameter # 611 (SSI # F1h 63h)

To enable or disable UPU FICS Postal, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable UPU FICS Postal

(1)

*

Disable UPU FICS Postal

(0)

Mailmark

Parameter # 1337 (SSI # F8h 05h 39h)

To enable or disable Mailmark, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Disable Mailmark

(0)

Enable Mailmark

(1)

321

Symbologies

Symbology-Specific Security Levels

Redundancy Level

Parameter # 78 (SSI # 4Eh)

The digital scanner offers four levels of decode redundancy. Select higher redundancy levels for decreasing levels of barcode quality. As redundancy levels increase, the digital scanner aggressiveness decreases.

Select the redundancy level appropriate for the barcode quality.

Redundancy Level 1

The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded:

Table 17

Redundancy Level 1 Codes

Code Type

Codabar

MSI

D 2 of 5

I 2 of 5

Code Length

8 characters or less

4 characters or less

8 characters or less

8 characters or less

Redundancy Level 2

The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded:

Table 18

Redundancy Level 2 Codes

Code Type Code Length

All All

Redundancy Level 3

Code types other than the following must be successfully read twice before being decoded. The following codes must be read three times:

Table 19

Redundancy Level 3 Codes

Code Type

MSI

D 2 of 5

I 2 of 5

Codabar

Code Length

4 characters or less

8 characters or less

8 characters or less

8 characters or less

322

Symbologies

Redundancy Level 4

The following code types must be successfully read three times before being decoded:

Table 20

Redundancy Level 4 Codes

Code Type Code Length

All All

*

Redundancy Level 1

(1)

Redundancy Level 2

(2)

Redundancy Level 3

(3)

Redundancy Level 4

(4)

323

Symbologies

Security Level

Parameter # 77 (SSI # 4Dh)

The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for delta barcodes, which include the Code 128 family, UPC/EAN, and Code 93. Select increasing levels of security for decreasing levels of barcode quality. There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness, so choose only that level of security necessary for any given application.

• Security Level 0:

This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most “in-spec” barcodes.

• Security Level 1:

This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.

• Security Level 2:

Select this option if Security level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.

• Security Level 3:

If you selected Security Level 2 and misdecodes still occur, select this security level.

Be advised, selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out of spec barcodes. Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner.

If you need this level of security, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Security Level 0

(0)

*

Security Level 1

(1)

Security Level 2

(2)

Security Level 3

(3)

324

Symbologies

1D Quiet Zone Level

Parameter # 1288

(SSI #

F8h 05h 08h)

This feature sets the level of aggressiveness in decoding barcodes with a reduced quiet zone (the area in front of and at the end of a barcode), and applies to symbologies enabled by a Reduced Quiet Zone parameter. Because higher levels increase the decoding time and risk of misdecodes, Zebra Technologies strongly recommends enabling only the symbologies which require higher quiet zone levels, and leaving

Reduced Quiet Zone disabled for all other symbologies. Options are:

•

0 - The digital scanner performs normally in terms of quiet zone.

•

1 - The digital scanner performs more aggressively in terms of quiet zone.

•

2 - The digital scanner only requires one side EB (end of barcode) for decoding.

•

3 - The digital scanner decodes anything in terms of quiet zone or end of barcode.

1D Quiet Zone Level 0

(0)

*

1D Quiet Zone Level 1

(1)

1D Quiet Zone Level 2

(2)

1D Quiet Zone Level 3

(3)

325

Symbologies

Intercharacter Gap Size

Parameter # 381 (SSI # F0h, 7Dh)

The Code 39 and Codabar symbologies have an intercharacter gap that is typically quite small. Due to various barcode-printing technologies, this gap can grow larger than the maximum size allowed, preventing the digital scanner from decoding the symbol. If this problem occurs, scan the

Large

Intercharacter Gaps

parameter to tolerate these out-of-specification barcodes.

*

Normal Intercharacter Gaps

(06h)

Large Intercharacter Gaps

(0Ah)

Report Version

Scan the barcode below to report the version of software installed in the digital scanner.

Report Software Version

326

Symbologies

Macro PDF Features

Macro PDF is a special feature for concatenating multiple PDF symbols into one file. The digital scanner can decode symbols that are encoded with this feature, and can store more than 64 Kb of decoded data stored in up to 50 MacroPDF symbols.

CAUTION:

When printing, keep each Macro PDF sequence separate, as each sequence has unique identifiers. Do not mix barcodes from several Macro PDF sequences, even if they encode the same data.

When scanning Macro PDF sequences, scan the entire Macro PDF sequence without interruption. If, when scanning a mixed sequence, the digital scanner emits two long low beeps (Low/Low) this indicates an inconsistent file ID or inconsistent symbology error.

Flush Macro Buffer

This flushes the buffer of all decoded Macro PDF data stored to that point, transmits it to the host device, and aborts from Macro PDF mode.

Flush Macro PDF Buffer

Abort Macro PDF Entry

This clears all currently-stored Macro PDF data in the buffer without transmission and aborts from Macro

PDF mode.

Abort Macro PDF Entry

327

Data Formatting: ADF,

MDF, Preferred Symbol

Introduction

This chapter briefly describes the Zebra features available for customizing scanner operation.

Advanced Data Formatting (ADF)

Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) is a means of customizing data from before transmission to the host device. Use ADF to edit scan data to suit your host's requirements. With ADF you scan one barcode per trigger pull. ADF is programmed using 123Scan.

To watch a video on Creating an Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) Rule using 123Scan, go to: http://www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos

For additional information, refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide.

Multicode Data Formatting

Multicode Data Formatting (MDF) enables a 2D imaging scanner to scan all barcodes on a label with a single trigger pull, and then modify and transmit the data to meet host application requirements. MDF supports programming up to nine unique labels into one scanner. MDF also supports scanning multiple barcodes on opposite sides of a box by holding the trigger.

Programming options include:

•

Output all or specific barcodes

•

Control the barcode output sequence

•

Apply unique multicode data formatting (MDF) to each output barcode

•

Discard scanned data if all required barcodes are not present

For more information, refer to the MDF and Preferred Symbol User Guide.

To watch a video on Creating an Multicode Data Formatting (MDF) Rule using 123Scan, go to: http://www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos

MDF in Hands-Free Mode

MDF in a hands-free scanning mode may yield multiple unexpected and undesired outputs when a label

(most likely on a complex label) passes through the scanner's field of view. This problem happens when the complex label’s barcodes can be matched by more than one group (for example, Group 1 represents all barcodes present and Group 2 represent some barcodes present).

328

Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol

NOTE:

A similar problem can also occur in the hand-held trigger mode. If multiple MDF rules/groups exist and all the label is not in the field of view when pressing the trigger, the output may vary depending on which MDF rules/groups match.

The problem is demonstrated in

Figure 23

and as follows:

1.

2.

As the label is moving through the field of view, it is first partially read (some of the barcodes in the field of view in Frame 2).

Then, the second decode occurs as it is fully read (all the barcodes in the field of view in Frame 3).

3.

This yields two different outputs (instead of the expected single output) from the presentation of a label.

This problem is driven by a complex label inadvertently matching two different MDF rules/groups, thereby yielding two outputs.

Figure 23

Scanning Label in a Horizontal Orientation

Field of View - Frame 1

No label in field of view

Field of View - Frame 2

2 Barcodes Visible

Partial label in field of view

Match MDF Rule for Group 2

Output 2 barcodes

Field of View - Frame 3

3 Barcodes Visible

Full label in field of view

Match MDF Rule for Group 1

Output 3 barcodes

NOTE:

To minimize issues associated with MDF hands-free mode, see

MDF Best Practices on page 330

.

329

Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol

MDF Best Practices

Suggestions to minimize the undesired multiple outputs during the MDF scanning in hands-free mode are as follows:

•

Scan barcodes in a vertical orientation (see Figure 24 ).

Figure 24

Scanning Label in a Vertical Orientation

•

When creating the MDF programming with multiple groups, the Group 1's pattern match should be the most complicated (hardest to match), which equals to the most number of barcodes and criteria. Then

Group 2, 3, and so on should be progressively matched more easily.

•

When defining criteria, avoid enabling an output when the pattern is not matched. Set

Output if NO pattern match set

as

Discard bar code

(see

Figure 25

).

f

Figure 25

Figure Match Setting for Output

Discard bar code

•

Select

Discard barcode(s) NOT within the pattern match

in the 123Scan MDF setting. For more details, select

What is this?

located next to this selection.

330

Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol

•

To prevent double decodes of the same symbol, increase the

Timeout Between Same Symbols

setting. See

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol on page 100

for more details.

•

Turn the scanner's aimer on to assist operators in scanning the barcode in a more consistent manner.

Other reasons a label/barcode may not be decoded while in the field of view are as follows:

The label out of focus (too close or too far away). See Decode Ranges on page 48 for correct working

range.

Specular reflection (reflection off a shiny surface).

The label is presented at extreme angle to scanner.

Preferred Symbol

Preferred Symbol is a barcode prioritization technique that enables favored decoding of high priority barcode(s). The Preferred Symbol is the only barcode that is decoded and output within the preset

Preferred Symbol Timeout. During this time, the scanner attempts to decode the prioritized barcode and reports only this barcode.

For more information, refer to the MDF and Preferred Symbol User Guide.

To program Preferred Symbol via 123Scan, select

123Scan

>

Configuration Wizard

>

Symbologies

screen, and then select

Preferred Symbol

from the drop-down menu. Preferred Symbol programming is saved in the 123Scan configuration file.

Data Parsing (UDI Scan+, Label Parse+ and Blood Bag Parse+)

NOTE:

When using UDI with ICCBBA for blood bag labels, disable ISBT Concatenation (see Scan a Blood

Bag Label using Blood Bag Parse+ on page 332

).

Data Parsing allows a Zebra scanner to scan a UDI label, GS1 label, or Blood Bags with one or more barcodes encoded with multiple data fields (for example: date of manufacture, expiration date, batch number, GTIN, SSCC) and transmit select data fields and not others, in a specific order to a host application.

Wave the scanner over all the barcodes while holding the trigger and the scanner finds and transmits only the required data fields, even if they are spread across multiple barcodes and on different sides of the container. In addition, the scanner can insert field separators (for example: tab, enter, slash) to automate data entry into a host application.

Programming your scanner is easy using 123Scan’s intuitive drag and drop interface. For more information on writing a Data Parsing Rule, see the Data Parsing User Guide.

To watch a video on creating a Data Parsing Rule using 123Scan, go to: www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos .

Scan a UDI Label using UDI Scan+

Government regulatory agencies* have established Unique Device Identification (UDI) standards to identify and monitor the distribution and use of medical devices within healthcare environments. These

UDI standards identify medical devices from manufacturing through distribution to patient use - enabling complete traceability of the millions of individual medical devices utilized for patient care. To enable UDI compliance, all medical devices must carry a UDI label to enable Track and Trace from the point of production, during shipment, through the product’s use, and disposal.

331

Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol

* United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA), European Commission, International Medical Device Regulatory Forum

Scan a GS1 Label using Label Parse+

The GS1 Organization, an international standards body, has released specifications used worldwide for generating shipping labels. These labels are used when shipping packages (logistics), raw materials, and produce.

Scan a Blood Bag Label using Blood Bag Parse+

The ICCBBA Organization, an international standards body, has released a specification used worldwide for generating blood bag labels. These labels are used when shipping, storing and using blood bags. For more information, go to: https://www.iccbba.org/tech-library/iccbba-documents/standards-documents/standard-labeling-blood2 .

332

OCR Programming

Introduction

This chapter describes how to set up the scanner for OCR programming. The scanner can read 6 to 60 point OCR typeface. It supports font types OCR-A, OCR-B, MICR E13B, and US Currency Serial Number.

OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit.

All OCR fonts are disabled by default. Enabling OCR could slow barcode decoding. You can enable

OCR-A and OCR-B at the same time, but not other combined font types.

Setting Parameters

To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the imager powers down.

NOTE:

Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and bars and/or spaces do not merge.

To return all features to default values, scan the

* Restore Defaults on page 66 . Throughout the

programming barcode menus, asterisks (

*

) indicate default values.

*

Indicates default

*

Enable Parameter

(1)

Feature/option

Option value

333

OCR Programming

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to enable OCR-B, scan the

Enable OCR-B

barcode under OCR-B on page 337

. The scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry.

Other parameters require scanning several barcodes. See the parameter descriptions for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter.

OCR Parameter Defaults

Table 21

lists the defaults for OCR parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:

•

Scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the standard default value in

memory. To recall default parameter values, see User Preferences Parameter Defaults on page 63 .

•

Configure the scanner using the 123Scan configuration program. See

123Scan and Software Tools

.

NOTE:

See

User Preferences

for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 21

OCR Programming Default Table

Parameter

Parameter

Number

OCR Programming Parameters

OCR-A

OCR-A Variant

680

684

SSI Number

F1h A8h

F1h ACh

Default Page Number

335

336

OCR-B

OCR-B Variant

MICR E13B

US Currency

OCR Orientation

OCR Lines

OCR Minimum Characters

OCR Maximum Characters

OCR Subset

OCR Quiet Zone

OCR Template

OCR Check Digit Modulus

OCR Check Digit Multiplier

681

685

682

683

687

691

689

690

686

695

547

688

700

F1h A9h

F1h ADh

F1h AAh

F1h ABh

F1h AFh

F1h B3h

F1h B1h

F1h B2h

F1h AEh

F1h B7h

F1h 23h

F1h B0h

F1h BCh

Disable

OCR-A Full

ASCII

Disable

OCR-B Full

ASCII

Disable

Disable

0 o

1

3

100

Selected font variant

50

99999999

1

121212121212

337

338

342

343

343

345

345

346

346

347

347

357

357

334

OCR Programming

Table 21

OCR Programming Default Table (Continued)

Parameter

OCR Check Digit Validation

Inverse OCR

OCR Redundancy

Parameter

Number

694

856

1770

SSI Number

F1h B6h

F2h 58h

F8h 06h EAh

Default

None

Regular

Level 1

Page Number

359

364

365

OCR Programming Parameters

OCR-A

Parameter # 680 (SSI # F1h A8h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable OCR-A.

NOTE:

OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See

OCR Subset on page 346

and OCR Template on page 347 .

Enable OCR-A

(1)

* Disable OCR-A

(0)

335

OCR Programming

OCR-A Variant

Parameter # 684 (SSI # F1 ACh)

The font variant sets a processing algorithm and default character subset for the given font. To choose a variant, scan one of the following barcodes. Select the most appropriate font variant to optimize performance and accuracy.

OCR-A supports the following variants:

•

OCR-A Full ASCII

!"#$()*+,-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ\^

•

OCR-A Reserved 1

$*+-./0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

•

OCR-A Reserved 2

$*+-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

•

OCR-A Banking

-0123456789<>

Special banking characters output as the following representative characters:

outputs as f

outputs as c

outputs as h

NOTE:

Enable OCR-A before setting this parameter. If disabling OCR-A, set the variant to its default

(OCR-A Full ASCII).

* OCR-A Full ASCII

(0)

OCR-A Reserved 1

(1)

336

OCR-A Variant (continued)

OCR Programming

OCR-A Reserved 2

(2)

OCR-A Banking

(3)

OCR-B

Parameter # 681 9SSI # F1h A9h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable OCR-B.

NOTE:

OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See

OCR Subset on page 346

and OCR Template on page 347 .

Enable OCR-B

(1)

* Disable OCR-B

(0)

337

OCR Programming

OCR-B Variant

Parameter # 685 (SSI # F1h ADh)

OCR-B has the following variants. Select the most appropriate font variant to optimize performance and accuracy.

•

OCR-B Full ASCII

!#$%()*+,-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ^|Ñ

•

OCR-B Banking

#+-0123456789<>JNP|

•

OCR-B Limited

+,-./0123456789<>ACENPSTVX

•

OCR-B ISBN 10-Digit Book Numbers

-0123456789>BCEINPSXz

•

OCR-B ISBN 10 or 13-Digit Book Numbers

-0123456789>BCEINPSXz

•

OCR-B Travel Document Version 1 (TD1) 3-Line ID Cards

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

•

OCR-B Travel Document Version 2 (TD2) 2-Line ID Cards

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

•

OCR-B Travel Document 2 or 3-Line ID Cards Auto-Detect

!#$%()*+,-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ^|Ñ

•

OCR-B Passport

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÑ

•

OCR-B Visa Type A

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

•

OCR-B Visa Type B

-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÑ

•

OCR-B ICAO Travel Documents

This allows reading either TD1, TD2, Passport, Visa Type A, or Visa Type B without switching between these options. It automatically recognizes the travel document read.

Scanning any ISBN Book Number automatically applies the appropriate ISBN checksum.

338

OCR Programming

To choose a variant, scan one of the barcodes below. Selecting the following OCR-B variants

automatically sets the appropriate OCR Lines on page 345

. These five variants invoke extensive special algorithms and checking for that particular document type:

VariantOCR Lines Setting

Passport2

TD1 ID Cards3

TD2 ID Cards2

Visa Type A2

Visa Type B2

NOTE:

When setting one of the variants above with both OCR-A and OCR-B enabled, the scanner reads the specified travel document but does not read OCR-A. When the OCR-B variant is set back to the default

(OCR-B Full ASCII), the scanner reads OCR-A.

Enable OCR-B before setting this parameter. If disabling OCR-B, set the variant to its default

(OCR-B Full ASCII).

* OCR-B Full ASCII

(0)

OCR-B Banking

(1)

OCR-B Limited

(2)

339

OCR-B ISBN 10-Digit Book Numbers

(6)

OCR-B Variant (continued)

OCR Programming

OCR-B ISBN 10 or 13-Digit Book Numbers

(7)

OCR-B Travel Document Version 1 (TD1)

3 Line ID Cards

(3)

OCR-B Travel Document Version 2 (TD2)

2-Line ID Cards

(8)

Travel Document 2 or 3-Line ID Cards Auto-Detect

(20)

OCR-B Passport

(4)

340

OCR-B Variant (continued)

OCR Programming

OCR-B Visa Type A

(9)

OCR-B Visa Type B

(10)

OCR-B ICAO Travel Documents

(11)

341

OCR Programming

MICR E13B

Parameter # 682 (SSI # F1h AAh)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable MICR E13B.

MICR E 13B uses the following characters:

TOAD characters (Transit, On Us, Amount, and Dash) output as the following representative characters: outputs as

t

outputs as

a

outputs as

o

outputs as

d

NOTE:

OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See

OCR Subset on page 346

and OCR Template on page 347 .

Enable MICR E13B

(1)

* Disable MICR E13B

(0)

342

OCR Programming

US Currency Serial Number

Parameter # 683 (SSI # F1h ABh)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable US Currency Serial Number.

NOTE:

OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See

OCR Subset on page 346

and OCR Template on page 347 .

Enable US Currency

(1)

* Disable US Currency

(0)

OCR Orientation

Parameter # 687 (SSI # F1h AFh)

Select one of five options to specify the orientation of the OCR to read:

•

0 o

to the imaging engine (default)

•

270 o

clockwise (or 90 o

counterclockwise) to the imaging engine

•

180 o

(upside down) to the imaging engine

•

90 o

clockwise to the imaging engine

•

Omnidirectional

Setting an incorrect orientation can cause misdecodes.

343

OCR Orientation (continued)

OCR Programming

* OCR Orientation 0 o

(0)

OCR Orientation 270 o

(1)

Clockwise

OCR Orientation 180 o

(2)

Clockwise

OCR Orientation 90 o

(3)

Clockwise

OCR Orientation Omnidirectional

(4)

344

OCR Programming

OCR Lines

Parameter # 691 (SSI # F1h B3h)

To select the number of OCR lines to decode, scan one of the following barcodes. Selecting Visas, TD1, or

TD2 ID cards automatically sets the appropriate

OCR Lines

. Also see

OCR-B Variant on page 338

.

* OCR 1 Line

(1)

OCR 2 Lines

(2)

OCR 3 Lines

(3)

OCR Minimum Characters

Parameter # 689 (SSI # F1h B1h)

To select the minimum number of OCR characters (not including spaces) per line to decode, scan the

following barcode, then scan a three-digit number between 003 and 100 using the barcodes in Numeric

Barcodes

representing the number of OCR characters to decode. Strings of OCR characters less than the minimum are ignored. The default is 003.

OCR Minimum Characters

345

OCR Programming

OCR Maximum Characters

Parameter # 690 (SSI # F1h B2h)

To select the maximum number of OCR characters (including spaces) per line to decode, scan the

following barcode, then scan a three-digit number between 003 and 100 using the barcodes in Numeric

Barcodes

representing the number of OCR characters to decode. Strings of OCR characters greater than the maximum are ignored. The default is 100.

OCR Maximum Characters

OCR Subset

Parameter # 686 (SSI # F1h AEh)

Create an OCR subset to define a custom group of characters in place of a preset font variant. For example, if scanning only numbers and the letters A, B, and C, create a subset of just these characters to speed decoding. This applies a designated OCR Subset across all enabled OCR fonts.

To set or modify the OCR font subset:

1.

Enable the appropriate OCR font(s).

2.

3.

4.

Scan the

OCR Subset

barcode.

Scan numbers and letters to form the OCR Subset from

Alphanumeric Barcodes

.

Scan

End of Message on page 446 .

OCR Subset

To cancel an OCR subset, for OCR-A or OCR-B, scan OCR-A variant

Full ASCII

, or OCR-B variant

Full

ASCII

.

For MICR E13B or US Currency Serial Number, create a subset which includes all allowed characters in

that character set, or scan an option from the Default Parameters on page 66 and re-program the scanner.

346

OCR Programming

OCR Quiet Zone

Parameter # 695 (SSI # F1h B7h)

This option sets the OCR quiet zone. The scanner stops scanning a field when it detects a sufficiently wide blank space. The width of this space is defined by the End of Field option. Used with parsers that tolerate slanted characters, the End of Field count is approximately a count of 8 for a character width. For example, if set to 15, then two character widths are an end of line indicator for the parser. Larger end of field numbers require bigger quiet zones at each end of text line.

To set a quiet zone, scan the following barcode, then scan a two-digit number using the numeric keypad in

Numeric Barcodes

. The range of the quiet zone is 20 - 99 and the default is 50, indicating a six character width quiet zone.

OCR Quiet Zone

OCR Template

Parameter # 547 (SSI # F1h 23h)

This option creates a template for precisely matching scanned OCR characters to a desired input format.

Appropriate OCR template needs to be set before using OCR features.

To set or modify the OCR decode template, scan the OCR Template barcode, and then scan barcodes on

the following pages that correspond to numbers and letters to form the template expression. Then scan

End of Message

. The default is

99999999

which accepts OCR strings only containing eight digits.

OCR Template

End of Message

347

OCR Programming

Required Digit (9)

Only a numeric character is accepted in this position.

99999 12987 30517

Invalid data

123AB

Required Alpha (A)

Only an alpha character is accepted in this position.

Template Valid data Valid data

AAAAA ABCDE UVWXY

Invalid data

12FGH

9

A

Optional Alphanumeric (1)

An alphanumeric character is accepted in this position if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters.

Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data

99991 1234A 12345 1234<

1

348

OCR Programming

Optional Alpha (2)

An alpha character is accepted in this position if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters.

Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data

AAAA2 ABCDE WXYZ ABCD6

2

Alpha or Digit (3)

An alphanumeric character is required in this position to validate the incoming data.

Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data

33333 12ABC WXY34 12AB<

3

Any Including Space & Reject (4)

Any character is accepted in this position, including space and reject. It cannot be the first place in a template. An underscore (_) represents rejects in the output. This is a good selection for troubleshooting.

Template Valid data Valid data

99499 12$34 34 98

4

349

OCR Programming

Any except Space & Reject (5)

Any character is accepted in this position, except a space or reject.

Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data

55999 A.123

*Z456 A BCD

5

Optional Digit (7)

A numeric character is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters.

Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data

99977 12345 789 789AB

Digit or Fill (8)

Any numeric or fill character is accepted in this position.

Template Valid data Valid data

88899 12345 >>789

Valid data

<<789

7

8

350

OCR Programming

Alpha or Fill (F)

Any alpha or fill character is accepted in this position.

Template Valid data Valid data

AAAFF ABCXY LMN>>

Valid data

ABC<5

F

Optional Space ( )

A space is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters.

Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data

99 99 12 34 1234 67891

Space

Optional Small Special (.)

A special character is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like characters. Small special characters are

,

and

.

Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data

AA.99

MN.35

XY98 XYZ12

.

Other Template Operators

These template operators assist in capturing, delimiting, and formatting scanned OCR data.

351

OCR Programming

Literal String (" and +)

Use either of these delimiting characters surrounding characters from the alphanumeric keyboard in

Alphanumeric Barcodes

to define a literal string within a template that must be present in scanned OCR data. There are two characters used to delimit required literal strings; if one of the delimiter characters is present in the desired literal string, use the other delimiter.

Template

"35+BC"

Valid data

35+BC

Invalid data

AB+22

“

+

New Line (E)

To create a template of multiple lines, add

E

between the template of each single line.

Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data

999EAAAA 321

BCAD

987

ZXYW

XYZW

12

E

String Extract (C)

This operator combined with others defines a string of characters to extract from the scanned data. The string extract is structured as follows:

CbPe

•

Where:

C

is the string extract operator

•

b

is the string begin delimiter

•

P is the category (one or more numeric or alpha characters) describing the string representation

•

e

is the string end delimiter

352

OCR Programming

Values for b

and e

can be any scannable character. They are included in the output stream.

Template

C>A>

Incoming data

XQ3>ABCDE>

Output

>ABCDE>

->ATHRUZ>123

1ABCZXYZ

>ATHRUZ>

No Output

C

Ignore to End of Field (D)

This operator causes all characters after a template to be ignored. Use this as the last character in a template expression. Examples for the template 999D:

Template Incoming data Output

999D 123-PED 123

357298

193

357

193

D

Skip Until (P1)

This operator skips over characters until a specific character type or a literal string is detected. It can be used in two ways:

P1ct

Where:

•

P1

is the Skip Until operator

•

c

is the type of character that triggers the start of output

•

t

is one or more template characters

P1"s"t

Where:

•

P1

is the Skip Until operator

•

"s"

is one or more literal string characters (see

Literal String (" and +) on page 352

) that trigger the start of output

•

t

is one or more template characters

353

OCR Programming

The trigger character or literal string is included in output from a Skip Until operator, and the first character in the template should accommodate this trigger.

Template Incoming data Output

P1"PN"AA9999 123PN9876

PN1234

PN9876

PN1234

X-PN3592 PN3592

P

1

Skip Until Not (P0)

This operator skips over characters until a specific character type or a literal string is not matched in the output stream. It can be used in two ways:

P0ct

Where:

•

P0

is the Skip Until Not operator

•

c

is the type of character that triggers the start of output

•

t

is one or more template characters

P0"s"t

Where:

•

P0

is the Skip Until Not operator

•

"s" is one or more literal string characters (see

Literal String (" and +) on page 352

) that trigger the start of output

•

t

is one or more template characters

354

OCR Programming

The trigger character or literal string is not included in output from a Skip Until Not operator.

Template Incoming data Output

P0A9999 BPN3456

PN1234

5341

3456

1234

No output

Template

P0"PN"9999

Incoming data

PN3456

5341

PNPN7654

Output

3456

No output

7654

P

0

Repeat Previous (R)

This operator allows a template character to repeat one or more times, allowing the capture of variable-length scanned data. The following examples capture two required alpha characters followed by one or more required digits:

Template Incoming data Output

AA9R AB3 AB3

PN12345

32RM52700

PN12345

No output

R

355

OCR Programming

Scroll Until Match (S)

This operator steps through scanned data one character at a time until the data matches the template.

Template

S99999

Incoming data

AB3

Output

No Output

PN12345

32RM52700

12345

52700

S

Multiple Templates

This feature sets up multiple templates for OCR decoding. To do this, follow the procedure described in

OCR Template on page 347 (scan the OCR Template

barcode, and then barcodes corresponding to numbers and letters to form the template expression, and then

End of Message

) for each template in the multiple template string, using a capital letter

X

as a separator between templates.

For example, set the

OCR Template as

99999XAAAAA

to decode OCR strings of either

12345

or

ABCDE

.

Template Examples

Following are sample templates with descriptions of valid data for each definition.

Field Definition Description

"M"99977

M

followed by three digits and two optional digits.

"X"997777"X"

X

followed by two digits, four optional digits, and an X.

9959775599

Two digits followed by any character, a digit, two optional digits, any two characters, and two digits.

A55"-"999"-"99

A letter followed by two characters, a dash, three digits, a dash, and two digits.

33A"."99

Two alphanumeric characters followed by a letter, a period, and two digits.

999992991

Five digits followed by an optional alpha, two digits, and an optional alphanumeric.

"PN98"

Literal field -

PN98

356

OCR Programming

OCR Check Digit Modulus

Parameter # 688 (SSI # F1h B0h)

The check digit is the last digit (in the right-most position) in an OCR string and improves the accuracy of the collected data. This option sets OCR module check digit calculation. The calculation is performed on incoming data to determine this check digit, based on the numeric weight of the alpha and numeric

characters. See OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 357 . If the incoming data does not match the check

digit, the data is considered corrupt.

The selected check digit option does not take effect until you set OCR Check Digit Validation on page 359 .

To choose the Check Digit Modulus, such as 10 for Modulus 10, scan the following barcode, and then scan a three-digit number from 001 to 099 representing the check digit using the numeric keypad in

Numeric

Barcodes

. The default is

1

.

OCR Check Digit

OCR Check Digit Multiplier

Parameter # 700 (SSI # F1h BCh)

This option sets OCR check digit multipliers for character positions. For check digit validation, each character in scanned data has an assigned weight to use in calculating the check digit. The scanner OCR ships with the following weight equivalents:

0 = 0

1 = 1

A = 10

B = 11

K = 20

L = 21

U = 30

V = 31

2 = 2

3 = 3

4 = 4

5 = 5

C = 12

D = 13

E = 14

F = 15

M = 22

N = 23

O = 24

P = 25

W = 32

X = 33

Y = 34

Z = 35

Space = 0 6 = 6

7 = 7

8 = 8

9 = 9

G = 16

H = 17

I = 18

J = 19

Q = 26

R = 27

S = 28

T = 29

All other characters are equivalent to one (1).

You can define the multiplier string if it is different from the default.

121212121212 (default)

123456789A (for ISBN, Product Add Right to Left. See OCR Check Digit Validation on page 359

)

357

OCR Programming

For example:

ISBN 0 2 0 1 1 8 3 9 9 4

Multiplier 10

Product 0 18 0 7 6 40 12 27 18 4

ISBN uses Modulus 11 for the check digit. In this case, 132 is divisible by 11, so it passes the check digit.

To set the check digit multiplier, scan the following barcode, and then scan numbers and letters to form the

multiplier string from Alphanumeric Barcodes

. Then scan

End of Message on page 446 .

OCR Check Digit Multiplier

358

OCR Programming

OCR Check Digit Validation

Parameter # 694 (SSI # F1h B6h)

Use the following options to protect against scanning errors by applying a check digit validation scheme.

None

No check digit validation, indicating no check digit is applied. This is the default.

* No Check Digit

(0)

Product Add Left to Right

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see

OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 357 ). Each digit representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit

in the multiplier, and the sum of these products is computed. The check digit passes if this sum modulo

Check Digit Modulus is zero.

Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6)

Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit 1 2

Product add 1+ 6+ 6+ 16+ 25+ 36= 90

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 90 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is zero).

Product Add Left to Right

(3)

359

OCR Programming

Product Add Right to Left

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see

OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 357 ). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the

scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of these products is computed. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero.

Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 132459 (check digit is 9)

Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit 1 2

Product add 6+ 15+ 8+ 12+ 10+ 9= 60

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 60 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is 0).

Product Add Right to Left

(1)

Digit Add Left to Right

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see

OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 357 ). Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit

in the multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual digit in all of the products is then calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit

Modulus is zero.

Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6)

Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit 1 3 2 4 5 6

Product 1 6 6 16 25 36

Digit add 1+ 6+ 6+ 1+6+ 2+5+ 3+6= 36

360

OCR Programming

The Check Digit Modulus is 12. It passes because 36 is divisible by 12 (the remainder is 0).

Digit Add Left to Right

(4)

Digit Add Right to Left

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see

OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 357 ). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the

scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual digit in all of the products is then calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero.

Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6)

Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit 1 2

Digit add 6+ 1+5+ 8+ 1+2+ 1+0+ 6= 30

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 30 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is 0).

Digit Add Right to Left

(2)

Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see

OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 357 ). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the

scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of these products

except for the check digit's product

is computed. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is equal to the check digit's product.

Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 122456 (check digit is 6)

Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit 1 2

1

361

OCR Programming

12 6

Product add 6+ 10+ 8+ 12+ 10= 46 6

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 46 divided by 10 leaves a remainder of 6.

Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder

(5)

Digit Add Right To Left Simple Remainder

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see

OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 357 ). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the

scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual digit in all of the products

except for the check digit's product

is then calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is equal to the check digit's product.

Example:

Scanned data numeric value is 122459 (check digit is 6)

Check digit multiplier string is 123456

Digit 1 2

1

12 9

Digit add 6+ 1+0+ 8+ 1+2+ 1+0= 19 9

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 19 divided by 10 leaves a remainder of 9.

Digit Add Right to Left Simple Remainder

(6)

Health Industry - HIBCC43

This is the health industry module 43 check digit standard. The check digit is the modulus 43 sum of all the character values in a given message, and is printed as the last character in a given message.

362

OCR Programming

Example:

Supplier Labeling Data Structure: + A 1 2 3 B J C 5 D 6 E 7 1

Sum of values: 41+10+1+2+3+11+19+12+5+13+6+14+7+1 = 145

Divide 145 by 43. The quotient is 3 with a remainder of 16. The check digit is the character corresponding

to the value of the remainder (see Table 22 ), which in this example is 16, or

G

. The complete Supplier

Labeling Data Structure, including the check digit, therefore is:

A 1 2 3 B J C 5 D 6 E 7 1 G

Table 22

Table of Numeric Value Assignments for Computing HIBC LIC Data Format Check Digit

0 = 0

1 = 1

2 = 2

3 = 3

4 = 4

5 = 5

6 = 6

7 = 7

8 = 8

9 = 9

A = 10

B = 11

C = 12

D = 13

E = 14

F = 15

G = 16

H = 17

I = 18

J = 19

K = 20

L = 21

M = 22

N = 23

O = 24

P = 25

Q = 26

R = 27

S = 28

T = 29

U =30

V = 31

W = 32

X = 33

Y = 34

Z = 35

- = 36

. = 37

Space = 38

$ = 39

/ = 40

+ = 41

% = 42

Health Industry - HIBCC43

(9)

363

OCR Programming

Inverse OCR

Parameter # 856 (SSI # F2h 58h)

Inverse OCR is white or light words on a black or dark background. Select an option for decoding inverse

OCR:

• Regular Only

- Decode regular OCR (black on white) strings only.

• Inverse Only

- Decode inverse OCR (white on black) strings only.

• Autodiscriminate

- Decode both regular and inverse OCR strings.

* Regular Only

(0)

Inverse Only

(1)

Autodiscriminate

(2)

364

OCR Programming

OCR Redundancy

Parameter # 1770 (SSI # F8h 06h EAh)

This option adjusts the number of times to decode an OCR text string before transmission. There are three levels of OCR decode redundancy. There is an inverse relationship between the redundancy level and

OCR decoding aggressiveness. Increasing the level of the redundancy can reduce OCR scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of redundancy necessary.

• OCR Redundancy Level 1

: This default setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state while providing sufficient accuracy in decoding most in-spec OCR text strings.

• OCR Redundancy Level 2

: This setting eliminates most misdecodes while maintaining reasonable aggressiveness.

• OCR Redundancy Level 3

: Select this option with greater redundancy requirements if OCR

Redundancy Level 2 fails to eliminate misdecodes.

*

OCR Redundancy Level 1

(1)

OCR Redundancy Level 2

(2)

OCR Redundancy Level 3

(3)

365

Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23

Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Dump Scanner Parameters

Report Software Version

Serial Number

Manufacturing Information

User Preferences

Set Default Parameter

Parameter Barcode Scanning

Beep After Good Decode

Direct Decode Indicator

Beeper Volume

Beeper Tone

Beeper Duration

Suppress Power Up Beeps

Decode Pager Motor

Decode Pager Motor Duration

Night Mode Trigger

Night Mode Toggle

Scan Button Sensitivity

Programmable Buttton Sesitivity

Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch

Click on Button Touch

Scan Button ADF Rule Selection

Programmable Button ADF Rule Selection

Hands-Free ADF Rule Selection

613

626

1215

N/A

2133

2134

1251

1252

140

145

628

721

N/A

236

56

859

2070

2071

2072

Parameter

Number

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

SSI Number

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Default

N/A

ECh

38h

F2h 5Bh

8Ch

91h

F1h 74h

F1h D1h

Restore Defaults

Enable

Enable

Disable

High

Medium

Medium

Do Not Suppress

F1h 65h

F1h 72h

Enable

150 msec

F8h 04h BFh Disable

N/A N/A

F8 08 55

F8 08 56

Normal Touch

Normal Touch

F8h 04h E3h Enable

F8h 04h E4h Enable

F8h 08h 16h No Action

F8h 08h 17h No Action

F8h 08h 18h No Action

76

76

77

77

72

72

74

75

78

79

80

69

70

71

71

66

67

67

68

55

56

56

Page

Number

55

366

Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23

Standard Parameter Defaults

Lamp Mode Control

Parameter

Lamp Mode Timeout

Low Power Mode

Time Delay to Low Power Mode

Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim

(Applies to cordless configurations only)

Battery Preservation Mode

(Applies to cordless configurations only)

Hand-Held Trigger Mode

Hands-Free Mode

Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern

Hands-Free (Presentation) Decode Aiming

Pattern

Picklist Mode

Virtual Tether Alarm Configuration

Delay Before Virtual Tether Alarm Activates

Virtual Tether Alarm Duration

Defeat Virtual Tether Alarm

Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration

Continuous Barcode Read

Unique Barcode Reporting

Decode Session Timeout

Hands-Free Decode Session Timeout

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols

Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

Mobile Phone/Display Mode

PDF Prioritization

PDF Prioritization Timeout

Decoding Illumination

Illumination Brightness Hand-Held

Illumination Brightness Hands-Free

Low Light Scene Detection

716

719

720

298

669

2118

810

400

137

144

724

2120

649

723

136

1765

138

630

306

590

402

2053

2054

2055

2119

Parameter

Number

1711

1712

128

146

729

SSI Number Default

F8h 06h AFh Disable - for SR Models

Enable Lamp Mode without Scanning - for

HC models

F8h 06h B0h 5 Minutes

80h Enable

92h

F1h D9h

1 sec

15 sec

Page

Number

81

82

82

83

85

F8h 06h E5h Enable

86

8Ah

F1h 76h

F0h 32h

F1h 4Eh

Level

Enable

Enable

F0h 92h

Disable Hands-Free

Decode Aiming Pattern

Disabled Always

F8h 08h 05h Disable

F8h 08h 06h 30 Seconds

F8h 08h 07h 5 Minutes

F8h 08h 47h Pause Alarm on Scan

Button

F8h 08h 48h 30 Seconds

F1h 89h Disable

F1h D3h

88h

Enable

9.9 sec

F0h 90h

89h

90h

F1 D4

15

0.5 sec

0.1 sec

Disable

F1h CCh

F1h CFh

F1h D0h

F0h 2Ah

Normal

Disable

200 ms

Enable

F1h 9Dh High

F8h 08h 46h Medium

F2h 2Ah No Low Light Assist

Scene Detection

87

89

89

90

92

93

94

94

95

102

103

104

104

105

106

107

99

100

100

101

95

97

97

98

367

Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23

Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Scene Detect Sensitivity

Parameter

Number

1943

Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Mode Only) 858

Product ID (PID) Type 1281

Product ID (PID) Value 1725

ECLevel

Add an Enter Key

Transmit Code ID Character

Prefix Value

Suffix 1 Value

Suffix 2 Value

Scan Data Transmission Format

FN1 Substitution Values

Transmit “No Read” Message

Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval securPharm securPharm Output Formatting

Programmable Button for Single Press

1710

N/A

45

99, 105

98, 104

100, 106

235

103, 109

94

1118

1752

1753

2060

2103

SSI Number

F8h 97h Low

0

Default

Page

Number

F2h 5Ah Less Motion Tolerance

109

F8h 05h 01h Host Type Unique

110

F8h 06h

BDh

F8h 06h

AEh

0

108

110

111

N/A

2Dh

63h, 69h

62h, 68h

64h, 6Ah

N/A

None

7013 <CR><LF>

7013 <CR><LF>

111

111

112

112

EBh

67h, 6Dh

5Eh

Data as is

7013 <CR><LF>

Disable

F8h 04h 5Eh Disable

F8h 06h D8h Disable

F8h 06h D9h No Formatting

F8h 08h 0Ch Apple Show/Hide

Keypad

F8h 08h 37h No Action

113

115

116

117

118

119

122

123

Programmable Button for Double Press

Radio Communications

Radio Communications Host Types

Bluetooth Friendly Name

Discoverable Mode

Wi-Fi Friendly Mode

Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion

Radio Output Power

Link Supervision Timeout

Bluetooth Radio State

HID Features for Apple iOS

HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay

HID CAPS Lock Override

HID Ignore Unknown Characters

Emulate Keypad

Fast HID Keyboard

N/A

607

610

1299

N/A

1324

1698

1354

1114

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1361

N/A

F1h 5Fh

F1h 62h

Cradle Host n/a

General

F8h 05h 77h Disable

N/A Use All Channels

F8h 05h 2Ch High

F8h 06h A2h 5 sec

F8h 05h 4Ah On

F8h 04h 5Ah Disable

N/A

N/A

No Delay (0 msec)

Do Not Override

(Disable)

N/A Send Barcodes with

Unknown Characters

N/A Enable

F8h 05h 51h Enable

126

131

132

132

133

135

136

137

138

139

139

140

140

141

368

Table 23

Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Quick Keypad Emulation

HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution

HID Function Key Mapping

Simulated Caps Lock

Convert Case

Auto-Reconnect Option

Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback

Reconnect Attempt Interval

Sleep Between Attempts

Number of Retry Attempts

Beep on Insertion

Beep on <BEL>

Pairing Modes

Pairing on Contacts

Toggle Pairing

Connection Maintenance Interval

Batch Mode

Persistent Batch Storage

Page Button

Page Mode

Page Stage Timeout

Cradle Bluetooth Operation Mode

Bluetooth Security Levels

Save Bluetooth Connection Information

FIPS Mode

Imaging Preferences

Operational Modes

Image Capture Illumination

Image Capture Autoexposure

Fixed Exposure

Fixed Gain

Gain / Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode

Snapshot Mode Timeout

Snapshot Aiming Pattern

Standard Parameter Defaults

N/A

361

360

567

568

562

323

300

1399

746

1364

1365

1355

1393

1743

559

558

1778

1779

288

150

542

545

1322

N/A

544

Parameter

Number

1362

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

604

736

SSI Number Default

F8h 05h 52h Enable

N/A

N/A

Disable

Disable

N/A

N/A

F1h 5Ch

Disable

No Case Conversion

F1h 2Fh

Auto-Reconnect

Immediately

Disable

F1h 2Eh 30 sec

F8h 06h F2h Sleep for 1 Minute

F8h 06h F3h Do Not Retry

20h Enable

96

F1h 1Eh

Enable

Unlocked

F1h 21h Enable

F8h 05h 2Ah Disable

N/A

F1h 20h

15 Minutes

Normal (Do Not Batch

Data)

F8h 05h 77h Disable

F1h EAh Enable

F8h 05h 54h Page Simple

F8h 05h 55h 30 Seconds

F8h 05h 4Bh Bluetooth Classic Only

163

F8h 05h 71h Low

164

F8h 06h

CFh

F1h E0h

Enable

Disable

165

166

160

161

162

162

146

146

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

157

Page

Number

141

142

142

143

143

144

N/A

F0h 69h

F0h 68h

N/A

Enable

Enable

F4h F1h 37h 100

F1h 38h 50

F1h 32h

F0h 43h

F0h 2Ch

Autodetect

0 (30 seconds)

Enable

170

172

172

173

173

174

175

176

369

Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23

Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Silence Operational Mode Changes

Image Cropping

Crop to Pixel Addresses

Image Size (Number of Pixels)

Image Brightness (Target White)

JPEG Image Options

JPEG Target File Size

JPEG Quality and Size Value

Image Enhancement

Image File Format Selector

Image Rotation

Bits per Pixel (BPP)

Signature Capture

Signature Capture Image File Format Selector

Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP)

Signature Capture Width

Signature Capture Height

Signature Capture JPEG Quality

Video Mode Format Selector

Video View Finder

Video View Finder Image Size

Video Subsampling

USB Host Parameters

USB Device Type N/A

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking N/A

USB Keystroke Delay N/A

USB CAPS Lock Override N/A

USB Ignore Unknown Characters

USB Convert Unknown to Code 39

USB Polling Interval

USB Fast HID

Emulate Keypad

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

366

367

421

916

303

93

313

314

305

564

304

665

302

390

299

561

324

329

667

Parameter

Number

1293

301

315

316

317

318

F0h 2Eh

F0h 86h

F0h 2Bh

F1h 31h

F0h 31h

F1h 34h

F0h 30h

F1h 99h

SSI Number Default

Page

Number

F8h 05h 0Dh Disable (do not silence)

176

F0h 2Dh

F4h F0h 3Bh

F4h F0h

3Ch

F4h F0h

3Dh

F4h F0h 3Eh

Disable

0 top

0 left

959 bottom

1279 right

177

177

Full

180

Quality

160 kB

65

Low (1)

JPEG

0

178

179

180

180

181

181

182

183

F0h 2Fh

5Dh

F0h 39h

F0h 3Ah

8 BPP

Disable

JPEG

8 BPP

F4h F0h 6Eh 400

F4h F0h 6Fh 100

F0h A5h

F2h 94h

65

JPEG

F0h 44h

F0h 49h

F1h 9Bh

Disable

1700 Bytes

1/4 Resolution

187

187

187

188

183

184

185

186

188

189

190

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

HID Keyboard

Emulation

Enable

No Delay

Disable

Send

Disable

3 msec

Enable

Enable

194

195

196

196

197

197

198

200

200

370

Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23

Standard Parameter Defaults

Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero

Quick Keypad Emulation

USB FN1 Substitution

Function Key Mapping

Simulated Caps Lock

Convert Case

USB Static CDC

Parameter

Parameter

Number

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep

TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive

1360

N/A

TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive N/A

N/A

SSI Number

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

550h

N/A

N/A

N/A

Default

Enable

Enable

Disable

Disable

Disable

No Case Conversion

Enable

Honor

Ignore Beep Directive

Ignore Barcode

Configuration Directive

Version 2.2

IBM Specification Version

SSI

Select SSI Host

Software Handshaking

Decode Data Packet Format

N/A

159

238

155

239

334

335

N/A

9Fh

EEh

9Bh

EFh

F0h 4Eh

F0h 4Fh

N/A

ACK/NAK

Send Raw Decode

Data

2 sec

200 msec

Option 1

0 ms

Host Serial Response Time-out

Host Character Time-out

Multipacket Option

Interpacket Delay

Event Reporting

Decode Event

Boot Up Event

Parameter Event

Symbologies

Enable/Disable All Code Types

UPC/EAN

UPC-A

UPC-E

UPC-E1

EAN-8/JAN 8

EAN-13/JAN 13

Bookland EAN

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

(2 and 5 digits)

256

258

259

1

2

12

4

3

83

16

F0h 00h

F0h 02h

F0h 03h

01h

02h

0Ch

04h

03h

53h

10h

Disable

Disable

Disable

Enable

Enable

Disable

Enable

Enable

Disable

Ignore

217

217

218

219

220

221

222

223

224

224

231

231

232

232

233

233

234

234

203

204

205

205

206

Page

Number

201

201

202

202

203

206

371

Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23

Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter

User-Programmable Supplementals

Supplemental 1:

Supplemental 2:

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID

Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit

Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit

Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters

UPC-A Preamble

UPC-E Preamble

UPC-E1 Preamble

Convert UPC-E to A

Convert UPC-E1 to A

EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend

Bookland ISBN Format

UCC Coupon Extended Code

Coupon Report

ISSN EAN

UPC Reduced Quiet Zone

Code 128

Code 128

Set Length(s) for Code 128

GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128)

ISBT 128

ISBT Concatenation

Check ISBT Table

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy

Code 128 Security Level

Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone

Code 128 <FNC4>

Code 39

Code 39

578

223

751

1208

1254

8

209, 210

14

84

577

36

37

38

39

1882

1900

34

35

576

85

730

617

1289

579

580

80

672

40

41

42

1881

Parameter

Number

SSI Number Default

000

F1h 43h

F1h 44h

50h

F1h A0h

28h

29h

2Ah

F8 07 59

F8 07 5A

F8 07 6C

22h

23h

24h

25h

26h

27h

10

Combined

Enable

Enable

Enable

Transmit

Transmit

Do Not Transmit

System Character

System Character

System Character

Disable

F1h 40h

55h

F1h DAh

F1h 69h

Disable

Disable

ISBN-10

Disable

New Coupon Format

Disable

F8h 05h 09h Disable

0

Page

Number

238

08h

D1h, D2h

0Eh

54h

F1h 41h

Enable

Any Length

Enable

Enable

Disable for SR models

Enable for HC models

Enable F1h 42h

DFh

F1h EFh

10

Security Level 2

F8h 04h B8h Disable

F8h 04h E6h Honor

250

251

253

253

254

255

255

257

258

258

00h Enable

246

247

247

248

243

244

245

246

241

241

242

242

238

239

240

240

249

249

250

259

372

Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23

Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Trioptic Code 39

Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (Italian Pharmacy

Code)

Code 32 Prefix

Set Length(s) for Code 39

Code 39 Check Digit Verification

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit

Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion

Code 39 Security Level

Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone

Code 93

Code 93

Set Length(s) for Code 93

Code 11

Code 11

Set Lengths for Code 11

Code 11 Check Digit Verification

Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s)

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)

Set Lengths for I 2 of 5

I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13

Febraban

I 2 of 5 Security Level

I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone

Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)

Discrete 2 of 5

Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5

Codabar (NW - 7)

Codabar

Set Lengths for Codabar

CLSI Editing

NOTIS Editing

Codabar Security Level

5

20, 21

7

24, 25

54

55

1776

9

26, 27

10

28, 29

52

47

6

22, 23

49

44

82

1750

1121

1210

Parameter

Number

13

86

SSI Number

0Dh

56h

Disable

Disable

Default

231

18, 19

48

43

17

750

1209

E7h

12h, 13h

30h

Disable

1 to 55

Disable

2Bh

11h

Disable

Disable

F1h EEh Security Level 1

F8h 04h B9h Disable

09h

1Ah, 1Bh

0Ah

1Ch, 1Dh

34h

2Fh

06h

16h, 17h

31h

2Ch

52h

Enable

1 to 55

Disable

4 to 55

Disable

Disable

F8h 06h D6h Disable

F8h 04h 61h Security Level 1

F8h 04h

BAh

05h

14h 15h

Enable

6 to 55

Disable

Disable

Disable

Disable

Disable

1 to 55

07h

18h, 19h

36h

Enable

4 to 55

Disable

37h Disable

F8h 06h F0h Security Level 1

373

277

277

279

279

281

281

282

265

266

267

267

269

270

271

271

273

273

274

274

275

276

260

261

262

262

263

264

265

Page

Number

259

260

Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23

Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop

Characters Detection

Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification

Transmit Codabar Check Digit

MSI

MSI

Set Length(s) for MSI

MSI Check Digits

Transmit MSI Check Digit

MSI Check Digit Algorithm

MSI Reduced Quiet Zone

Chinese 2 of 5

Chinese 2 of 5

Matrix 2 of 5

Matrix 2 of 5

Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths

Parameter

855

1784

704

11

Number

30, 31

50

46

51

1392

408

Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

Korean 3 of 5

Korean 3 of 5

Inverse 1D

GS1 DataBar

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1

DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1

DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked

Omnidirectional

GS1 DataBar Limited

GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded

Stacked

Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check

GS1 DataBar Security Level

618

619

620

622

623

581

586

338

339

340

397

728

1706

SSI Number

F2h 57h

Default

Upper Case

F8h 06h F8h Disable

F1h C0h Disable

0Bh

1Eh, 1Fh

32h

Disable

4 to 55

One

2Eh

33h

Disable

Mod 10/Mod 10

F8h 05h 70h Disable

F0h 98h

F1h 6Ah

F1h 6Bh

F1h 6Ch

F1h 6Eh

F1h 6Fh

F1h 45h

F1h 4Ah

F0h 52h

F0h 53h

F0h 54h

F0h 8Dh

F1h D8h

F8h 06h

AAh

Disable

Disable

4-55

Disable

Disable

Disable

Regular

Enable

Enable

Enable

Disable

Level 3

Level 1

Composite

Composite CC-C

Composite CC-A/B

Composite TLC-39

341

342

371

F0h 55h

F0h 56h

F0h 73h

Disable

Disable

Disable

374

293

294

294

295

296

297

297

298

284

285

286

287

287

288

288

Page

Number

283

283

284

291

292

293

289

289

290

291

Table 23

Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Composite Inverse

UPC Composite Mode

Composite Beep Mode

GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN

Composite Codes

2D Symbologies

PDF417

MicroPDF417

Code 128 Emulation

Data Matrix

GS1 Data Matrix

Data Matrix Inverse

Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only)

Maxicode

QR Code

Weblink QR

GS1 QR

MicroQR

Aztec

Aztec Inverse

Han Xin

Han Xin Inverse

Grid Matrix

Grid Matrix Inverse

Grid Matrix Mirror

DotCode

DotCode Inverse

DotCode Mirrored

DotCode Prioritize

Postal Codes

US Postnet

US Planet

Transmit US Postal Check Digit

UK Postal

Transmit UK Postal Check Digit

Japan Postal

Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Number

1113

344

398

427

SSI Number Default

F8h 04h 59h Regular

F0h 58h

F0h 8Eh

UPC Never Linked

Beep As Each Code

Type is Decoded

F0h ABh Disable

Page

Number

298

299

300

300

293

1947

1343

573

574

589

1167

1168

15

227

123

292

1336

588

537

294

1718

1719

1736

1906

1907

1908

1937

89

90

95

91

96

290

375

0Fh

E3h

7Bh

F0h 24h

Enable

Disable

Disable

Enable

F8h 05h 38h Disable

F1h 4Ch Inverse Autodetect

F1h 19h

F0h 26h

Auto

Disable

F0h 25h

F7 07 9B

Enable

Enable

F8h 05h 3Fh Enable

F1h 3Dh Enable

F1h 3Eh

F1h 4Dh

Enable

Inverse Autodetect

F8h 04h 8Fh Disable

F8h 04h 90h Regular

F8h 06h B6h Disable

F8h 06h B7h Regular Only

F8h 06h C8h Regular Only

F8 07 72h Disable

F8 07 73h

F8 07 74h

F8 07 91h

Inverse Autodetect

Autodetect

Enable

59h

5Ah

5Fh

5Bh

60h

F0h 22h

Disable

Disable

Enable

Disable

Enable

Enable

308

309

310

310

306

307

307

308

303

304

305

306

301

301

302

303

311

311

312

313

313

314

314

315

315

316

316

317

317

Table 23

Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter

Australia Post

Australia Post Format

Netherlands KIX Code

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

UPU FICS Postal

Mailmark

Symbology-Specific Security Levels

Redundancy Level

Security Level

1D Quiet Zone Level

Intercharacter Gap Size

Report Version

Macro PDF

Flush Macro PDF Buffer

Abort Macro PDF Entry

OCR Programming Parameters

OCR-A

OCR-A Variant

OCR-B

OCR-B Variant

MICR E13B

US Currency

OCR Orientation

OCR Lines

OCR Minimum Characters

OCR Maximum Characters

OCR Subset

OCR Quiet Zone

OCR Template

OCR Check Digit Modulus

OCR Check Digit Multiplier

OCR Check Digit Validation

Inverse OCR

OCR Redundancy

Standard Parameter Defaults

N/A

N/A

691

689

690

686

695

547

688

700

694

856

1770

680

684

681

685

682

683

687

N/A

N/A

F1h A8h

F1h ACh

F1h A9h

F1h ADh

F1h AAh

F1h ABh

F1h AFh

F1h B3h

F1h B1h

F1h B2h

F1h AEh

F1h B7h

F1h 23h

F1h B0h

F1h BCh

F1h B6h

F2h 58h

F8h 06h

EAh

Parameter

Number

291

718

326

592

611

1337

78

77

1288

381

SSI Number

F0h 23h

F1h CEh

F0h 46h

Disable

Autodiscriminate

Disable

F1h 50h

F1h 63h

Disable

Disable

F8h 05h 08h Disable

4Eh

4Dh

F8h 05h 08h 1

F0h 7Dh

1

1

Normal

Default

N/A

N/A

Disable

OCR-A Full ASCII

Disable

OCR-B Full ASCII

Disable

Disable

0 o

1

3

100

Selected font variant

50

99999999

1

121212121212

None

Regular

Level 1

322

324

325

326

326

327

327

345

345

346

346

347

347

357

357

359

364

365

335

336

337

338

342

343

343

Page

Number

318

319

320

320

321

321

376

Country Codes

Introduction

This chapter provides instructions for programming the keyboard to interface with a USB or BT HID. The host powers the scanner. For host setup information, see

USB Interface .

NOTE:

Mobile device keyboards are English only.

To select a code page for the country keyboard type, see

Country Code Page Barcodes .

Throughout the programming barcode menus, default values are indicated with asterisks (

*

).

*

Indicates Default

*

US English (North American)

Feature/Option

377

Country Codes

USB, BT HID Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes)

Scan the barcode corresponding to the keyboard type. For a USB host, this setting applies only to the USB

Keyboard (HID) device. If the keyboard type is not listed, see Emulate Keypad on page 200 for the USB

HID host.

NOTE:

When changing USB country keyboard types the digital scanner automatically resets and issues the standard startup beep sequences.

NOTE:

For best results when using international keyboards, enable

Quick Keypad Emulation on page 201 .

IMPORTANT:

1.Some country keyboard barcode types are specific to certain Windows Operating

Systems (i.e., XP, and Win 7 or higher). Barcodes requiring a specific Windows OS are noted so in their barcode captions.

2.Use the

French International

barcode for Belgian French keyboards.

*

US English (North American)

US English (Mac)

Albanian

Arabic (101)

Arabic (102)

378

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Arabic (102) AZERTY

Azeri (Latin)

Azeri (Cyrillic)

Belarusian

Bosnian (Latin)

Bosnian (Cyrillic)

Bulgarian (Latin)

379

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Bulgarian Cyrillic (Typewriter)

(Bulgarian -Windows XP

Typewriter - Win 7 or higher)

Canadian French Win7

Canadian French (Legacy)

Canadian Multilingual Standard

Chinese (ASCII)

Chinese (Simplified)*

380

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Chinese (Traditional)*

*For CJK keyboard types, see CKJ Decode Control on page 407 .

Croatian

Czech

Czech (Programmer)

Czech (QWERTY)

Danish

Dutch (Netherlands)

381

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Estonian

Faeroese

Finnish

French (France)

French International

(Belgian French)

French (Canada) 95/98

382

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

French (Canada) 2000/XP*

*Note that there is also a country code barcode for

Canadian Multilingual Standard on page 380

. Be sure to select the appropriate barcode for your host system.

Galician

German

Greek Latin

Greek (220) Latin

Greek (319) Latin

Greek

383

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Greek (220)

Greek (319)

Greek Polytonic

Hebrew Israel

Hungarian

Hungarian_101KEY

384

Icelandic

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Irish

Italian

Italian (142)

Japanese (ASCII)

Japanese (SHIFT-JIS)*

*For CJK keyboard types, see

CKJ Decode Control on page 407 .

Korean (ASCII)

385

Kazakh

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Korean (Hangul)*

*For CJK keyboard types, see

CKJ Decode Control on page 407

.

Kyrgyz

Latin American

Latvian

Latvian (QWERTY)

Lithuanian

Lithuanian (IBM)

386

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Macedonian (FYROM)

Maltese_47KEY

Mongolian

Norwegian

Polish (214)

Polish (Programmer)

Portuguese (Brazil)

(Windows XP)

387

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT)

Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT2)

Portuguese (Portugal)

Romanian

(Windows XP)

Romanian (Legacy)

(Win 7 or higher)

Romanian (Standard)

(Win 7 or higher)

388

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Romanian (Programmer)

(Win 7 or higher)

Russian

Russian (Typewriter)

Serbian (Latin)

Serbian (Cyrillic)

Slovak

389

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Slovak (QWERTY)

Slovenian

Spanish

Spanish (Variation)

Swedish

Swiss French

390

Swiss German

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

Tatar

Thai (Kedmanee)

Turkish F

Turkish Q

UK English

Ukrainian

US Dvorak

391

Country Codes (Continued)

Country Codes

US Dvorak Left

US Dvorak Right

US International

Uzbek

Vietnamese

392

Country Code Pages

Introduction

This chapter provides barcodes for selecting code pages for the country keyboard type selected in Country

Codes

. If the default code page in Table 24

is appropriate for your selected country keyboard type, you do not need to scan a country code page barcode.

NOTE:

ADF rules can also specify a code page based on the symbology and other ADF criteria. Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide.

Country Code Page Defaults

Table 24

lists the code page default for each country keyboard.

Table 24

Country Code Page Defaults

Country Keyboard

US English (North American)

US English (Mac)

Albanian

Arabic 101

Arabic 102

Arabic 102 AZERTY

Azeri Latin

Azeri Cyrillic

Belarusian

Bosnian Latin

Bosnian Cyrillic

Bulgarian Latin

Bulgarian Cyrillic

Canadian French Win7

Canadian French (Legacy)

Canadian Multilingual

Croatian

Windows 1252

Mac CP10000

Windows 1250

Windows 1256

Windows 1256

Windows 1256

Windows 1254

Windows 1251

Windows 1251

Windows 1250

Windows 1251

Windows 1250

Windows 1251

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1250

Code Page Default

393

Country Code Pages

Table 24

Country Code Page Defaults

Chinese ASCII

Country Keyboard

Chinese (Simplified)

Chinese (Traditional)

Czech

Czech Programmers

Czech QWERTY

Danish

Dutch Netherland

Estonian

Faeroese

Finnish

French (France)

French (Canada) 95/98

French (Canada) 2000/XP

French International (Belgian French)

Galician

German

Greek Latin

Greek220 Latin

Greek319 Latin

Greek

Greek220

Greek319

Greek Polytonic

Hebrew Israel

Hungarian

Hungarian_101KEY

Icelandic

Irish

Italian

Italian_142

Japanese ASCII

Japanese (Shift-JIS)

Kazakh

Korean ASCII

Korean (Hangul)

Kyrgyz Cyrillic

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1253

Windows 1252

Windows 1253

Windows 1253

Windows 1253

Windows 1253

Windows 1255

Windows 1250

Windows 1250

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Code Page Default

Windows 1252

Windows 936, GBK

Windows 950, Big5

Windows 1250

Windows 1250

Windows 1250

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1257

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 932, Shift-JIS

Windows 1251

Windows 1252

Windows 949, Hangul

Windows 1251

394

Country Code Pages

Table 24

Country Code Page Defaults

Country Keyboard

Latin America

Latvian

Latvian QWERTY

Lithuanian

Lithuanian_IBM

Macedonian -FYROM

Maltese_47KEY

Mongolian-Cyrillic

Norwegian

Polish_214

Polish Programmer

Portuguese Brazil

Portuguese Brazilian ABNT

Portuguese Brazilian ABNT2

Portuguese Portugal

Romanian

Romanian Legacy

Romanian Standard

Romanian Programmer

Russian

Russian Typewriter

Serbian Latin

Serbian Cyrillic

Slovak

Slovak QWERTY

Slovenian

Spanish

Spanish Variation

Swedish

Swiss French

Swiss German

Tatar

Thai-Kedmanee

Turkish F

Turkish Q

Ukrainian

United Kingdom

Windows 1250

Windows 1250

Windows 1250

Windows 1250

Windows 1251

Windows 1251

Windows 1250

Windows 1251

Windows 1250

Windows 1250

Windows 1250

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1257

Windows 1257

Windows 1257

Windows 1257

Windows 1251

Windows 1252

Windows 1251

Windows 1252

Windows 1250

Windows 1250

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1251

Windows 874

Windows 1254

Windows 1254

Windows 1251

Windows 1252

Code Page Default

395

Country Code Pages

Table 24

Country Code Page Defaults

Country Keyboard

United States

US Dvorak

US Dvorak Left Hand

US Dvorak Right Hand

US International

Uzbek Cyrillic

Vietnamese

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1252

Windows 1251

Windows 1258

Code Page Default

396

Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes

Scan the barcode corresponding to the country keyboard code page.

Windows 1250

Latin 2, Central European

Windows 1251

Cyrillic, Slavic

Windows 1252

Latin 1, Western European

Windows 1253

Greek

Windows 1254

Latin 5, Turkish

397

Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

Windows 1255

Hebrew

Windows 1256

Arabic

Windows 1257

Baltic

Windows 1258

Vietnamese

Windows 874

Thai

398

Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

Windows 20866

Cyrillic KOI8-R

Windows 932

Japanese Shift-JIS

Windows 936

Simplified Chinese GBK

Windows 54936

Simplified Chinese GB18030

Windows 949

Korean Hangul

Windows 950

Traditional Chinese Big5

399

Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

MS-DOS 437

Latin US

MS-DOS 737

Greek

MS-DOS 775

Baltic

MS-DOS 850

Latin 1

MS-DOS 852

Latin 2

400

Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

MS-DOS 855

Cyrillic

MS-DOS 857

Turkish

MS-DOS 860

Portuguese

MS-DOS 861

Icelandic

MS-DOS 862

Hebrew

401

Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

MS-DOS 863

French Canada

MS-DOS 865

Nordic

MS-DOS 866

Cyrillic

MS-DOS 869

Greek 2

402

Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

ISO 8859-1

Latin 1, Western European

ISO 8859-2

Latin 2, Central European

ISO 8859-3

Latin 3, South European

ISO 8859-4

Latin 4, North European

ISO 8859-5

Cyrillic

403

Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

ISO 8859-6

Arabic

ISO 8859-7

Greek

ISO 8859-8

Hebrew

ISO 8859-9

Latin 5, Turkish

ISO 8859-10

Latin 6, Nordic

404

Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

ISO 8859-11

Thai

ISO 8859-13

Latin 7, Baltic

ISO 8859-14

Latin 8, Celtic

ISO 8859-15

Latin 9

ISO 8859-16

Latin 10, South-Eastern European

405

Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

UTF-8

UTF-16LE

UTF-16 Little Endian

UTF-16BE

UTF-16 Big Endian

Mac CP10000

Roman

406

CKJ Decode Control

Introduction

This appendix describes control parameters for CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) barcode decode through USB HID Keyboard Emulation mode.

NOTE:

Because ADF does not support CJK character processing, there is no format manipulation for CJK output.

407

CKJ Decode Control

CJK Control Parameters

Unicode Output Control

Parameter # 973

For a Unicode encoded CJK barcode, select one of the following options for unicode output:

• Universal Output to Unicode and MBCS Application

- This default method applies to Unicode and

MBCS expected applications, such as MS Word and Notepad on a Windows host.

NOTE:

To support Unicode universal output, set up the registry table for the Windows host. See

Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host on page 414 .

• Output to Unicode Application Only

- This method applies only to Unicode expected applications, such as MS Word and WordPad, but not Notepad.

* Universal Output

(0)

Unicode Application Only

(1)

408

CKJ Decode Control

CJK Output Method to Windows Host

Parameter # 972

For a national standard encoded CJK barcode, select one of the following options for CJK output to a

Windows host:

• Universal CJK Output

- This is the default universal CJK output method for US English IME or

Chinese/Japanese/Korean ASCII IME on a Windows host. This method converts CJK characters to

Unicode and emulates the characters when transmitting to the host. Use the

Unicode Output Control

parameter to control Unicode output.

NOTE:

To support universal CJK output, set up the registry table for the Windows host. See Unicode/CJK

Decode Setup with Windows Host on page 414

.

• Other options for CJK output

- With the following methods, the scanner sends the CJK character hexadecimal internal code (Nei Ma) value to host, or converts the CJK character to Unicode and sends the hexadecimal Unicode value to host. When using these methods, the Windows host must select the corresponding IME to accept the CJK character. See

Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host on page 414 .

• Japanese Unicode Output

• Simplified Chinese GBK Code Output

• Simplified Chinese Unicode Output

• Korean Unicode Code Output

• Traditional Chinese Big5 Code Output

(Windows XP)

• Traditional Chinese Big5 Code Output

(Windows 7)

• Traditional Chinese Unicode Code Output

(Windows XP)

• Traditional Chinese Unicode Code Output

(Windows 7)

NOTE:

The Unicode emulate output method depends on the host system (Windows XP or

Windows 7).

* Universal CJK Output

(0)

409

Japanese Unicode Output

(34)

(for Japanese Unicode Output, select Simplified Chinese

Unicode IME on the Windows host)

CKJ Decode Control

CJK Output Method to Windows Host (continued

Chinese (Simplified) GBK Output

(1)

Chinese (Simplified) Unicode Output

(2)

Korean Unicode Output

(50)

(for Korean Unicode Output, select Simplified Chinese Unicode

IME on the Windows host)

Chinese (Traditional) Big5 Output (Windows XP)

(17)

410

CKJ Decode Control

Chinese (Traditional) Big5 Output (Windows 7)

(19)

Chinese (Traditional) Unicode Output (Windows 7)

(20)

Chinese (Traditional) Unicode Output (Windows XP)

(18)

411

CKJ Decode Control

Non-CJK UTF Barcode Output

Parameter # 960

Some country keyboard type layouts contain characters that do not exist in the default code page (see

Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters on page 412 ). Although the default code page can not encode

these characters in a barcode, they can be encoded in the UTF-8 barcode. Scan this parameter barcode to output the Unicode values by emulation mode.

NOTE:

Use this special country keyboard type to decode the non-CJK UTF-8 barcode. After decoding, re-configure the scanner to use the original country keyboard type.

Use US English IME on Windows. See

Unicode Output Control on page 408 .

Non-CJK UTF-8 Emulation Output

Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters

Country keyboard type:

Tatar, Uzbek, Mongolian, Kyrgyz, Kazakh and Azeri

Default code page: CP1251

Missing characters: ҹ ҝ ұ қ

?

ң ң җ ә ү һ ө ғ ҳ қ

Table 25

Country keyboard type: Tatar, Uzbek, Mongolian, Kyrgyz, Kazakh and Azeri

Ә

Ү

Һ

Ө

Ғ

Ҳ

Қ

Ң

Җ

Ң

Ұ

Қ

Ҹ

Ҝ

412

CKJ Decode Control

Country keyboard type:

Romanian (Standard)

Default code page: CP1250

Missing characters:

Table 26

Country Keyboard Type: Romanian (Standard) ș Ș ț Ț

Country keyboard type:

Portuguese-Brazilian (ABNT), Portuguese-Brazilian (ABNT2)

Default code page: CP1252

Missing character:

₢

Country keyboard type:

Azeri-Latin

Default code page: CP1254

Missing characters: ə , Ə

413

CKJ Decode Control

Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host

This section describes how to set up CJK decode with a Windows host.

Setting Up the Windows Registry Table for Unicode Universal Output

To support the Unicode universal output method, set up the Windows host registry table as follows:

1.

Select

Start > Run > regedt32

to start the registry editor.

2.

Under

HKEY_Current_User\Control Panel\Input Method

, set

EnableHexNumpad

to

1

as follows:

[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method]

3.

"EnableHexNumpad"="1"

If this key does not exist, add it as type

REG_SZ

(string value).

Reboot the computer to implement the registry change.

Adding CJK IME on Windows

To add the desired CJK input language:

1.

Click

Start > Control Panel

.

2.

3.

If the Control Panel opens in category view, select

Switch to Classic View

in the top left corner.

Select

Regional and Language Options

.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Click the

Language

tab.

Under

Supplemental Language Support

, select the

Install Files for East Asian Languages

check box if not already selected, and click

Apply

. This may require a Windows installation CD to install the required files. This step ensures that the East Asian Languages (CJK) are available.

Under

Text Services and Input Language

, click

Details

.

Under

Installed Services

, click

Add

.

8.

9.

In the

Add Input Language

dialog box, choose the CJK input language and keyboard layout or Input

Method Editor (IME) to add.

Click

OK

twice. The language indicator appears in the system tray (at bottom right corner of the desktop by default). To switch between input languages (keyboard languages) select the language indicator in the system tray.

10.

Select the language indicator in the system tray to select the desired country keyboard type.

11.

Verify that the characters displayed on each country's keyboard appear.

414

CKJ Decode Control

Selecting the Simplified Chinese Input Method on the Host

To select the Simplified Chinese input method:

•

Select Unicode/GBK input on Windows XP:

Chinese (Simplified) - NeiMa

, then click the input bar to select

Unicode

or

GBK NeiMa

input.

Or

•

Select Unicode/GBK input on Windows7:

Chinese (Simplified) - Microsoft Pinyin New Experience

Input Style

, then select

Tool Menu > Secondary Inputs > Unicode Input

or

GB Code Input

.

Selecting the Traditional Chinese Input Method on the Host

To select the Traditional Chinese input method:

•

Select Unicode input on Windows XP:

Chinese (Traditional) - Unicode

415

CKJ Decode Control

•

Select Big5 input on Windows XP:

Chinese (Traditional) - Big5 Code

•

Select Unicode/Big5 input on Windows 7:

Chinese (Traditional) - New Quick

. This option support both Unicode and Big5 input.

416

Programming Reference

Symbol Code Identifiers

R

S

M

N

K

L

H

J

F

G

D

E

A

B

C z

P00

P01

P02

P03

V

X

T

U

Table 27

Symbol Code Characters

Code Character

UPC-A, UPC-E, UPC-E1, EAN-8, EAN-13

Code 39, Code 32

Codabar

Code Type

Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated

Code 93

Interleaved 2 of 5

Discrete 2 of 5, or Discrete 2 of 5 IATA

Code 11

MSI

GS1-128

Bookland EAN

Trioptic Code 39

Coupon Code

GS1 DataBar Family

Matrix 2 of 5

UCC Composite, TLC 39

Chinese 2 of 5

Korean 3 of 5

ISSN EAN, PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417

Aztec, Aztec Rune

Data Matrix

QR Code, MicroQR

Maxicode

US Postnet

417

Programming Reference

Table 27

Symbol Code Characters (Continued)

P0C

P0D

P0G

P0H

P0Q

P0X

P04

P05

P06

P08

P09

P0A

P0B

Code Character Code Type

US Planet

Japan Postal

UK Postal

Netherlands KIX Code

Australia Post

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

UPU FICS Postal

Mailmark

Grid Matrix, Grid Matrix Inverse, Grid Matrix Mirror

GS1 DM

Han Xin

GS1 QR

Signature Capture

AIM Code Identifiers

Each AIM Code Identifier contains the three-character string

]cm

where:

]=Flag Character (ASCII 93) c=Code Character (see

Table 28 )

m=Modifier Character (see Table 29

)

M

Q

I h

L

L2

G

H e

F d d2

E

Table 28

Aim Code Characters

Code Character

A

C

Code Type

Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Code 32

Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated, GS1-128,

Coupon (Code 128 portion)

Data Matrix

GS1 Data Matrix

UPC/EAN, Coupon (UPC portion)

GS1 DataBar Family

Codabar

Code 93

Code 11

Han Xin

Interleaved 2 of 5

PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417

TLC 39

MSI

QR Code, MicroQR

418

Programming Reference

Table 28

Aim Code Characters (Continued) z

X

S

U

Q3

Code Character

X0

]g

Code Type

GS1 QR

Discrete 2 of 5, IATA 2 of 5

Maxicode

Aztec, Aztec Rune

Bookland EAN, ISSN EAN, Trioptic Code 39, Chinese 2 of 5,

Matrix 2 of 5, Korean 3 of 5, US Postnet, US Planet, UK Postal, Japan Postal,

Australia Post, Netherlands KIX Code, USPS 4CB/One Code/ Intelligent Mail,

UPU FICS Postal, Signature Capture

Mailmark

Grid Matrix, Grid Matrix Inverse, Grid Matrix Mirror

The modifier character is the sum of the applicable option values based on Table 29 .

Table 29

Modifier Characters

Code Type

Code 39

0

1

3

Option Value Option

No check character or Full ASCII processing.

Reader has checked one check character.

Reader has checked and stripped check character.

4

5

Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion.

Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked one check character.

7 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked and stripped check character.

Example: A Full ASCII barcode with check character W,

A+I+MI+DW

, is transmitted as

]A7

AIMID where 7 = (3+4).

Trioptic Code 39

0 No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

Example: A Trioptic barcode 412356 is transmitted as

]X0

412356

Code 128

0

1

Standard data packet, no Function code 1 in first symbol position.

Function code 1 in first symbol character position.

2 Function code 1 in second symbol character position.

Example: A Code (EAN) 128 barcode with Function 1 character

FNC1 transmitted as

]

C1

AIMID

in the first position, AIMID is

I 2 of 5

Codabar

0

1

3

No check digit processing.

Reader has validated check digit.

Reader has validated and stripped check digit.

1

3

Example: An I 2 of 5 barcode without check digit, 4123, is transmitted as

]I0

4123

0 No check digit processing.

Reader has checked check digit.

Reader has stripped check digit before transmission.

Example: A Codabar barcode without check digit, 4123, is transmitted as

]F0

4123

419

Programming Reference

Table 29

Modifier Characters (Continued)

Code Type

Code 93

MSI

D 2 of 5

UPC/EAN

Bookland EAN

ISSN EAN

Code 11

GS1 DataBar

Family

0

2

3

Option Value Option

No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

Example: A Code 93 barcode 012345678905 is transmitted as

]G0

012345678905

0 Check digits are sent.

1 No check digit is sent.

Example: An MSI barcode 4123, with a single check digit checked, is transmitted as

]M1

4123

0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

Example: A D 2 of 5 barcode 4123, is transmitted as

]S0

4123

0

1

Standard data packet in full EAN format, i.e. 13 digits for UPC-A, UPC-E, and

EAN-13 (not including supplemental data).

Two digit supplemental data only.

Five digit supplemental data only.

Combined data packet comprising 13 digits from EAN-13, UPC-A or UPC-E symbol and 2 or 5 digits from supplemental symbol.

4 EAN-8 data packet.

Example: A UPC-A barcode 012345678905 is transmitted as

]E0

0012345678905

0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

Example: A Bookland EAN barcode 123456789X is transmitted as

]X0

123456789X

0

1

0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

Example: An ISSN EAN barcode 123456789X is transmitted as

]X0

123456789X

3

Single check digit

Two check digits

Check characters validated but not transmitted.

No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0. GS1 DataBar

Omnidirectional and GS1 DataBar Limited transmit with an Application

Identifier “01”.

Note: In GS1-128 emulation mode, GS1 DataBar is transmitted using Code

128 rules (i.e., ]C1).

Example: A GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional barcode 0110012345678902 is transmitted as

]e

00110012345678902.

420

Programming Reference

Table 29

Modifier Characters (Continued)

Code Type

EAN.UCC

Composites

(GS1 DataBar,

GS1-128,

2D portion of

UPC composite)

PDF417,

Micro PDF417

0

1

2

3

1

0

1

2

3

4

Option Value Option

Native mode transmission.

Note: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules.

Standard data packet.

Data packet containing the data following an encoded symbol separator character.

Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character.

The data packet does not support the ECI protocol.

Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character.

The data packet supports the ECI protocol.

GS1-128 emulation

Note: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules.

Data packet is a GS1-128 symbol (i.e., data is preceded with ]JC1).

Reader set to conform to protocol defined in 1994 PDF417 symbology specifications. Note: When this option is transmitted, the receiver cannot reliably determine whether ECIs have been invoked or whether data byte

92

DEC

has been doubled in transmission.

Reader set to follow the ECI protocol (Extended Channel Interpretation). All data characters 92

DEC

are doubled.

Reader set for Basic Channel operation (no escape character transmission protocol). Data characters 92

DEC

are not doubled. Note: When decoders are set to this mode, unbuffered Macro symbols and symbols requiring the decoder to convey ECI escape sequences cannot be transmitted.

The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is 903-907,

912, 914, 915.

The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in the range

908-909.

Data Matrix

6

GS1 Data Matrix

2

4

5

2

3

0

1

5 The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in the range

910-911.

Example: A PDF417 barcode ABCD, with no transmission protocol enabled, is transmitted as

]L2ABCD.

ECC 000-140, not supported.

ECC 200.

ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position.

ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position.

ECC 200, ECI protocol implemented.

ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position, ECI protocol implemented.

ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position, ECI protocol implemented.

ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position.

421

Programming Reference

Table 29

Modifier Characters (Continued)

Code Type

MaxiCode

Option Value

QR Code

GS1 QR

Aztec

Han Xin

Grid Matrix, Grid

Matrix Inverse,

Grid Matrix

Mirror

Mailmark

1

2

3

0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

3

0

C

0

1

0

0

Option

Symbol in Mode 4 or 5.

Symbol in Mode 2 or 3.

Symbol in Mode 4 or 5, ECI protocol implemented.

Symbol in Mode 2 or 3, ECI protocol implemented in secondary message.

Model 1 symbol.

Model 2 / MicroQR symbol, ECI protocol not implemented.

Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented.

Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in first position.

Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in first position.

Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in second position.

Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in second position.

Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in first position.

Aztec symbol.

Aztec Rune symbol.

Generic data, no special features are set. The transmitted data does not follow the AIM ECI protocol.

ECI protocol enabled. There is at least one ECI mode encoded. Transmitted data must follow the AIM ECI protocol.

No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

422

Sample Barcodes

UPC/EAN

UPC-A, 100%

0

12345 67890

5

UPC-A with 2-digit Add-on

34

UPC-A with 5-digit Add-on

0 12345 67890

98765

0 12345 67890

423

Sample Barcodes

UPC-E

UPC-E with 2-digit Add-on

0 425261 4

98

0 425261

424

UPC/EAN (continued)

UPC-E with 5-digit Add-on

Sample Barcodes

87654

0 425261

EAN-8

EAN-13, 100%

EAN-13 with 2-digit Add-on

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 0

12

3 456789 012340

425

EAN-13 with 5-digit Add-on

Sample Barcodes

54321

3 456789 012340

Code 128

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

GS1-128

(01)94019097685457(13)170119(30)17

Code 39

123ABC

426

Sample Barcodes

Code 93

Code 11 with 2 Check Digits

2468101275

Interleaved 2 of 5

12345678901231

MSI with 2 Check Digits

NOTE:

MSI must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

MSI on page 284 ).

123455834

427

Sample Barcodes

Chinese 2 of 5

NOTE:

Chinese 2 of 5 must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

MSI on page 284 ).

45454545454

Matrix 2 of 5

NOTE:

Matrix 2 of 5 must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

Matrix 2 of 5 on page 289

).

223344

Korean 3 of 5

NOTE:

Korean 3 of 5 must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

Korean 3 of 5 on page 428 ).

1400230

428

Sample Barcodes

GS1 DataBar

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14)

7612341562341

GS1 DataBar Truncated

(01)00614141999996

GS1 DataBar Stacked

429

Sample Barcodes

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional

GS1 DataBar Limited

430

GS1 DataBar (continued)

GS1 DataBar Expanded

Sample Barcodes

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked

2D Symbologies

PDF417

431

Data Matrix

Sample Barcodes

432

Sample Barcodes

2D Symbologies (continued)

GS1 Data Matrix

NOTE:

GS1 Data Matrix must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

GS1 Data Matrix on page 433

).

Maxicode

NOTE:

Maxicode must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

Maxicode on page 433

).

QR Code

433

Sample Barcodes

2D Symbologies (continued)

GS1 QR

NOTE:

GS1 QR must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

GS1 QR on page 434

).

MicroQR

Aztec

0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ

01234567890123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQR

STUVWXYZ0123456789

434

Sample Barcodes

2D Symbologies (continued)

Grid Matrix

NOTE:

Grid Matrix must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

Grid Matrix on page 435

).

Han Xin

NOTE:

Han Xin must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

Han Xin on page 435

).

Postal Codes

US Postnet

NOTE:

US Postnet must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

US Postnet on page 435

).

UK Postal

NOTE:

UK Postal must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

UK Postal on page 435

).

435

Sample Barcodes

Postal Codes (continued)

Japan Postal

NOTE:

Japan Postal must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

Japan Postal on page 436

).

5008861

Australian Post

NOTE:

Australia must be enabled to read the following barcode (see

Australian Post on page 436

).

39549554

436

Sample Barcodes

OCR

OCR-A

NOTE:

OCR must be enabled to read the following barcodes (see

OCR Programming Parameters on page 335 ).

OCR-B

MICR E13B

US Currency

437

Numeric Barcodes

Cancel

To correct an error or change a selection, scan the barcode below.

Cancel

Numeric Barcodes

For parameters requiring specific numeric values, scan the appropriately numbered barcode(s).

0

1

2

438

4

6

Numeric Barcodes

3

5

7

8

9

439

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Cancel

To correct an error or change a selection, scan the barcode below.

Cancel

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Space

#

$

440

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

%

*

+

-

.

/

!

441

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

“

&

‘

(

)

:

442

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

;

<

=

>

?

@

443

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

[

\

]

^

_

`

444

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued

NOTE:

The barcodes that follow should not be confused with those on the numeric keypad.

0

1

2

3

4

5

445

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

6

7

8

9

End of Message

Cancel

446

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

A

B

C

D

E

F

447

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

G

H

I

J

K

L

448

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

M

N

O

P

Q

R

449

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

S

T

U

V

W

X

450

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

Y

Z a b c d

451

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

e f g h i j

452

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

k l m n o p

453

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

q r s t u v

454

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

w x y z

{

|

455

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

}

~

456

ASCII Character Sets

Table 30

ASCII Character Set

ASCII Value

(Prefix/Suffix

1000

1001

1002

1003

1004

1005

1006

1007

1008

1009

1010

1011

1012

1013

1014

1015

1016

1017

1018

1019

1020

1021

$A

$B

$C

$D

$E

$F

$G

$H

$I

$P

$S

$T

Full ASCII Code 39

%U

$J

$K

$L

$M

$N

$O

$Q

$R

$U

Encode Char

Keystroke

CTRL 2

CTRL A

CTRL B

CTRL C

CTRL D

CTRL E

CTRL F

CTRL G

CTRL

H/

BACKSPACE

1

CTRL I/

HORIZONTAL

TAB

1

CTRL J

CTRL K

CTRL L

CTRL M/

ENTER

1

CTRL N

CTRL O

CTRL P

CTRL Q

CTRL R

CTRL S

CTRL T

CTRL U

1022 $V CTRL V

The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping.

Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits.

457

ASCII Character Sets

Table 30

ASCII Character Set (Continued)

ASCII Value

(Prefix/Suffix

1023

1024

1025

1026

1027

$W

$X

$Y

$Z

Full ASCII Code 39

%A

Encode Char

Keystroke

CTRL W

CTRL X

CTRL Y

CTRL Z

CTRL [

CTRL \

CTRL ]

1028

1029

1030

1031

1032

1033

1034

1035

%B

%C

%D

%E

Space

/A

/B

/C

$

%

“

#

CTRL 6

CTRL -

!

Space

1036

1037

1038

1039

1040

1041

1042

1043

/D

/E

/F

/G

/H

/I

/J

/K

-

,

*

+

)

(

‘

&

1044

1045

1046

1047

1048

1049

1050

1051

1052

1053

1054

1055

.

-

/L

/o

0

1

2

3

6

7

4

5

0

1

/

.

2

3

4

5

6

7

1056

1057

8

9

8

9

The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping.

Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits.

458

ASCII Character Sets

Table 30

ASCII Character Set (Continued)

ASCII Value

(Prefix/Suffix

1058

1059

1060

1061

1062

/Z

%I

Full ASCII Code 39

%F

%G

%H

Encode Char

=

>

?

@

:

;

<

Keystroke

1063

1064

1065

1066

1067

1068

1069

1070

%J

%V

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

E

F

C

D

A

B

1071

1072

1073

1074

1075

1076

1077

1078

I

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

M

N

K

L

I

J

1079

1080

1081

1082

1083

1084

1085

1086

1087

1088

1089

1090

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

Y

Z

W

X

S

T

Q

R

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

1091

1092

%K

%L

[

\

The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping.

Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits.

459

ASCII Character Sets

Table 30

ASCII Character Set (Continued)

ASCII Value

(Prefix/Suffix

1093

1094

1095

1096

1097

1098

1099

1100

1101

1102

1103

1104

1105

1106

1107

1108

1109

1110

1111

1112

1113

1114

1115

1116

1117

1118

1119

1120

1121

1122

1123

1124

1125

+T

Full ASCII Code 39

%M

%N

%O

%W

+A

+B

+C

+D

+E

+F

+G

+H

+I

+J

+K

+L

+M

+N

+O

+P

+Q

+R

+S

+U

+V

+W

+X

+Y

+Z

%P

%Q

%R

%S

Encode Char

] f j r

{

I

}

^

_

‘ a b c d e g i h k l m n o p q s t u v w x y z

Keystroke

1126

1127

~

Undefined

The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping.

Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits.

460

ASCII Character Sets

Table 31

ALT Key Character Set

ALT Keys

2079

2080

2081

2082

2083

2084

2085

2086

2087

2088

2089

2090

2071

2072

2073

2074

2075

2076

2077

2078

2064

2065

2066

2067

2068

2069

2070

ALT O

ALT P

ALT Q

ALT R

ALT S

ALT T

ALT U

ALT V

ALT W

ALT X

ALT Y

ALT Z

ALT G

ALT H

ALT I

ALT J

ALT K

ALT L

ALT M

ALT N

ALT 2

ALT A

ALT B

ALT C

ALT D

ALT E

ALT F

Keystroke

Table 32

GUI Key Character Set

GUI Key

Right Control Key

GUI 0

GUI 1

Keystroke

3000

3048

3049

3050 GUI 2

Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple ™ iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key.

461

ASCII Character Sets

Table 32

GUI Key Character Set (Continued)

GUI Key Keystroke

3065

3066

3067

3068

3069

3070

3071

3072

3051

3052

3053

3054

3055

3056

3057

GUI A

GUI B

GUI C

GUI D

GUI E

GUI F

GUI G

GUI H

GUI 3

GUI 4

GUI 5

GUI 6

GUI 7

GUI 8

GUI 9

3081

3082

3083

3084

3085

3086

3087

3088

3073

3074

3075

3076

3077

3078

3079

3080

GUI I

GUI J

GUI K

GUI L

GUI M

GUI N

GUI O

GUI P

GUI Q

GUI R

GUI S

GUI T

GUI U

GUI V

GUI W

GUI X

3089

3090

GUI Y

GUI Z

Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple ™ iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key.

462

ASCII Character Sets

Table 33

PF Key Character Set

PF Keys

4008

4009

4010

4011

4012

4013

4014

4015

4016

4001

4002

4003

4004

4005

4006

4007

PF 8

PF 9

PF 10

PF 11

PF 12

PF 13

PF 14

PF 15

PF 16

PF 1

PF 2

PF 3

PF 4

PF 5

PF 6

PF 7

Keystroke

463

ASCII Character Sets

Table 34

F key Character Set

F Keys

5008

5009

5010

5011

5012

5013

5014

5015

5001

5002

5003

5004

5005

5006

5007

5016

5017

5018

5019

5020

5021

5022

5023

5024

F 8

F 9

F 10

F 11

F 12

F 13

F 14

F 15

F 1

F 2

F 3

F 4

F 5

F 6

F 7

F 16

F 17

F 18

F 19

F 20

F 21

F 22

F 23

F 24

Keystroke

464

ASCII Character Sets

Table 35

Numeric Key Character Set

6049

6050

6051

6052

6053

6054

6055

6056

6042

Numeric Keypad

6043

6044

6045

6046

6047

6048

6057

6058

6059

7

8

5

6

3

4

1

2

/

0

.

-

*

+

Undefined

9

Enter

Num Lock

Keystroke

Table 36

Extended Key Character Set

7007

7008

7009

7010

7011

7012

7013

7014

Extended Keypad

7001

7002

7003

7004

7005

7006

Break

Delete

Pg Up

End

Pg Dn

Pause

Scroll Lock

Backspace

Tab

Print Screen

Insert

Home

Enter

Escape

Keystroke

465

ASCII Character Sets

Table 36

Extended Key Character Set (Continued)

Extended Keypad

7015

7016

7017

7018

Up Arrow

Dn Arrow

Left Arrow

Right Arrow

Keystroke

466

Communication Protocol

Functionality

Functionality Supported via Communication (Cable) Interface

Table 37

lists supported scanner functionality by communication protocol.

Table 37

Communication Interface Functionality

Data

Transmission

Functionality

Remote

Management

Image and Video

Transmission

Communication Interfaces

USB

HID Keyboard Emulation

CDC COM Port Emulation

SSI over CDC COM Port Emulation

IBM Table-Top USB

IBM Hand-Held USB

USB OPOS Hand-Held

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) without Imaging

Interface

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging

Interface

Supported

Supported

Supported

Supported

Supported

Supported

Supported

Supported

Not Available

Not Available

Supported

Supported

Supported

Supported

Supported

Supported

Not Available

Not Available

Supported

Not Available

Not Available

Not Available

Not Available

Supported

467

Communication Protocol Functionality

Functionality Supported via Radio Communication

Table 38

Communication Interface Functionality

Communication Interfaces

Simple Serial Interface (SSI)

HID (Keyboard Emulation)

Serial Port Profile (SPP)

Scanner Functionality

SSI BT Classic (Non-discoverable)

SSI BT Classic (Discoverable)

SSI BT Low Energy

SSI BT with MFi (iOS Support)

HID BT Classic

HID BT LE (Discoverable)

SPP BT Classic (Non-discoverable)

SPP BT Classic (Discoverable)

468

Signature Capture Code

Introduction

CapCode, a signature capture code, is a special pattern that encloses a signature area on a document and allows a scanner to capture a signature.

There are several accepted patterns that allow automatic identification of different signatures on the same form. For example, on the federal tax return 1040 form there are three signature areas, one each for two joint filers, and one for a professional preparer. By using different patterns, a program can correctly identify all three, so they can be captured in any sequence and still be identified correctly.

Code Structure

Signature Capture Area

A CapCode is printed as two identical patterns on either side of a signature capture box, as shown in

Figure 26 on page 469 . Each pattern extends the full height of the signature capture box.

The box is optional, so you can omit it, replace it with a single baseline, or print a baseline with an "X" on top of it towards the left, as is customarily done in the US to indicate a request for signature. However, if an

"X" or other markings are added in the signature box area, these are captured with the signature.

Figure 26

CapCode

469

Signature Capture Code

CapCode Pattern Structure

A CapCode pattern structure consists of a start pattern followed by a separator space, a signature capture box, a second separator space, and then a stop pattern. Assuming that X is the dimension of the thinnest element, the start and stop patterns each contains 9X total width in 4 bars and 3 spaces. A 7X quiet zone is required to the left and to the right of the CapCode pattern.

Figure 27

CapCode Structure

Capture Box

Quiet

Zone

Start

Separator Spaces

Stop Quiet

Zone

The separator spaces on either side of the signature capture box can be between 1X and 3X wide.

Start / Stop Patterns

Table 39 lists the accepted start / stop patterns. The bar and space widths are expressed as multiples of X.

You must use the same pattern on either side of a signature capture box. The type value is reported with the captured signature to indicate the purpose of the signature captured.

Table 39

Start/Stop Pattern Definitions

1

1

2

2

3

B

1

2

1

2

1

S

1

1

2

1

2

Bar/Space Patterns

B S B

2 1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

S

1

1

1

1

1

B

2

5

7

8

9

Type

Table 40

lists selectable parameters used to generate the image of the captured signature.

Table 40

User Defined CapCode Parameters

Parameter

Width

Height

Format

JPEG quality

Bits Per Pixel

(not applicable to JPEG format)

Defined

Number of pixels

Number of pixels

JPEG, BMP, TIFF

1 (most compression) to 100 (best quality)

1 (2 levels)

4 (16 levels)

8 (256 levels)

BMP format does not use compression, JPEG and TIFF formats do.

470

Signature Capture Code

Dimensions

The size of the signature capture box is determined by the height and separation of the start and stop patterns. The line width of the signature capture box is insignificant.

The thinnest element width, referred to here as X, is nominally 10 mils (1 mil = 0.0254 mm). Select this as an exact multiple of the pixel pitch of the printer used. For example, when using a 203 DPI (dots-per-inch) printer and printing 2 dots per module, the resulting X dimension is 9.85 mils.

Data Format

The decoder output is formatted according to Table 41 . Zebra decoders allow different user options to

output or inhibit barcode type. Selecting "Symbol ID" as the barcode type for output identifies the CapCode with letter "i".

Table 41

Data Format

File Format

(1 byte)

JPEG - 1

BMP - 3

TIFF - 4

See

Type (1 byte)

Table 39 on page 470 , last column

Image Size

(4 bytes, BIG Endian)

Image Data

(Same bytes as in a data file)

471

Signature Capture Code

Additional Capabilities

Regardless of how the signature is captured, the output signature image is de-skewed and right-side up.

A scanner that captures signatures automatically determines whether it is scanning a signature or a barcode. You can disable the signature capturing capability in a decoder.

Signature Boxes

Figure 28

illustrates the five acceptable signature boxes:

Figure 28

Acceptable Signature Boxes

Type 2:

Type 5:

Type 7:

Type 8:

Type 9:

472

Non-Parameter Attributes

Introduction

This appendix defines non-parameter attributes.

Attributes

Model Number

Attribute #533

Model number of the scanner. This electronic output matches the printout on the physical device label, for example

CS6080-SR0F007ZZWW

.

Type

Size (Bytes)

S

18

User Mode Access

Values

R

Variable

Serial Number

Attribute #534

Unique serial number assigned in the manufacturing facility. This electronic output matches the printout on the physical device label, for example

M1J26F45V

.

Type

Size (Bytes)

S

16

User Mode Access

Values

R

Variable

Date of Manufacture

Attribute #535

Date of device manufacture assigned in the manufacturing facility. This electronic output matches the printout on the physical device label, for example

30APR14

(which reads the 30th of April 2014).

473

Non-Parameter Attributes

Type

Size (Bytes)

User Mode Access

Values

Date of First Programming

S

7

R

Variable

Attribute #614

Date of first electronic programming represents the first time settings where electronically loaded to the scanner either by 123Scan or via SMS, for example

18MAY14

(which reads the 18th of May 2014).

Type

Size (Bytes)

S

7

User Mode Access

Values

R

Variable

Configuration Filename

Attribute #616

The name assigned to the configuration settings loaded electronically to the device either by 123Scan or via SMS.

NOTE:

Scanning the Set Defaults barcode automatically changes the configuration filename to factory defaults.

To indicate the configuration settings loaded to the device were changed, the configuration filename changes to

Modified

upon scanning any parameter barcode.

Type

Size (Bytes)

User Mode Access

Values

S

17

RW

Variable

474

Non-Parameter Attributes

Beeper/LED

Attribute #6000

Activates the beeper and/or LED.

Type

X

Size (Bytes)

User Mode Access

N/A

W

Values

:

Beep / LED Action

1 high short beep

2 high short beeps

Value

0

1

2 3 high short beeps

4 high short beeps

5 high short beeps

1 low short beep

3

4

5

6 2 low short beeps

3 low short beeps

4 low short beeps

5 low short beeps

7

8

9

10 1 high long beep

2 high long beeps

3 high long beeps

4 high long beeps

11

12

13

14 5 high long beeps

1 low long beep

2 low long beeps

3 low long beeps

15

16

17

18 4 low long beeps

5 low long beeps

Fast warble beep

Slow warble beep

19

20

21

22 High-low beep

Low-high beep

High-low-high beep

Low-high-low beep

High-high-low-low beep

Green LED off

23

24

25

26

42

475

Non-Parameter Attributes

Green LED on

Red LED on

Red LED off

Parameter Defaults

43

47

48

Attribute #6001

This attribute restores all parameters to their factory defaults.

Type

X

Size (Bytes)

User Mode Access

Values

N/A

W

0 = Restore Defaults

1 = Restore Factory Defaults

2 = Write Custom Defaults

Beep on Next Bootup

Attribute #6003

This attribute configures (enables or disables) beep on next boot up of scanner.

Type

X

Size (Bytes)

User Mode Access

Values

N/A

W

0 = Disable beep on next bootup

1 = Enable beep on next bootup

Reboot

Attribute #6004

This attribute initiates a device reboot.

Type

X

Size (Bytes)

User Mode Access

Values

N/A

W

N/A

Host Trigger Session

Attribute #6005

This attribute triggers a decode session similar to manually depressing the scanner trigger button.

Type

Size (Bytes)

X

N/A

476

Non-Parameter Attributes

User Mode Access

Values

W

1 = Start Host Trigger Session

0 = Stop Host Trigger Session

Firmware Version

Attribute #20004

The scanner's operating system version. For example,

NBRFMAAC

or

PAAAABS00-007-R03D0

.

Type

S

Size (Bytes)

User Mode Access

Values

Variable

R

Variable

Scankit Version

Attribute #20008

Identifies the 1D decode algorithms resident on the device, for example

SKIT4.33T02

.

Type

S

Size (Bytes)

User Mode Access

Values

Variable

R

Variable

ScanSpeed Analytics

Identifies problematic barcodes to speed up scanning processes.

Zebra ScanSpeed Analytics software allows you to visually identify barcodes that slow down processing and impact efficiency. Over time, the software collects data that you can use to eliminate poor performing barcodes from inventory. For more information go to www.zebra.com/scanspeedanalytics .

477

ScanSpeed Analytics

Introduction

This appendix describes the Zebra ScanSpeed Analytics software that allows the identification of barcodes that slow down processes. Over time, the collected data can be used to eliminate poor performing barcodes from inventory. When scanners capture and read data faster, processes run faster.

For more information go to www.zebra.com/scanspeedanalytics .

Histogram Decode Information

Within the scanner, each barcode symbology has a series of RSM attributes ( Table 42 on page 479

) to access its statistic information: Decode Count; Minimum Decode Time; Slowest Decode Time; Average

Decode Time; Slowest Decode Data; and, ScanSpeed Histogram.

ScanSpeed Histogram is an array of eight items of double WORD (4 bytes). Each bin holds the count of decoded barcodes per range of decode time. For example, the range of Bin1 decode times is from 0 ms to

75 ms. All the Bin time ranges are show below:

Bin1<=75ms

Bin2<=110ms

Bin3<=170ms

Bin4<=300ms

Bin5<=600ms

Bin6<=1000ms

Bin7<=1500ms

Bin8>1500ms

123Scan displays this histogram data in its Statistics tab shown in

Figure 29

.

478

ScanSpeed Analytics

Figure 29

123Scan Statistics Tab - Histogram Data

Table 42

Attributes Numbers of Barcode Symbology Statistic Information

UPC

EAN/JAN

2 of 5

Barcode Name

Codabar

Code 11

Code 128

Code 39

Code 93

Decode Count

Decimal

Value

Hex Value

(Shown in

Little

Endian

Format)

15421

15428

15449

0x3D,

0x3C

0x44,

0x3C

0x59,

0x3C

15456

15477

15442

15435

15463

0x60,

0x3C

0x75,

0x3C

0x52,

0x3C

0x4B,

0x3C

0x67,

0x3C

Minimum

Decode

Time

15424

15431

15452

15459

15480

15445

15438

15466

Slowest

Decode

Time

(Max

Decode

Time)

15425

15432

15453

15460

15481

15446

15439

15467

Average

Decode

Time

15426

15433

15454

15461

15482

15447

15440

15468

Slowest

Decode

Data

15707

15709

15715

15717

15723

15713

15711

15719

ScanSpeed

Histogram

15706

15708

15714

15716

15722

15712

15710

15718

479

ScanSpeed Analytics

Table 42

Attributes Numbers of Barcode Symbology Statistic Information (Continued)

Barcode Name

Composite

GS1 DataBar

MSI

Datamatrix

PDF

Postal Codes

QR

Aztec

OCR

Maxicode

GS1-Datamatrix

GS1-QR Code

Coupon

Other 1D

Other 2D

Other

Unused Statistic ID

Decode Count

Decimal

Value

Hex Value

(Shown in

Little

Endian

Format)

15519

15512

15470

15491

0x9F,

0x3C

0x98,

0x3C

0x6E,

0x3C

0x83,

0x3C

15484

15505

15498

15533

15526

15659

15673

15680

0xA6,

0x3C

0x2B,

0x3D

0x39,

0x3D

0x40,

0x3D

0x7C,

0x3C

0x91,

0x3C

0x8A,

0x3C

0xAD,

0x3C

15666

15540

15547

15554

19999

0x32,

0x3D

0xB4,

0x3C

0xBB,

0x3C

0xC2,

0x3C

0x1F,

0x4E

Minimum

Decode

Time

15522

15515

15473

15494

15487

15508

15501

15536

15529

15662

15676

15683

15669

15543

15550

15557

19999

Slowest

Decode

Time

(Max

Decode

Time)

15523

15516

15474

15495

15488

15509

15502

15537

15530

15663

15677

15684

15670

15544

15551

15558

19999

Average

Decode

Time

15524

15517

15475

15496

15489

15510

15503

15538

15531

15664

15678

15685

15671

15545

15552

15559

19999

Slowest

Decode

Data

15735

15733

15721

15727

15725

15731

15729

15739

15737

15755

15747

15749

15757

15741

15743

15745

19999

ScanSpeed

Histogram

15734

15732

15720

15726

15724

15730

15728

15738

15736

15754

15746

15748

15756

15740

15742

15744

19999

Example

The UPC data below is taken from the first row of <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 42 above.

480

ScanSpeed Analytics

UPC DECODE COUNT

Attribute #:15421

Type:DWORD (4 bytes)

Description:Returns the UPC barcode decode count, including all variants (UPC-A, UPC-E, UPC-E1, etc.).

UPC MINIMUM DECODE TIME

Attribute #:15424

Type:DWORD (4 bytes)

Description:Returns the Minimum Decode Time in milliseconds of all UPC barcode decodes.

UPC SLOWEST DECODE TIME

Attribute #:15425

Type:DWORD (4 bytes)

Description:Returns the Slowest Decode Time in milliseconds of all UPC barcode decodes.

UPC AVERAGE DECODE TIME

Attribute #:15426

Type:DWORD (4 bytes)

Description:Returns the Average Decode Time in milliseconds of all UPC barcodebarcode decodes.

UPC SLOWEST DECODE DATA

Attribute #:15707

Type:Array of BYTE (25 bytes)

Description:Returns the UPC barcode data with the Slowest Decode Time.

UPC SCAN SPEED HISTOGRAM

Attribute #:15706

Type:Array of DWORD (32 bytes)

Description:Returns the UPC barcode ScanSpeed Histogram.

481

ScanSpeed Analytics

Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode

The user can configure the scanner to store the image(s) of the slowest decoded barcode.

482

ScanSpeed Analytics

Table 43

RSM Attributes to Store/Retrieve Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode

Attribute #

1755

Type

Array of

WORD

Property

RW

Default Value

Default format =

{0x1F, 0x4E}

0x1F, 0x4E

No image retained

Barcode name =

Unused Statistic ID

Decimal value = 19999 see last row in

Table 42 on page 479 )

Description

Attribute 1755 is named List of Stored Images.

This attribute defines which image, by symbology, of the slowest decoded barcode will be stored in the scanner.

One symbology image can be stored in the scanner.

Note

:

{0x1F, 0x4E} = a 1 WORD value which is in little-endian format.

0x3D, 0x3C

Image retained for UPC

Decimal value = 15421

1756 WORD RW

Sample image retained for UPC only = {0x3D,

0x3C}

0 Attribute 1756 is named Threshold To Store

Slowest Decode Barcode Image.

This attribute defines the threshold above which the scanner stores the image of the slowest decoded barcode.

Specify a Histogram Bin value (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or

7).

The purpose of setting up this threshold is to reduce the barcode image storage frequency.

0 - No threshold check (default value)

1 - Specifies the decode time threshold as

Histogram Bin 1 value of 75 ms

Similarly, the other Histogram Bins specify the corresponding threshold time as follows:

Bin 1 <= 75ms

Bin 2 <= 110ms

Bin 3 <= 170ms

Bin 4 <= 300ms

Bin 5 <= 600ms

Bin 6 <= 1000ms

Bin 7 <= 1500ms

483

ScanSpeed Analytics

Table 43

RSM Attributes to Store/Retrieve Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode (Continued)

Attribute #

6036

Type

WORD

Property

WO N/A

Default Value Description

Attribute 6036 is named Retrieve Slowest

Decoded Barcode Image.

The image must be retrieved using the SNAPI communication protocol.

This attribute allows you to retrieve from the scanner a single image, by symbology, of the slowest decoded data.

For example, to retrieve the slowest decoded barcode image for a UPC symbology, enter its hex value, 0x3D, 0x3C (decimal value 15421), using a SET command.

See Table 42 on page 479 for symbology hex and

decimal values.

484

Upgrading Over Bluetooth

Without A Cradle

Introduction

This appendix provides information about performing upgrades on the scanner without a cradle, using

123Scan.

Upgrading Without a Cradle

NOTE:

To accomplish this your PC must support Bluetooth communication.

To upgrade a CS6080 scanner using 123Scan without a cradle:

1.

From the 123Scan

Start

screen, select

Update Scanner Firmware

.

2.

From the

No scanner was found!

dialog box, select

click here

to pair over Bluetooth.

Figure 30

Pair Over Bluetooth Dialog

3.

Scan the pairing barcode that displays to enable Bluetooth communication between the scanner and the host PC. Once paired (can take 15 seconds), 123Scan guides the user through the remaining steps.

NOTE:

The pairing barcode in Figure is a sample and not for scanning. Scan the actual pairing barcode

that displays in 123Scan.

485

Upgrading Over Bluetooth Without A Cradle

Figure 31

Pairing Barcode

Troubleshooting

Table 44

Troubleshooting

The

Pair over Bluetooth

dialog box

Figure 30 on page 485 does

not display.

Problem

Pairing barcode does not work correctly.

Windows displays the

Add a device

pop up window (see

Figure

32 on page 486 ).

Possible Causes

Scanner and/or cradle with a USB cable is connected to the PC.

Scanner was already paired directly to the PC using the Windows pairing process.

N/A

Possible Solutions

Remove the USB cable connected to the

PC from the scanner and/or cradle.

Re-select

Update Scanner Firmware

from the 123Scan Start screen.

Select the

Bluetooth

icon in the PC tray and remove the scanner from the Bluetooth connection.

This is a Windows display message that cannot be suppressed.

Do not tap the

Add a device

window and continue to follow the 123Scan prompts to complete the process.

Figure 32

Add a device Window

486

Index

Numerics

123Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

2D bar codes

aztec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

aztec inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

code 128 emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

data matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

grid matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 grid matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

grid matrix mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

han xin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 han xin inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

microPDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

microQR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306, 307

A

ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

invalid rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

programming indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

transmit error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

advanced data formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 54, 328

aiming options

enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 hand-held decode aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

snapshot aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

attributes, non-parameter

beep on next bootup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

configuration filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 date of first programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474

date of manufacture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

firmware version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

host trigger session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

model number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

parameter defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

scankit version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 scanspeed analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

auto-reconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 155

aztec bar codes

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

487

B bar code defaults

imaging preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

radio communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

user preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

bar codes

Australia post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Australia post format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

auto-reconnect in Bluetooth keyboard emulation (HID follower) mode . . . . . . . 145

aztec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

aztec inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 159

battery preservation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

beep after good decode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

beep on insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

beeper duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

beeper tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

beeper volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183, 186

Bluetooth friendly name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Bluetooth technology support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

bookland EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

bookland ISBN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

Chinese 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

codabar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

codabar CLSI editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

codabar lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Table of Contents

codabar NOTIS editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

codabar security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

codabar start and stop characters . . . . . . . . . . . 283

code 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

code 11 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

code 11 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

code 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

code 128 emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

code 128 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

code 128 reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

code 128 security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

code 32 prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

code 39 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

code 39 full ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

code 39 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

code 39 reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

code 39 security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

code 39 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

code 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

code 93 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

composite beep mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

composite CC-A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 composite CC-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

composite inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 composite TLC-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

continuous bar code read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

convert code 39 to code 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

convert GS1 databar to UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . . . . 294

convert UPC-E to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

country code page defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

country code pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

country codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

crop to address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

data matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

decode mirror images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

decode pager motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 decode pager motor duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

decode session timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 99

disable all code types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

discrete 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 discrete 2 of 5 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

dump scanner parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

EAN zero extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

EAN-13/JAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

EAN-8/JAN-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

eclevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

enable all code types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

enter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

event reporting

boot up event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

decode event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

parameter event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

febraban . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

flush macro buffer/abort macro PDF entry . . . . .327

FN1 substitution values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode . .174

grid matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

grid matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

grid matrix mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312

GS1 databar bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293

GS1 databar expanded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294

GS1 databar limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293

GS1 databar limited margin check . . . . . . . . . . .295

GS1 databar security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296

GS1 databar-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293

GS1-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

GS1-128 emulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300

han xin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310

han xin inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310

hand-held decode aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

hands-free mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

I 2 of 5 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273

I 2 of 5 convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

I 2 of 5 reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276

I 2 of 5 security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275

I 2 of 5 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273

illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

illumination brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105, 106

image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

image cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181

image file format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182, 185

image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178

image rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183

intercharacter gap size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326

interleaved 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271

convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274, 275

interleaved 2 of 5 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271

inverse 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292

ISBT 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

ISBT concatenation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254, 255

ISBT concatenation redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

ISSN EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249

Japan postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317

JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180

JPEG quality and size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181

JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180

Korean 3 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291

lamp mode

lamp mode control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

lamp mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

low light scene detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

low power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

manufacturing information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

488

Table of Contents

matrix 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

matrix 2 of 5 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

matrix 2 of 5 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

microPDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

microQR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

mobile phone/display mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

motion tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

MSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

MSI check digit algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

MSI lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

MSI reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

MSI transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Netherlands KIX code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

night mode trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

number of retry attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

numeric bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

OCR

check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 check digit multiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

check digit validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

inverse OCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

maximum characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

MICR E13B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

minimum character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

OCR-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

OCR-A variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

OCR-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

OCR-B variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

subset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

US currency serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

pager motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

parameter scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

PDF prioritization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

PDF prioritization timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

picklist mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

pid type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 pid value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

prefix/suffix values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306, 307

quiet zone level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

radio

batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

beep on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

beep on insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

bluetooth friendly name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

bluetooth radio state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

bluetooth security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

classic bluetooth and low energy . . . . . . . . .163

connection maintenance interval . . . . . . . . .155

convert case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143

cradle bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

discoverable mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

emulate keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

fast HID keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

HID bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

HID caps lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

HID function key mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

HID ignore unknown characters . . . . . . . . . .140

HID keyboard FN1 sub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

HID keyboard keystroke delay . . . . . . . . . . .139

link supervision timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

output power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135

page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

page mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

page state timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

pairing methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

persistent batch storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160

quick keypad emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

SSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129

SSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

toggle pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

unpairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

wi-fi friendly channel exclusion . . . . . . . . . . .133

wi-fi friendly mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

reconnect attempt interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

redundancy level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322

report version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326

scan data options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

securePharm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

securePharm output formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324

send versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

set defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

signature capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

signature capture height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

signature capture JPEG quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

signature capture width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

silence operational mode changes . . . . . . . . . . .176

sleep between reconnect attempts . . . . . . . . . . .148

snapshot aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176

snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175

software version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

SSI

baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217

data packet format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218

host character timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220

host RTS line state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218

host serial response time-out . . . . . . . . . . . .219

489

Table of Contents

interpacket delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

multipacket option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

software handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

suppress power up beeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

symbologies

default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

time delay to low power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

timeout between decodes, different symbols . . . 100 timeout between decodes, same symbol . . . . . . 100

transmit code 11 check digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

transmit code ID character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

transmit matrix 2 of 5 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

transmit no read message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

transmit UK postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

transmit US postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

trigger mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

trigger modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

triggered timeout, same symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

trioptic code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

UCC coupon extended code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

UK postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

unicode output control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

unique bar code reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

unpair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

unsolicited heartbeat interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

UPC composite mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

UPC reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

UPC/EAN

coupon code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

UPC/EAN supplemental AIM ID format . . . . . . . 239

UPC/EAN supplemental redundancy . . . . . . . . . 238

UPC/EAN supplementals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

UPC-A check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

UPC-A preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

UPC-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

UPC-E check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

UPC-E preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

UPC-E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

UPC-E1 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

UPC-E1 preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

UPU FICS postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

US planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

US postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

USB

caps lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

convert case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

country keyboard types (country codes) . . . . 378

device type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

direct I/O beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

emulate keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

emulate keypad with leading zero . . . . . . . . 201

fast HID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

function key mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

IBM specification version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

keyboard FN 1 sub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202

keystroke delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196

optional parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205

polling interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198, 199

quick emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

simulated caps lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203

SNAPI handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195

static CDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204

TGCS USB bar code config directive . . . . . .206

TGCS USB beep directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205

unknown characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail . . . . . . . . .320

video image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189

video subsampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

wi-fi friendly channel exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

wi-fi friendly mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

barcodes

code 128 fnc4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258

MSI

check digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286

radio

Apple iOS virtual keyboard toggle . . . . . . . . .138

reconnect attempt beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

tone on trigger touch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

vibrate on trigger touch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

batch mode stored data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

battery charging

spare battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

lithium-ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

preservation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

beeper definitions

pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

beeper indicators

ADF

programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

parameter programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Bluetooth

encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

HID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131, 138, 145

profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

secure simple pairing IO capability . . . . . . . . . . .164

serial port profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

set friendly name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

SPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

C

Chinese 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428

490

Table of Contents

CJK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

cleaning the devices

approved disinfectant cleaners for healthcare devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 approved for standard devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

how to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

known harmful ingredients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

codabar bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

CLSI editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

NOTIS editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

start and stop characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

code 11 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

code 128 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

GS1-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

ISBT 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

ISBT concatenation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 255

ISBT concatenation redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

code 128 barcodes

fnc4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

code 128 emulation bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

code 39 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

code 32 prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

code 39 security Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

convert code 39 to code 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

full ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

trioptic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

code 93 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

code ID character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

code identifiers

AIM code IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

modifier characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

communication protocol

cable interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468

composite bar codes

beep mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

composite CC-A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297

composite CC-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297

composite inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298

composite TLC-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298

GS1-128 emulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300

UPC composite mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299

controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

controller serial port profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144, 152

country code page defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393

country code pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397

country codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378

cradle indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

cradle indicators (host controlled) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

D

data matrix bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433, 434, 435, 436, 437

decode ranges

CS6080-hc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

CS6080-sr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

default parameters

imaging preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169

OCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334

radio communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

restoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

SSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216

symbologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226

USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193

user preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

discrete 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277

lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277

E

eclevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

error indications

ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

miscellaneous scanner options . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

unknown characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

exposure options

autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode . .174

illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

F firmware

flash update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110, 111

491

fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

follower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

G

gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode . . . . . 174

grid matrix bar codes

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

gs1 data matrix bar codes

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

GS1 databar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

GS1 databar bar codes

convert GS1 databar to UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . . . . 294

GS1 databar expanded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

GS1 databar limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

GS1 databar limited margin check . . . . . . . . . . . 295

GS1 databar security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

GS1 databar-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

GS1 QR bar codes

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

H han xin bar codes

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

HID Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

host types

USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

I

illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 106

low light scene detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

image cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

image options

bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

file formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 185

image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

image rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

JPEG size/quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

imaging preferences

defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

interleaved 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Table of Contents

convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

febraban . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271

reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427

security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275

transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273

J

JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180

size/quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181

JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180

K keyboard types (country codes)

Albanian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378

Arabic (101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378

Arabic (102) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378

Arabic (102) Azerty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379

Azeri (Cyrillic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379

Azeri (Latin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379

Belarusian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379

Bosnian (Cyrillic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379

Bosnian (Latin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379

Bulgarian (Latin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379

Bulgarian Cyrillic (Typewriter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

Canadian French (Legacy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

Canadian French Win7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

Canadian Multilingual Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

Chinese (ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

Croatian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381

Czech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381

Czech (Programmer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381

Czech (QWERTY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381

Danish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381

Dutch (Netherlands) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381

Estonian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382

Faeroese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382

Finnish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382

French (Canada) 2000/XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383

French (Canada) 95/98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382

French (France) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382

French International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382

Galician . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383

German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383

Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383

Greek (220) Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383

Greek (319) Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383

Greek 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384

Greek 319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384

Greek Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383

Greek Polytonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384

Hebrew Israel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384

492

Table of Contents

Hungarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

Hungarian_101KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

Irish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Islandic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Italian (142) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Japanese (ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Kazakh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Korean (ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385, 386

Kyrgyz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Latin American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Latvian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Latvian (QWERTY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Lithuanian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Lithuanian (IBM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Macedonian (FYROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Maltese_47KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Mongolian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Polish (214) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Polish (Programmer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Portuguese (Brazil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Portuguese (Portugal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Romanian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Romanian (Legacy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Romanian (Programmer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Romanian (Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Russian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Russian (Typewriter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Serbian (Cyrillic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Serbian (Latin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Slovak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Slovak (QWERTY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Slovenian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Spanish (Variation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Swedish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Swiss French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Swiss German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Tatar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Thai (Kedmanee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Turkish F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Turkish Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

UK English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Ukranian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

US Dvorak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

US Dvorak Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

US Dvorak Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

US English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

US International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

Uzbek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

Vietnamese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

Korean 3 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428

L

LED indicators

ADF programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

cradle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

cradle, host controlled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

parameter programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

lithium-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

locked pairing mode bar codes

radio pairing modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152

connection maintenance interval . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

low power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

M

macro PDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327

flush buffer/abort PDF entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327

maintenance

approved cleaners for standard devices . . . . . . . .50

approved disinfectant cleaners for healthcare devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

how to clean the devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

known harmful ingredients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

matrix 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289

check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290

lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428

transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291

maxicode bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433

MDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328

microPDF417 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301

microQR code bar codes

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434

MSI bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284

check digit algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287

lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285

reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427

transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287

MSI barcodes

check digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286

multicode data formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328

N

non-parameter attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473, 478

493

Table of Contents

beep on next bootup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

configuration filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 date of first programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474

date of manufacture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

firmware version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

host trigger session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

model number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

parameter defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

scankit version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 scanspeed analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

number of retry attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

O

OCR

bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

out of range indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

P pairing

address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

bar code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

bar code format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

connection maintenance interval . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

controller/follower setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126, 152, 369 on contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126, 369

reconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

unpair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

pairing beeper definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

parameter defaults

imaging preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

radio communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

user preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

parameter programming indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

parameters

batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 159

beep on insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Bluetooth technology support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

night mode trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

number of retry attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

persistent batch storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

radio communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 159

connection maintenance interval . . . . . . . . . 155

host types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

persistent batch storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

reconnect attempt beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

reconnect attempt interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

sleep between reconnect attempts . . . . . . . . . . .148

unpair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

PDF417 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301

PDF prioritization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431

postal code bar codes

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435

postal codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315

Australia post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318

Australia post format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319

Japan postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317

Netherlands KIX code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320

transmit UK postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317

transmit US postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316

UK postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316

UPU FICS postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321

US planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315

US postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail . . . . . . . . .320

preferred symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331

product id (pid) value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

product id type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Q

QR code bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306, 307

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434, 435, 436, 437

R radio communication

number of retry attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

reconnect attempt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

reconnect attempt beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

sleep between reconnect attempts . . . . . . . . . . .148

radio communications

defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

radio indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

range indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

reconnect attempt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

reconnect attempt beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

reconnect pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

RSM

commands and responses over SSI . . . . . . . . . .213

S sample bar codes

aztec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434

Chinese 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428

code 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427

494

Table of Contents

code 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

code 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433, 434, 435, 436, 437

grid matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

gs1 data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

GS1 databar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

GS1 QR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

han xin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

interleaved 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

Korean 3 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 matrix 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

microQR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

MSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 435, 436, 437

UK postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

US postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

scanner to cradle support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 scanner(s) to cradle support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 169, 197, 225

hand-held mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 presentation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

radio communications sequence example . . . . . 124

sequence example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 169, 225

setting parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

scanning indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

scanspeed analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478

scan-to-connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

secure simple pairing IO capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

security

intercharacter gap size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

quiet zone level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

redundancy level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Serial Port Profile

controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144, 152

support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

setting defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

setup

connecting a USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

signature capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

file format selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

JPEG quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

simple serial interface

baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216

handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209, 212

RSM commands and responses . . . . . . . . . . . . .213

transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209

sleep between reconnect attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175

software tools

123Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328

MDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328

preferred symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331

scan-to-connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

spare batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

SPP

controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144, 152

support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

SSI

baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217

commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209

communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216

handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209, 212

RSM commands and responses . . . . . . . . . . . . .213

transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209

stored data

batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

symbology default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226

T

technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

trigger mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

U unicode

output control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408

unlocked pairing mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152

unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

unpairing

bar code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

UPC/EAN bar codes

bookland EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234

bookland ISBN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247

check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240, 241

convert UPC-E to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246

convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246

EAN zero extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247

EAN-13/JAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233

EAN-8/JAN-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233

ISSN EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249

reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250

495

Table of Contents

supplemental AIM ID format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

supplemental redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

supplementals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

UCC coupon extended code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

UPC-A preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

UPC-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

UPC-E preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

UPC-E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

UPC-E1 preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

UPC/EAN/JAN bar codes

samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

USB connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

USB defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

USB parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

user preferences

defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

user preferences bar codes

batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 159

beep on insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

night mode trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

persistent batch storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

V version

bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

video

image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

subsampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

W wi-fi friendly mode

channel exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

wireless indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

496